Post Archive
Region: Commonwealth of Liberty
International Association Football Federation | Fédération internationale de football association
FIFA World Cup 1966
FINAL: WEST GERMANY v ITALY
---------------------------------------
It all comes down to this. Match 64 of the World Cup, and it's the big one. We have a capacity crowd in the stadium tonight, over 90,000 people from across the world have congregated here in London, at Wembley Stadium for the World Cup Final. It's the world's biggest sporting spectacle, millions are tuning in live on our broadcast and over the radio to listen in to see who will be crowned champions at the end of the night. Two teams will enter, only one will be victorious, it's West Germany, against Italy.
These two teams have been absolutely dominant this tournament. West Germany breezed through qualifying and the group stages to get into the knockout stages, they defeated Yugoslavia before facing the reigning world champions Brazil, in that thrilling 2-2 draw settled by penalty shoot-outs, and what a fantastic game that was. They advanced to meet England in the semi-finals, and by the end of the first half looked to be out of the tournament, but clawed it back and fought to win in extra time. They've defeated some serious contenders on their path to the final and they look like the team to beat tonight. We can't, however, overlook Italy, a dominant and deadly side that look like they're going to charge their way to a record-breaking third title. After dominating the group stages without conceding a single goal, they overcame Korea in one of the most difficult and controversial matches of the tournament, before tearing Hungary apart with that brutal 5-0 victory, and then defeating Argentina 3-0 to make it into this match. They boast the tournament's top goalscorer and some of the most dominant players in the game today, they will be a worthy opponent for the Germans tonight.
The teams are coming out onto the field and the crowd is already roaring, the stadium practically shaking from the noise and the excitement. They line-up onto the field, both sides filled with determination as they stand for their anthems, the pressure of their nations on their shoulders tonight. Let's take a look at the line-ups for tonights match.
West Germany
Hans Tilkowski will start in goal for West Germany. The defence will be Horst-Dieter Hottges, Karl-Heinz Schnellinger, Willi Schulz and Wolfgang Weber. The German midfield will be headed by Franz Beckenbauer, Albert Brulls, Wolfgang Overath and Max Lorenz, and to start the forward two will be Helmut Haller and captain Uwe Seeler.
Italy
Enrico Albertosi in goal tonight. His defence will be Tarcisio Burgnish, Giacinto Facchetti, Aristide Guarneri and captain Sandro Salvadore. In the midfield we have Paolo Barison, Giacomo Bulgarelli, Romano Fogli and Gianfranco Leoncini. The forwards tonight are Antonio Juliano and Sandro Mazzola.
Kick-off is imminent as the captains exchange banners at the centre, and rush back to their teams for the pre-match talk. One can only wonder what they're saying, but they'll all hope it's enough to carry them through tonight. The players break and head into formation, as we await the final whistle on this historic ocassion.
---------------------------------------
FIRST HALF
And we are underway in the Final, West Germany wasting no time trying to get the ball forward, getting to Lorenz who tries to make a run down the line. Hes blocked off, and gets it to Seeler whos dispossessed by Facchetti and the tables turn as Barison gets the ball and makes a good run down the line, hes looking for the chances here as he makes his run towards goal but Tilkowski charges off his line to meet him and collects the ball. The ball is played out immediately to Wolfgang Weber, who gets a long ball down to Uwe Seeler, who beats his marker and hes on his way towards goal, hes making his run towards goal as he tries his luck SAVED!! Over the bar, but the first real chance of this final goes to West Germany! They play the corner in short but its stopped by Leoncini who gets the ball out for a throw-in. The ball comes back into play and finds Overath, whos trying to find the space in the centre to strike SAVED!! Tipped away by Albertosi and its another corner kick!! The ball is played short into Seeler, whos looking for a cross here, he gets it to Overath who tries and its deflected but back into the path of Seeler GOAL!! 6 minutes in and West Germany take the lead!! What a fantastic strike at an awkward angle for Seeler there!! Its advantage to the Germans and thats caught Italy off guard in this final tonight!!
The restart comes and West Germany look to try and get possession back, they get it forward back towards Haller, whos got a good chance at goal here SAVED!! Caught by Albertosi and its out for a corner kick!! The Germans are playing a really good offensive game tonight, they know how lethal the Italians can be when they get into space and theyre trying to close down their play as best they can. The corner comes in short to Lorenz, who gets it in and its headed by Schulz SAVED!! But its deflected out and Haller is going for the rebound caught by ITA CB who clears it from the box but back into the waiting German defenders in the midfield. West Germany get the ball forward again into Brulls, whos trying to find space FOUL! Guarneri brings him down and its a yellow card for him. West Germany with the free kick in range here, and Beckenbauer to take. He steadies himself, and takes the shot MISSED! Over the bar and out of danger for Italy.
The ball flies out of the box towards Leoncini, who takes possession and he makes a run. Hes getting into good space for a cross now and Italy look dangerous here. The ball flies in, beating his marker to find Juliano, who strikes SAVED!! Just tipped away by Tilkowski and its a corner for Italy!! Theyre rushing now to get the equaliser, that early goal has woken them up for sure! The corner comes in, but its deflected away by Hottges but into the path of Fogli, who tries a shot deflected again off Brulls but into the possession of Juliano. Hes closed down but hes got space to turn and shoot SAVED! Into the hands of Tilkowski, and West Germany are safe for the moment!
The play is getting bogged down in the midfield now. West Germany may have the lead but Italy are showing strong on the offensive and that lead wont be enough for them now. Both sides are playing strong defensive games and really rushing to get possession in the midfield, neither side wanting to concede another breakthrough and risk conceding a goal. Leoncini gets the ball from the centre, hes closed down but he has an opportunity to run, as the ball goes into the centre and finds Juliano, who tries his luck SAVED!! Not a problem for Tilkowski at all who gets the ball away from danger. But the Italians are dominating the midfield again and within moments Fogli has the ball down to Mazzola, and Mazzola might strike here but gets it to Juliano, who tries a shot SAVED!! Tilkowski working hard not to let any shots through. The ball is sent back toward the midfield, and toward Lorenz, who has a strong run unopposed down the line, with options in the centre. He passes, Seeler lets the ball roll through his feet to Overath SAVED!! Only just and its cleared by the defenders!!
Italy trying to get the ball forward now, looking for Juliano in space, but its caught by the West German defenders who get it back to the centre. Brulls takes the ball on and delivers a long pass towards goal, which finds Haller, whos in space and in a perfect position to strike SAVED!! Albertosi does well to get that ball, and its out for a corner kick!! West Germany rushing to get the corner delivered while they still have the advantage. The corner is delivered but deflected away and into Burgnish who makes a run but is cut off, and back into Fogli, who finds Juliano and then receives it again. They got bodies in the box for the cross deflected, West Germany defending well there but the ball is not out of danger as it finds Bulgarelli, who tries a shot on SAVED!! Not enough from him there! The ball is played out by Tilkowski but back into Bulgarelli, who gets it to Juliano, who tries his luck deflected again!! West Germany now come on the counter-attack!! They get the ball down the Lorenz who makes a good run, and gets the ball back into the centre for Overath to strike GOAL!! Its deflected off of Seeler for the goal!! But celebrations are halted here as they notice the offside flag raised!! Thats a big relief for the Italians, who need to pick up the pace here if they want to keep themselves in this match!
The Italians waste no time on the restart, the ball played long by Albertosi and knocked on by Bulgarelli into Juliano, whos got all the space for a shot. Hes one on one with Tilkowski and he shoots SAVED!! Deflected away and momentarily in danger and Juliano sprints to try and pick up the rebound but its caught by Tilkowski, who gets two hands to it and disrupts the attack. The ball goes back into the midfield now but its not long before the Italian counter-attack, Mazzola getting the ball and making a run into the box, he tries to find Juliano but its deflected, and the tables have turned yet again, Brulls finding Seeler, who expertly turns and gets it forward to Haller, whos on side and not marked at all! Albertosi could be in trouble and Haller tries to chip the ball over MISSED!! Its over the bar and that was dangerous for Italy!! West Germany are pulling out all the stops to keep and extend their lead in this match! Fogli gets the ball from the goal-kick and tries to find his way through, looking for the chance to get it forward, but hes dispossessed and the ball is sent forward again to Haller, whos in good space on the right of the goal, and Italy are in trouble! He looks for the cross, sends it towards Seeler, who tries the overhead kick MISSED!! Completely scuffed that shot, and that was a golden opportunity to extend their lead in this match!
The whistle blows to signal the end of this first half, and what a half its been! Both teams playing superbly but West Germany are in the lead as we head into half-time. Its still close and theres still plenty to play for in the second half! The scoreline as it stands: West Germany 1-0 Italy.
---------------------------------------
HALF TIME
Well its been a great match so far, great chances by either side and now clear team dominating the match, but West Germany have claimed the all-important goal that could send them to a second World Cup title. Lets have a quick review at the statistics of the match so far.
Possession is about equal between the two sides, both have enjoyed periods of strong possession and the midfielders are playing an incredible game so far. Its really difficult to call in this early stage. West Germany lead the way in shooting with an incredible 16 shots in the first half, and Italy with 10 shots, a new record for the World Cup Final. Both teams are shooting with similar accuracy and its again too hard to call. Italy have lead defensively with more saves, and interceptions, but they did cause the only foul of the game and the only yellow card. Germany have also had far more corners than Italy, but with more offsides as well.
At the half-way point, I would still say it could go either way. West Germany have the lead but Italy are already fighting to get it back. We know how deadly the Italians can be when they get the right chances and I wouldnt be surprised if they equalise the score in the next half. West Germany are still strong and really its their game to lose, if they get another goal it might be too much for Italy to overcome, but if it goes to extra-time West Germany will have the clear advantage, playing two games in a row in extra-time.
Lets head back to our commentary team at Wembley Stadium, and re-join the action of the World Cup Final!
---------------------------------------
SECOND HALF
The second half begins and the tension grows between the two sides, its a race to the finish from here on and both sides will want to come out on top tonight. Italy kick us off and are already trying to get the ball forward, but the West German defenders are really making life difficult for the Italian forwards. Fogli is disposed and the ball comes through to Seeler, who makes a run with Lorenz with him. He looks like he wants to strike but passes it onto Lorenz, who turns and shoots SAVED!! Its out for a corner and already West Germany are pressing for the goal here! Italy trying now to get the ball forward, theyre making some good runs towards the German defenders but they are now struggling to get it into the box, a step down from their play in previous games! Its onto the Germans again, Haller getting it forwards, with Seeler in support. They make a run towards the box but it gets to Lorenz who tries again SAVED!! Another corner and another wasted chance from the right midfielder!! The ball comes in short for Seeler, who makes a run into the box, and he looks to strike SAVED!! Another corner in less than a minute!! The corner comes in again, this time deep into the box and finds Haller GOAL!! Its 2-0 and West Germany get the goal they wanted!! A comfortable lead in this final, and the fans are cheering as that could be enough to keep them ahead tonight!!
Italy are not playing the way we thought they would and they are now in some serious trouble as the match goes on. Theyre still struggling to make it past the defenders for West Germany and its starting to wear down on those midfielders having to run up and down the pitch to try and get the ball back. West Germany take the advantage again now, with Overath getting the ball forward to Seeler, who tries again SAVED!! He cant convert the shot but its not over yet as the clearance comes short and back into Overath, who brushes past Facchetti and tries his luck MISSED!! Out of play, and the referee comes to give a yellow card for that last challenge, not what he wanted at all! Italy making a change now, its Sandro Mazzola off for Luigi Meroni as they hope to get fresh legs on the pitch in time for the comeback. The ball is sent forward and finds Leoncini, who gets it back after running out of space to Fogli, who finds Juliano and he strikes GOAL!!! Italy get one back, and its Antonio Juliano who gets them there!! A superb strike that just beats out Tilkowski!!
West Germany take the restart but Italy looking strong again after that goal, straight back on the offensive as they retake possession. They try to get the ball forward again, looking for Meroni this time in the front but fail to take it, and West Germany have the advantage again, Lorenz getting the ball and making his way to the centre, where it finds Haller and hes in space. Hes got Guarneri marking him PENALTY!! Its a yellow card and its a penalty!! It could be too late for them now, as West Germany get a chance to extend their lead once again!! Haller comes up to take the shot, he steadies himself, deep breath in and makes his run GOAL!!! Albertosi couldnt stop it!! 2 minutes after Italy score and West Germany make it 3!! 64 minutes in but it could be too late for Italy now!! The German fans are singing and dancing in the stands, while the Italian fans simply cant believe it!
The Italians are looking desperate here as they rush to try and claw something back here. Theyre running with purpose into the restart as they try to hold possession, their pace really increasing now as they thread the needle through the West German players to try and get the ball in. ITA RM gets forward into the box and puts one through to Meroni SAVED!! Deflected away by Tilkowski and back into Barison, who strikes SAVED!! Firmly in his grasp now, and back out into the midfield. The ball rolls back towards Seeler who takes a fantastic run towards goal, hes beaten the Italian midfielders and tries his luck SAVED!! Albertosi does a fantastic run to stop it and he wastes now time sending that down the field once again. The ball finds Fogli, who takes a fantastic run and knocks the ball on for Meroni, whos in space and strikes GOAL!!! 3-2!! Italy have clawed another back, and West Germany could be in trouble now!! 77 minutes in and were seeing Italy with a chance to stay in this final tonight!!
10 minutes remaining on the clock and its all down to this. West Germany lead but Italy are in hot pursuit, we cant call whats going to happen here. The restart comes and its tension in the midfield now, with both teams trying to hold onto possession. Brulls gets the ball and Fogli comes in FOUL! Thats an extreme foul there, and surely it must be RED CARD!! Fogli is sent off and Italy are down to 10 men!! And it couldnt have come at a worse time for this team!! Its pandemonium on the field, white and blue shirts crowding the centre, and a brawl could break out here. The referee and the stewards are getting the players back into position, but what drama this late into the Final! The free kick comes in, but its gotten away almost immediately as Italy look to try and get the advantage again, theyre bringing their team forward now and its getting tense for the Germans, Bulgarelli gets it to Meroni, whos onside and strikes SAVED!! Tilkowski does well to get there!! The ball comes out as regular time ends and we have two minutes of stoppage time left, Lorenz looking to get the ball forward but hes caught by Burgnish, who takes a long ball down to Leoncini, and this could be the chance here. He crosses, and the cross finds Meroni SAVED!! Tilkowski has to panic and get the ball away, and its cleared by Schnellinger
AND THERES THE FINAL WHISTLE! WEST GERMANY WIN THE WORLD CUP! Their team and coaches rush onto the pitch to celebrate with the team, and the Italian team collapses to the floor, they almost equalised there, and couldnt make it in the end! Tears pouring out of the Italian fans tonight, their cries being drowned out by the sheer noise of the German fans celebrating! Its West Germany who will lift the famed Jules Rimet Trophy tonight, for the second time in their history!
The teams wait as the presentation is prepared. Queen Elizabeth II and members of the Royal Family joining us in London tonight to present the World Cup to the winners. The Italian team go first, going to accept their silver medals for runners-up, and the disappointment is on their faces now, it cant be a good night for any Italian in the stadium tonight or indeed at home. Its the turn of the West German side now, all smiles as the team is presented with their medals, shaking the hands of the FIFA Representatives as they make their way to the podium, the tension growing as captain Uwe Seeler makes his way towards Her Majesty, shaking his hand and presenting the trophy to him. He carries the trophy over the team and he lifts it!! There is the moment theyd been waiting for!! It will be party time in West Germany tonight!!
And there is the conclusion of another FIFA World Cup, an emotional rollercoaster for us and all the players, and we cant wait for the next one. Thank you for joining us tonight, live from Wembley, the final score: West Germany 3-2 Italy.
Paramountica, Amsterwald, Socialist Democratic Republic Romania, Nippon-Nihon, Metropolitan Francais, Abessinienreich, New Provenance, Kewtpuff, Adriatican Islands, Maziya, Spain-, Vietnam Sv, Greater Adriatican State, Slipway, Le Equatoria, Zingium
28 , OCTOBER , 1966
Kota Melaka,Malaysia
Trust The Process: History Has Its Eye's On You
| Meeting once again at Kota Melaka. Both Tunku Abdul Rahman, and Hadif Rayyan greet each other as if they were old friends. Tunku would offer to buy for the both of them a cup of tea, but Hadif said that this time he [I](Hadif)[/I] should pay for it. However Tunku would reject that, as he [I](Tunku)[/I] believes that:
[List][I]" Your in my country. The least I could do is be hospitable to the guest I invited. "[/I][/list]
The two men take their seats from the day before. Hadif open up a bag he was carrying, and plopped down bunch of notes on ideas that Hadif has on the topic they left on the previous meeting. At the same time, Tunku Abdul Rahman was ordering drinks for them. Tunku notices the paper, and figuring that it's for whatever Hadif wishes to speak about today, decides to look at Hadif, straight in his eyes. |
| Tunku Abdul Rahman would tell Hadif:
[List][I]" Whatever decision you make it will impact your legacy. [B]History has it's eye's on you. "[/I][/list]
Hadif questions Tunku; [I]" Why are you telling me this? "[/I] Tunku with a now more serious expression states:
[List][I]" I'm being honest... I'm trying to work around the reputation that you have garnered. Your country is like a powder keg that's about to explode. What you need is the union to lighten the load. "[/I][/list]
Hadif just looks up from his drink, at Tunku. Before clearing his throat to muster up his response:
[List][I]" While I am moved by your words sir. I'm also not one to throw away my shot. But something as delicate as my nation joining the union still needs time to process. "[/I] |[/list]
| Hadif would requests that they start the actual discussion, instead of wasting their time by continuing the conversation. Tunku would give a compliment to Hadif; [I]" You are quite a phenomenon. A strongman leader, but with a compassion for his nation. I can respect that "[/I]. Hadif would admit that; [I]" Well I still desire the thrill of the fight, rather then the writing behind the desk. So I can't say that my heart is fully into this role that I thrust myself into. "[/I] Tunku with a chuckle says; [I]" But your skills with the pen is undeniable. But let's get back to the topic at hand... What did you wanna talk about? "[/I] Hadif with a laugh states:
[List][I]" Ah yes, the conversation about the combination of our respective armed forces. I believe I have found the solution that both of us could agree on. The Bruneian navy, and the Malaysian navy will become one... Like you previously stated, in our last meeting. The Bruneian army on the other hand, will be retained as a part of the soon to be state, emergency defence in the events of a crisis. Speaking of crisis, I think Malaysia could benefit from adoption of the [URL=https://www.nationstates.net/page=rmb/postid=53504037]Tri-Colours Guards[/URL]. "[/I][/list]
Tunku looks up from his notebook to ask; [I]" Sorry to have to cut you off. But what are the Tri-Colours Guards? "[/I] Hadif takes off his field cap, to settle it on the table, before he gives his answer:
[List][I]" The Tri-Colours Guards are a voluntary service branch of the army. Their main function, is to be the nation main line of national security in the events of a known inside threat, that threatens the stability of the nation. Such as insurgencies, and terrorist groups. Their called the Tri-Colours Guards because we split them up into three sections. First is the Red Counter Section who serves as the frontline aggressor against inside threats. Second is the Black Intelligence Section who's main job is to gather intel on the inside threats, to then figure out the best course of action to remove them. Finally there's the White Support Section who's main job is to help medically, with first aid kits, and other available field medical equipment. They would be helping the injured civilians, and soldiers. Primarily by getting them out of the frontline to treat their wounds. "[/I][/list]
Tunku remarks; [I]" That is a good thing for emergencies. Which Malaysia is still recovering from our last insurgency in '62. But i would like to talk to you about, Brunei under your administration. Democracy, how could you return democracy to Brunei? I'm not gonna accept a military authoritarian regime into the Malaysian union. So if you truly wanna show commitment to joining the union, start democratising Brunei. The most I would accept is a monarchist Brunei, just because there's already so many states in the union that are monarchist. "[/I] |
| While the conversation continues. Inside the mind of Hadif is a debate within himself, as Hadif can't scratch away what Tunku said; [I]" History has it's eye's on me. "[/I] He was getting involved in his thoughts that he starts zoning out of the conversation he's having with Tunku Abdul Rahman. By the time Tunku finished talking about Brunei, and how democracy being reinstated could impact it, Hadif snapped back to reality to say:
[List][I]" I think we should end the meeting now, and reconvene at a later date. I need to recollect my thoughts, and begin consideration of what you said. "[/I] |[/list]
| They part ways, but Hadif mind is still active as ever. But it wasn't on the meeting, and instead on how history could perceive him, what legacy he would leave behind, and how people would remember him. | While the conversation is going on
- Hadif can't scratch away what Tunku said about "History having its eye's on him"
- To the point that he is zoning out of the conversation to think about it
- By the time he snaps back to reality, Tunku had finished talking, about the issues of reinstalling democracy in Brunei
- Hadif says to Tunku. "I'm suddenly not feeling really well... I think we should reconvene another time. I need to recollect my thoughts, especially about the democracy bit."
| As they part ways, Hadif mind is as active as ever. But it wasn't on the results of their meeting, and instead on how history would perceive him as, how he would be remembered by the people of Brunei, and what legacy he would leave behind. Hadif thinks to himself:
[list][I]"Democracy.... While I may have zoned out, I did hear a bit of what he said. If I did reinstall democracy in Brunei, I would very quickly be voted out of office. Which is not a good thing, for the process of unification. As my successor could decide to secede from Malaysia, if things turn sour. There has to be an alternative way to reimplement democratic practices in Brunei, without the possibility of me being ousted. If what he says is taken at face value, about history and its eye's. I could face poor representation, because of my method of attaining power. If I join the Malaysian union, I could have my image reinterpreted as a leader who took necessary actions at the cost of democracy which could be reinstalled in order for Brunei to enter the union."[/I] |[/list]
[B]| [URL=https://www.nationstates.net/page=rmb/postid=54110684]Part 1[/URL] |
| [URL=https://www.nationstates.net/page=rmb/postid=54167573]Part 2[/URL] |
______________________________________________
[spoiler=[sub]Written for the RMB Screen of the[/sub]
COMMONWEALTH OF LIBERTY
]
Socialist Democratic Republic Romania
The Confederate Prussian Empire
[/spoiler]
Amsterwald, Socialist Democratic Republic Romania, Metropolitan Francais, Abessinienreich, New Provenance, Kewtpuff, Spain-, Vietnam Sv, Greater Adriatican State, Slipway, Le Equatoria, Zingium
★ UNITED ARAB REPUBLIC ★
[list][list][list][pre]
"Within the Arab circle there is a role wandering aimlessly in search of a hero.
For some reason it seems to me that this role is beckoning to us-to move, to
take up its lines, put on its costumes and give it life"
[/pre][/list][/list][/list]
_________________
[list][sub]THE TWILIGHT YEARS[/sub]
[sub][sup] November 1966 - ARAB REPUBLIC OF EGYPT[/sub][/sup]
[sub][pre]Taking into account the long working hours, the exceptional stress, and his own dependence on nicotine, it was no surprise that President Nasser faced his first heart scare in a while. Thankfully not fatal, it had left his bedridden and on strict orders to cut working hours and smoking. Entering a regency phase of sorts, the Arab Socialist Union had its first task to prove that it can run the country without the charismatic presence of its official leader and guide, something which it needed to achieve if it was to gain the trust of the president to rule after him. [/pre][/sub]
[sub][pre]This has marked the entering of something of a 'twilight' for President Nasser. Forced by his waning health to retreat and delegate power, the President has grown more introspective as of late as he pursued less and less work hours (on strict orders from his personal doctor). This has of course once again opened up the question on succession. Nasser had not named an heir to power, and the political scene in Egypt was not mature or developed enough to produce from within it a grassroots leader. Meaning that whoever was to lead after Nasser would have to be one of the original revolutionaries.[/pre][/sub]
[sub][pre]Currently two main candidates have emerged as the possible candidates. The first is the Arab Socialist Union General-Secretary Ali Sabry. Former head of intelligence and current party leader, Sabry's faction, which lays on the left spectrum of Egyptian politics, holds a large portion of influence on the party and by extension the state. Reforms pushed by Sabry in the last two years have turned the ASU into a soviet-style party which holds great importance in the running of state affairs, and integrating itself into every part of life, effectively making the United Arab Republic, much like other countries with such powerful parties, dependent on the party as much as the party depends on state.[/pre][/sub]
[sub][pre]On the other hand, Anwar el-Sadat has emerged as a somewhat strong challenger in part due to his unassuming nature. Sadat has been working behind the scenes to gain the patronage of the business class, the military corps (especially in Libya), and disaffected members of the party and state. Sadat is believed to be simply a figurehead of the Zakaria Muhyi al-Deen-Hussein el-Shafei axis however, and him assuming power without their support or backing would be unlikely.[/pre][/sub]
[sub][pre]Sabry on the other hand counts also on Interior Minister Sharawi Gomaa as well as high ranking members of the party such as Sami Sharaf. If the worse would come to be, Sabry by virtue of his seniority would have the ultimate say on who succeeds the President, as any candidate would require the approval of the party. However should Sadat play his cards right and prove to be a more qualified candidate, either by being pragmatic or simply inoffensive, then he might also find himself in a good position for succession.[/pre][/sub]
[/list]
Amsterwald, Socialist Democratic Republic Romania, Metropolitan Francais, Abessinienreich, New Provenance, Kewtpuff, Maziya, Spain-, Vietnam Sv, Greater Adriatican State, Slipway, Mutawakkiliti, Le Equatoria, Zingium
[list][list][pre]K I N G D O M O F G R E E C E Β Α Σ Ί Λ Ε Ι Ο Τ Η Σ Ε Λ Λ Ά Δ Α Σ[/pre][/list][/list]
[list][list][list]GREECE'S RING OF DEFENCE : THE ROYAL HELLENIC NAVY EMBARKS ON MEDITERRANEAN MANOEUVRES [/list][/list][/list]
[list][list][sub]HEGEMONY OVER THE AEGEAN, Adriatican Islands[/list]
[list][list]NOVEMBER, 1966[/sub][/list][/list]
| Ever since the days of ancient Athens, the Greek state had always maintained its most important strength its navy. Carrying this tradition into the 1960s, the Royal Hellenic Navy, or simply the Greek Navy continued to carry the flag of Hellas all over the Aegean, securing Greece's dominance as one of the top naval powers in the Mediterranean. Upon Enosis, Greece's naval power projection had only grown, as the Greek Navy now had bases close to the Levant and Northern Africa. This further bolstered Greece's presence as a transcontinental power in the region. However the threat came not from the Levant, nor Northern Africa, but Anatolia. The Republic of Türkiye ( The Kemalist Republic Of Turkiye ) had overwhelmingly rejected Greece's annexation, approaching Athens with a temporary diplomatic stance, inferred from Ankara's reminder that their patience would not be unlimited. With this, Greece took caution in making sure that relations between Athens and Ankara remained cordial, while still making Greece's presence dominant in the region. The Greek Navy was the solution the ultimate asset of the Hellenic Kingdom. |
| For years, the Greek Navy underwent constant refits, with its most recent being the Naval Expansion Act of 1961, with plans for a bigger fleet comprised of smaller vessels being put into action. Per the expansion, the Greek Navy acquired assets, such as seven (7) destroyers, with five (5) more Acclamator-class destroyers from Canada ( Newauroria ) to be delivered to Athens by 1969. It was not just ships being bought from abroad though, as in the shipyards of Greece, a domestic naval industry was being built. Having built destroyers in the past, along with being granted knowledge of shipbuilding from other nations, Greece had managed to launch its very own light cruiser program, which started in 1962. The first of these three (3) ships, the RHMS Kilkis, was commissioned in October this year. The Kilkis-class of light cruisers was armed with eight (8) six-inch guns, along with twenty (20) Crimson 1 missiles. Her sister, the RHMS Lemnos, is expected to be commissioned by 1966, and the last of the trio, the RHMS Karapathos, is set to be commissioned by 1967. The Kilkis-class is expected to combat primarily destroyers, however, they can act as anti-aircraft vessels. |
| The Greek Navy had also maintained naval bases all across the Aegean Sea and in the Mediterranean Sea, creating a 'ring of defence', which guarded Greece's eastern flank. The naval bases in question were the Alexandroupoli Naval Base, Samothraki Naval Base, Myrina Naval Base, Lesbos Naval Base, Chios Naval Base, Rhodes Naval Base, Kyrenia Naval Base, Bogazi Naval Base, and the Evangelos Florakis Naval Base. The bases were essential in safeguarding Greece's water as well, equipped with powerful radars, coastal artillery, and most importantly, marine troops, capable of carrying out amphibious operations with the assistance of the Royal Hellenic Airforce (RHAF). As a show of Greece's mighty naval power, manoeuvres were conducted off the coast of Crete and Kypros, deterring any foreign doubts of Greece's strength particularly the Anatolian state. The ships present at the manoeuvres were Greece's newly refitted command ships, the RHMS Crete and RHMS Salamis, paired with the RHMS Kilkis, RHMS Elli, and five (5) destroyers, along with one (1) submarine. This was only a mere fraction of what the Hellenic Navy could muster and is simply a preview of what the Hellenic Armed Forces are capable of. |
[list][list]
[spoiler=[sub]Written for the RMB Screen of the[/sub]
COMMONWEALTH OF LIBERTY
]
Socialist Democratic Republic Romania
The Confederate Prussian Empire
[/spoiler][/list][/list]
Amsterwald, Socialist Democratic Republic Romania, Metropolitan Francais, Abessinienreich, New Provenance, Kewtpuff, Maziya, Spain-, Vietnam Sv, Greater Adriatican State, Slipway, Mutawakkiliti, Le Equatoria, Zingium
[list][list]SHOWA 41 | NOVEMBER 1966[/list]
[list][list]皇后の飾り
[pre]THE EMPRESSES ORNAMENT[/pre][/list][/list]
[pre] A N E M P R E S S I N W A I T I N G [/pre]
[list][list][sub][pre] オー・スネイル 富士山に登ろう でも、ゆっくり、ゆっくり
O Snail; Climb Mount Fuji But slowly, slowly![/pre][/sub][/list][/list]
TOGU PALACE (東宮)
[sub]TOKYO, TOKYO BAY, Nippon-Nihon AFTERNOON[/sub]
| Both the Crown Prince and Crown Princess make their official engagements together and never separately. The scariest word for senior members of the Imperial family is change and thats what the Crown Princess is doing. In recent days, the palace has seen many comings and goings of journalists and politicians, interested in supporting the Crown Princess in her plans to become more independent within the Imperial Family. But when this reached the ears of her mother-in-law, Empress NAGAKO, always against her daughter-in-law, she met with the Grand Chamberlain of Japan and the Emperor in an attempt to stop the Crown Princess plans. |
| The Emperor decided to give Michiko what she wanted. The Crown Princess could carry out official engagements without the Crown Prince present, but there would have to be a male member to accompany MICHIKO to her engagements, so the Emperors younger brother, Prince Mikasa, was suggested. The Crown Princess accepted the Emperors terms. A day later, MICHIKOs first official trip without her husband was announced. In London, the Crown Princess will meet with Queen Elizabeth IIs 36-year-old younger sister, Princess MARGARET. |
[list]| MICHIKO, [sub]THE CROWN PRINCESS[/sub] | Schedule a time for us to visit the Prince of Wales.[/list]
| Preparations for MICHIKOs trip to London were going well until the Empress decided to intervene. A famous Japanese designer was called to the palace to show some dresses to the Crown Princess and the light blue dress was the one that caught her attention the most. MICHIKO chose a beautiful chest ornament that was worn by Japanese empresses, but her mother-in-law did not allow it, as the jewelry is only used in ceremonies of the Imperial Family and not on trips abroad. But the Empress ended up giving in and allowing the Crown Princess to wear the Empresses ornament. On the day of the trip, MICHIKO looked at herself in the mirror and smiled slightly, then she was accompanied by some security guards to the car. At Tokyo airport, the Crown Princess greeted some of her supporters before boarding the plane. It would be her first trip abroad without her husband. |
Amsterwald, Metropolitan Francais, Abessinienreich, New Provenance, Kewtpuff, Maziya, Spain-, Greater Adriatican State, Slipway, Democratic Republic Of Colombia, Le Equatoria, Zingium
NOVEMBER , 1966
Bandar Tutong,Brunei
1966 Akta Kompromi Demokrasi
| With what Malaysian prime minister Tunku Abdul Rahman said to the president of Brunei Hadif Rayyan in their [URL=https://www.nationstates.net/page=rmb/postid=54198556]last meeting[/URL]. Hadif went deep into thought, and locked himself in his office for weeks on end. Only ever coming out to eat, leave for home, or use the restroom. As he creates a brand new act, by himself. The Akta Kompromi Demokrasi of 1966. |
| The new act would establish a hierarchical structure, of government power. Hadif believes that establishing a hierarchy, would improve the efficiency of the expanded bureaucracy. As all members of government would know who's their superior, and who's their inferior. The hierarchy is structured like this:
[List][spoiler=THE HIERARCHY]
[I]- At the very top is the, president
- Directly below the president are the sultan, ketua rasmi, and deputy president
- Below the sultan are the, [B]crown heir, and senate diraja. Both are equals in the hierarchy. Which are then followed up by the Bupati, Baki, and Ketua Tuhan. Below the Ketua Tuhan is the title of Ketua.
- Below the ketua rasmi, are the rasmi, and penggantara agama. Beneath the rasmi is the sentiausaha rasmi, below them is the mentadbir majlis and below them, are the mentadbirs of states, cities, towns, and community. Beneath the penggantara agama are the religious leaders, of Priest-Bishop, Ustaz, Bhikkhu, and Pujari. Below the mentadbirs, and religious leaders is the role of Orang Sebelumpengawal.
- Below the deputy president is the office marshall, below the office marshall is the Federal Territory General, below them is the Brigadier Overseer, below them is the Federal Mukim Colonel, below them is the Federal City Captain, below them is the Federal Town Major, below them is the Federal Community Lieutenant, and finally is the Federal Politics Cadet
[/I]
[/Spoiler][/list] |
| The hierarchy could be segmented into three aspects of power. One is the federal power, which is the power of the central government. Furthermore is the royal power, which is the power of the sultan. Lastly is the people's power, while could be considered as part of the central government. It's more like the voice of the people which could directly interact with the central government. |
| The function of each role, is in itself unique. With some overlapping with one another due to the careful balance that were needed to be in place to keep all parties that are involved in the present government neutral.
[List][I]- The president job is to, serve as the head of state. Who's responsible for the stability of the central government, and as a result the nation as a whole.
- The deputy president job is to, in the event that the president is not capable of performing their duties. They will have to step up to handle the affairs of the nation. When the president is doing their duties, the deputy president represents the federal power in the president's cabinet.
- The sultan job is to, serve as head of the judiciary, and represent the royal power in the president's cabinet.
- The ketua rasmj job is to, serve as the voice of the people directly to the ear of the president, and represent the people's power in the president's cabinet.
- The office marshall job is to, select the members who'll serve as the administrators of the federal territories. Although the deputy president has to first approve those who'll get the positions, however the office marshall has the power to remove those who are deemed as underperforming in their administrative skills.
- The brigadier overseer job is to, oversee how the federal territories are being managed. Collect the data, then report it back to either the federal territory general, or the office marshall. Depends on the importance of the report, or if a request is made by the office marshall for the report.
- The federal territory general, federal mukim colonel, federal city captain, federal town major, and federal community lieutenant job is to, administer the federal territories at the respective level that their rank states.
- The federal politics cadet job is to, be assigned under any administrator of federal territories, at any level. Even as high up, as being assigned to a office marshall. This is so that the cadets could learn from the mistakes, of their superiors and learn how to administer the territories once they come to hold the rank.
- The crown heir job is to, just learn how to run the judiciary
- The senate diraja job is to, serve as a senate of lawyers to the sultan. With the power of making judiciary laws, but it has to be approved by the sultan to take effect. But as a balance, they can veto the sultan own judiciary laws.
- The Baki job is also to, learn how to run a judiciary system. But their reason is not to replace the sultan, but to be the backup in case the crown heir is dead, or missing. As the Baki are the remaining relatives of the sultan, who are eligible to succeed the sultan
- The Bupati job is to, take over the judiciary when a sultan has gone missing, or the crown heir has yet to be of age to ascend to the throne, or there is a succession crisis. While they are the heads of the judiciary they have to then wait for a crown heir, or only when there is no crown heir take someone from the baki who's of age, to reign as the new sultan
- The ketua tuhan job is to, be the head of all the ketua's, and prevent the ketua's from confederating and going rogue.
- The ketua job is to, just lead the tribes of indigenous people's.
- The rasmi job is to, manage things like the treasury. Because of this rasmi's are also part of the president's cabinet, having taken the spot of pegawai. Rasmi's are however elected to their positions by the people. But then [B]selected[/B] by the ketua rasmi among the candidates for the position who had the most votes.
- The sentiausaha rasmi job is to, serve as secretaries to their assigned rasmi. The title of sentiausaha rasmi, is attained by those who weren't selected by the ketua rasmi.
- The mentadbir majlis job is to, function as a council of mentadbirs that has been elected by the people, to manage the mentadbirs not part of the council.
- The mentadbir of state, mentadbir of city, mentadbir of town, mentadbir of community job is to, manage all territories that aren't counted as federal territories. At the respective levels that they've been elected into, by the people.
- The penggantara agama job is to, select the religious leaders of each recognised religion. Their selected by the ketua rasmi.
- The priest-bishop, ustaz, bhikkhu, and the pujari job is to, manage their respective faiths, and voice out the complaints of the people of their faiths to the government, to prevent the rise of religious extremism. Although the title of priest-bishop is shared by two people, who'll represent Catholicism, and Protestantism respectively.
- The Orang Sebelumpengawal job is to, present the issues of the people to any mentadbir who is best suited to handle the issue. |[/I][/list]
| This action would also be the last, that Hadif could do with absolute power over the executive. As with this act, also comes the statement that if two our of the three [I](sultan, deputy president, and ketua rasmi)[/I] agree to it. They could veto the president policies, acts and bills. Providing an official check and balance to his regime. Which is designed to show to Tunku Abdul Rahman, his [I](Hadif)[/I] commitment to entering the Malaysian union. |
______________________________________________
[spoiler=[sub]Written for the RMB Screen of the[/sub]
COMMONWEALTH OF LIBERTY
]
Socialist Democratic Republic Romania
The Confederate Prussian Empire
[/spoiler]
Amsterwald, Socialist Democratic Republic Romania, Nippon-Nihon, Metropolitan Francais, Abessinienreich, New Provenance, Kewtpuff, Spain-, Greater Adriatican State, Slipway, Le Equatoria, Zingium
The unveiling of the first Romanian Tank Prototype; the TR-67
[sub]January 1967, Central Committee of The Communist Party of Romania, Bucharest, Socialist Republic of Romania[/sub]
| After five years of relentless research, development, and testing, the Mârșa Mechanical Plant, under the patronage of the "111 Institute," presents the TR-67, the first Romanian tank prototype. This groundbreaking creation was revealed in a momentous event attended by His Excellency, Comrade Constantin Rotaru, the General Secretary of The Communist Party of Romania, President of The Presidium of The Great National Assembly, President of the State Council, President of the Socialist Republic of Romania, Supreme Commander of The People's Army, beloved and esteemed son of all Romanian people.
| The TR-67, which stands for "Tanc Românesc" (Romanian Tank) and the design year of 1967, represents a formidable leap forward in Romanian military technology, boasting an impressive 800 horsepower engine, providing it with exceptional speed and maneuverability on the battlefield, as well as a 100-caliber cannon, a fearsome weapon capable of delivering devastating firepower against enemy forces. It is built on the modified chassis of the Soviet T-54/T-55 Tank.
| The TR-67 was unveiled at a grand ceremony attended by His Excellency, Comrade Constantin Rotaru, the General Secretary of The Communist Party of Romania, President of The Presidium of The Great National Assembly, President of the State Council, President of the Socialist Republic of Romania, Supreme Commander of The People's Army, beloved and esteemed son of all Romanian people.
His Excellency, Comrade Constantin Rotaru, addressed the audience, praising the achievements of the "111 Institute" and emphasizing the significance of the TR-67 in securing the socialist ideals of the nation. He commended the dedication of the engineers and workers involved in the project, highlighting their role in advancing the capabilities of the People's Army of Romania.
[sub]"...My deepest commendation to the engineers and workers who have elevated the capabilities of the People's Army of Romania. Your efforts have given life to a machine that will not only defend our borders but will roar as a symbol of our national and Socialist pride. The TR-67 is not just a machine, it's the embodiment of Romania's commitment to self-reliance and the defense of the socialist ideals. It stands as a symbol of our Independence, Integrity, Sovereignty and Self-Determination." - Comrade Constantin Rotaru[/sub]
| While the TR-67 represents a remarkable achievement of the Socialist Republic of Romania and its people, the design is still under improvement. Ongoing research and development efforts aim to address any identified weaknesses and incorporate emerging technologies to maintain the tank's superiority on and off the battlefield.
[sub]| The TR-67 marks a historic milestone in Romanian military capabilities. The tank, a product of five years of meticulous design and engineering, stands as a monument to the National Defense Council and Romania`s commitment to self-reliance and defense. |[/sub]
[sub]E scris pe Tricolor unire! Pe roșu steag liberator! Prin lupte sub a lor umbrire, spre Comunism urcăm în zbor![/sub]
[sub]Trăiască Partidul Comunist Român în frunte cu al său secretar general, tovarășul Constantin Rotaru![/sub]
[spoiler=[sub]Written for the RMB Screen of the[/sub]
COMMONWEALTH OF LIBERTY
]
Socialist Democratic Republic Romania
[/spoiler]
Amsterwald, Nippon-Nihon, Metropolitan Francais, Abessinienreich, New Provenance, Kewtpuff, Maziya, Greater Adriatican State, Slipway, Mutawakkiliti, Bobertzimburg, Le Equatoria, Zingium
[list][list][pre]R E P U B L I C O F V I E T N A M V I Ệ T N A M C Ộ N G H Ò A[/pre][/list][/list]
[list][list][list]OPERATION FAIRFAX : SAIGON ORDERS COUNTERINSURGENCY ATTACKS AGAINST VIET CONG[/list][/list][/list]
[list][list][sub]CLEARING THE OUTSKIRTS, Vietnam Sv[/list]
[list][list]DECEMBER, 1966[/sub][/list][/list]
| Ever since the outbreak of war in Indochina in 1955, eleven (11) years on, it had shown no signs of stopping. With the socialist government of the Democratic Republic of Vietnam, or simply North Vietnam ( The Great Expanses ) now aiming to unite Indochina under a communist regime, the Republic of Vietnam, or simply South Vietnam, continued to resist, fiercely supported by its top ally, the United States ( Paramountica ). As the war intensified, and with the United States launching Operation Rolling Thunder against North Vietnam, the South Vietnamese government in Saigon edged closer and closer to civil chaos. Following the 1963 coup d'état which resulted in the overthrow of President Ngô Đình Diệm's government by the military, and Diệm's subsequent assassination, South Vietnam had developed an increasing dependence on the United States, along with edging closer and closer to civil chaos. As increasing paranoia developed throughout the country, it became difficult to distinguish who was friend or foe. The "foe" was the feared Viet Cong, specifically the Viet Cong fighters hiding out in the South Vietnamese jungles, infiltrating the population, and causing havoc and disorder throughout the country in their aims to unite the two Vietnams. |
| The military junta who ruled Vietnam was now increasingly relying on the leadership and power of one man Nguyễn Văn Thiệu. With Thiệu being the Chief of State and the Chairman of the National Leadership Committee, for most he held the most power in the country. There was also another man in the frame, however, who held the support of the military, Air Marshal Nguyễn Cao Kỳ. Kỳ was appointed as Prime Minister of South Vietnam, and held considerable influence, second only to Thiệu. The duo had attempted to bring order to South Vietnam multiple times, bringing back mixed results. Efforts to unite the country in the face of the Viet Cong were becoming increasingly sacrosanct to South Vietnam's survival. |
| General Thiệu and Marshal Kỳ's efforts however were not in vain, as there was still a chance to restore order in the country through military force. Viet Cong insurgency activity had increased around the province of Gia Định, which directly surrounded Saigon, and was considered as the city's outskirts. The Viet Cong had amassed at least 1,900 fighters around Gia Định, now playing havoc on both American ( II Field Force ) and South Vietnamese forces ( ARVN ). Following a joint meeting between US General William Westmoreland, and South Vietnamese Cao Văn Viên, a counterinsurgency was put into action to eliminate resistance in the region Operation Fairfax. Attacks on the Viet Cong were planned to be carried out at night to minimise civilian disruption, General Thiệu announced the operations in November and were subsequently carried out to varying amounts of success by December. |
[list][list][spoiler=[sub]Written for the RMB Screen of the[/sub]
COMMONWEALTH OF LIBERTY
]
Socialist Democratic Republic Romania
The Confederate Prussian Empire
[/spoiler][/list][/list]
Arcanda, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, The Great Expanses, Socialist Democratic Republic Romania, Earstenia, Nippon-Nihon, Vancouver Straits, Metropolitan Francais, Abessinienreich, New Provenance, Kewtpuff, Adriatican Islands, Maziya, Spain-, Greater Adriatican State, Slipway, Mutawakkiliti, Le Equatoria, Caribbean Free Enterprise Zone, Zingium
[list][pre]November 1966[/pre]
[sub][/sub][/list]
[list][list][list][pre] T Y V E S T Ä P U U H U N N O U S T A A N [/pre][/list][/list][/list]
[list][pre]Strategic Sovereignty: Finland's Artful Symphony of Indigenous Defense Mastery[/pre][/list]
[list][sub]In defiance of its proclaimed neutrality, Finland maintains an unwavering dedication to military preparedness, a commitment woven into the fabric of its national ethos. With a resolute gaze toward safeguarding its sovereign boundaries, the nation invests judiciously in a formidable defense force, grounded in the bedrock principle of conscription, ensuring the capacity to repel any encroaching threat.[/sub]
[sub]The architectural blueprint of the Finnish Defense Forces is meticulously crafted, envisioning the mobilization of the entire populace in times of crisis. Commencing in the annals of 1961, a calculated foray into bolstering domestic arms production marked a strategic maneuver. Among the indigenous arsenal stands stalwarts such as the M-60 122mm field gun, the M61/37 105mm howitzer, the M-62 assault riflea reimagined rendition of the Soviet AK-47and the M-62 light machine gun. These instruments of war, baptized as the basic infantry armaments of the Finnish army, attest to the nation's resolve.[/sub]
[sub]The M-60 122mm field gun, a paragon of local craftsmanship, emerges as a symbol of Finland's self-sufficiency in military matters. Bestowed upon field artillery units, it exudes long-range potency, an embodiment of locally forged might fortifying the nation's defense. This indigenous production not only embodies a testament to the prowess of Finnish industry but also charts a course towards self-reliance in matters of national security. The endeavor extends beyond the confines of weaponry, as the modification of domestic vessels attests to an unswerving commitment to meeting the unique exigencies of the Finnish armed forces. In fostering a robust arms manufacturing sector, Finland not only cultivates technological independence but also strides forward on the path of defense innovation. The dividends are manifoldstrengthened defense capabilities, technological ascendancy, job creation, and a swelling tide of national pride.[/sub]
[sub]In the crucible of the Cold War era, the cultivation of a self-sufficient arms industry emerges as a shrewd stratagem. Beyond the realm of defense, it unfolds into a narrative of economic prosperity. Job markets burgeon, technological frontiers are breached, and the nation's coffers are replenished through the export of military hardware. This venture, albeit rooted in the exigencies of national security, transcends into a cornerstone of economic buoyancy. The mantle of self-sufficiency in arms manufacturing endows Finland with a nimbleness of response, and an ability to pivot and adapt to the ever-shifting dynamics of global security. Liberation from external dependencies grants the nation the prerogative to tailor its defense apparatus according to its unique needs. Beyond tactical flexibility, this autonomy charts a trajectory for independent decision-making in the realm of defense policies and military strategiesan invaluable asset in an era punctuated by the tenuous dance between Western and Eastern blocs. Thus, in the crucible of self-reliance, Finland not only forges its defense capabilities but also etches a saga of national resilience and autonomy onto the pages of history.[/sub]
[list][list][list][spoiler=[sub]Commonwealth of Liberty[/sub]
ELÄKÄÄ SUOMI - SUOMI IKUISESTI
]
Socialist Democratic Republic Romania
[/spoiler][/list][/list]
Paramountica, Arcanda, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Socialist Democratic Republic Romania, Nippon-Nihon, Metropolitan Francais, Abessinienreich, New Provenance, Kewtpuff, Maziya, Spain-, Vietnam Sv, Greater Adriatican State, Slipway, Mutawakkiliti, Le Equatoria, Zingium
[list][list][list][pre]RÉPUBLIQUE FRANÇAISE
FRENCH BUREAUCRACY
MINISTÈRE DES SCIENCES ET DE LINGÉNIERIE[/pre][/list]
______
MINISTRY OF SCIENCE & ENGINEERING: HOVERING AÉROTRAIN DESTINED TO BECOME ONE OF THE FASTEST MEANS OF TRAVEL
[sub]VTH REPUBLIC | PARIS, JANUARY 1967 [/sub][/list]
[sub]| HELM OF EXPÉRIMENTATION, MINISTÈRE DES SCIENCES ET DE LINGÉNIERIE - | It was last year that the sight of a 170-mph railcar flying on a single concrete track had left bewildered farmers in the plateau land between Paris and Chartres scratching their brains and brushing their beards. The elegant vessel that maintains the grand-pères in suspense is a half-scale prototype of France's wheelless, single-car "aerotrain." The French government recently approved the construction of a full-sized model that will carry 84 passengers at once on a 34-km stretch of preliminary tracks at up to 250 m.p.h. after a year of initial testing.[/sub]
[sub]Once the testing is complete and the preliminary trial on the 34 kilometer long double-track built in Paris is dubbed a success, then the government will order the go ahead to lay a further 1,900 kilometers of concrete double-tracks which will link Paris to Strasbourg, Rouen, Nantes, Lyon, and Lillie. Lyon will be further linked to Marseille and Rouen to Caen. The Aérotrain will serve the growing French cities by offering a much faster public transportation alternative to the normal metropolitan metros and subway systems. In comparison, the Aérotrain will be able to reach Strasbourg from Paris in just under an hour. The traditional train route from Paris to Strasbourg takes roughly 2 hours minimum. By cutting the travel time in half due to the great speeds and design of the Aérotrain, French businessmen, workers, and others will be able to reach their far-off destinations in a fraction of the the amount of time as it usually takes. Thus they will have more time to conclude their business. The 49-year-old engineer-designer Jean Berlin is credited with creating the Aérotrain. After over 8 years of development on his experimental "Tracked Air Cushion Vehicle" design, he graciously received a $1,000,000 grant from France in August of 1965 to build and test his invention on a 31-mile length of abandoned railroad track between the villages of Gometz and Limours. With the support of eighteen industrial giants, including the French National Railroads, Nord Aviation, Hispano-Suiza, and Renault, Bertin destroyed the standard-gauge track between the two sleepy towns and replaced it with a concrete monorail that resembled an inverted "T" in profile. Just last year Bertin signed a contract with Renault to develop an engine for the Aérotrain. Renault Gordini utilized a 260-h.p. jet-booster aviation engine mounted to the rear of the car to drive and brake the vehicle.[/sub]
[sub]In a modest tone, Bertin states that the Aérotrain "is intended to complement the car of 70-85 passengers for distances between 50 and 300 miles." That's why he took a plane to the United States this week. His goal is to hopefully establish a combined Franco-American company to construct a second prototype Aérotrain in order to effectively demonstrate that it would reduce the three-and-a-half hour travel time between New York and Washington to roughly an hour-and-a-half. The French firms contracted by the French government estimate that the planned construction of the 1,900 kilometer stretch of double concrete tracks will take roughly three-years to complete and cost around $740 million dollars. Once completed, France will become home to the largest hyperlink rail system and cross-country traveling on the Aérotrain will become the fastest and most efficient means of transportation. |[/sub]
[list]______[/list]
[list][list][pre]VIVE LA RÉPUBLIQUE!
VIVE LA FRANCE!
VIVE LEMPIRE![/pre][/list][/list]
[list][spoiler=[sub]𝐄𝐌𝐁𝐑𝐀𝐂𝐄 𝐅𝐑𝐀𝐍𝐂𝐄
𝐂𝐎𝐌𝐌𝐎𝐍𝐖𝐄𝐀𝐋𝐓𝐇 𝐎𝐅 𝐋𝐈𝐁𝐄𝐑𝐓𝐘[/sub]]
Socialist Democratic Republic Romania
The Confederate Prussian Empire
[/spoiler]
Paramountica, Arcanda, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Sixth French Metropolitan Republic, Socialist Democratic Republic Romania, Nippon-Nihon, Holy Vatican City States, Nileia, Abessinienreich, New Provenance, Monaco-, Andorra-, Kewtpuff, Maziya, Spain-, Vietnam Sv, Slipway, Mutawakkiliti, Le Equatoria, Zingium
Post self-deleted by Nileia.
https://www.nationstates.net/page=dispatch/id=1968747
Paramountica, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Socialist Democratic Republic Romania, Nippon-Nihon, Metropolitan Francais, Abessinienreich, New Provenance, Kewtpuff, Maziya, Spain-, Le Equatoria, Zingium
[list]February 1967
[sub]A Sports Victory![/sub][/list]
[pre]D I E B U N D E S R E P U B L I K[/pre]
A VICTORY AT THE WORLD CUP
[sub]BONN, THE FEDERAL CAPITAL, New Provenance - AFTERNOON[/sub]
| WEST GERMAN television stations and streets across the nation erupted in celebration with the national team's 3-2 victory against Italy in the FIFA World Cup finals - a major victory for not only the German people, but for the Bundesrepublik Deutschland's prestige as well. Broadcast providers had provided as many television-equipped households as possible with coverage of the World Cup final taking place in the United Kingdom, and the federal government was also on the edge of their seats. The Federal Republic of Germany had not been exceling at sports until recently, and this monumental world victory against great football giants like Brazil and Italy empowered Germany's sporting scene. Captain UWE SEELER and his team, Hottges, Schnellinger, Schulz, Weber, Beckenbauer, Brulls, Overath, Lorenz, and Haller, were received back home to national acclaim. BUNDESPRASIDENT (Federal President) Konrad Adenauer, the 91-year old ceremonial head of state who was holding onto his position thanks to the sheer influence of his name, received the national team upon their return to Bonn to cheering crowds waving the golden German tricolor. Chancellor WILLY BRANDT held a reception and a state dinner for the national team. Weeks after their victory, the Bundestag unanimously approved a resolution awarding the national team with major honors, which they were awarded by Adenauer and Brandt in January of '67. |
| With the World Cup victory, the sports fever in Germany was high. The public was certainly hungry for more enthusiastic sports victories for Germany, and the federal government too had its own motivations to advance Germany's sports capabilities. The WC victory was a major prestige success for the Brandt government, which under its progressive foreign policy was aiming to build a stronger, more peaceful reputation for Germany, and the victory was a big step forward for this aim. Chancellor Brandt first brought forward the possibility of a historic sports investment package to honor the World Cup victory in mid-January during a speech to the Bundestag. Immediately the sufficient votes to pass such a package were secured, with the CDU and FDP immediately offering their support. Brandt's government drafted a bill to make investments into sports education, physical education, sports infrastructure, etc. in Germany's public school system, while at the same time the German national football team sponsored tens of thousands of dollars in college sponsorships for aspiring national athletes in honor of their victory. |
| Frontally the World Cup victory was not only a victory for the German public, but for Brandt's government as well. After very narrowly holding onto their Bundestag majority in the 1966 federal elections, Brandt's Social Democratic Party and its coalition partner, Mende's Free Democratic Party, were seeking legislative victories. While minor advances through various packages were passed by the Bundestag's center-left majority, the Christian Democrats with Ludwig Erhard, former Economy Minister, at the helm of the opposition were forming up to be a strong opposition. Brandt's government had barely held on during a time when the economy was on the uptick, so it was well understood that more needed to be done if the SPD and the FDP wished to hold onto power lest they allow the Christian Democratic Union and its ideological partner in the Bundestag, the Democratic Party, to take power and re-form a center-right government. The World Cup victory marks a big prestige boost for Brandt's government, which already capitalized on the victory with the passage of a sports package this February, and more is only likely to come. |
[spoiler=[sub]Written for the RMB Screen of the[/sub]
COMMONWEALTH OF LIBERTY
]
Socialist Democratic Republic Romania
The Confederate Prussian Empire
[/spoiler]
Paramountica, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Socialist Democratic Republic Romania, Nippon-Nihon, Metropolitan Francais, Abessinienreich, Kewtpuff, Maziya, Spain-, Slipway, Mutawakkiliti, Le Equatoria, Zingium
February 5, 1967 - Ottawa, Canada
[sub]Newauroria Evening[/sub]
v
|
Nationwide Energy Program Propels Canada into Energy Independence Era
Byline: February 5, 1967 - Ottawa, Canada
Introduction: In a ground-breaking move, Canada has unveiled an ambitious nationwide energy program aimed at transforming its energy landscape and reducing dependency on traditional fossil fuels. This strategic initiative involves the construction of state-of-the-art nuclear and hydroelectric power plants, alongside backup facilities powered by oil, fossil fuels, and coal. The multifaceted approach not only addresses the energy needs of Canadians but also positions Canada as a key player in the global energy market.
Diversification for Energy Security At the heart of the program is the diversification of Canada's energy sources, with a focus on clean and sustainable alternatives. Nuclear and hydroelectric plants will harness the power of nature, providing a reliable and eco-friendly energy supply. These sources will be complemented by backup facilities, ensuring uninterrupted energy supply even in adverse conditions.
Reducing Oil Dependency: A pivotal aspect of the program is the reduction of Canada's reliance on oil for domestic energy needs. By investing in alternative energy sources, Canada aims to free up its oil reserves for export, strengthening its position in the global energy trade. This move aligns with Canada's vision of economic prosperity and energy independence.
Clean and Affordable Energy for All While fostering economic opportunities, the program remains committed to providing clean and affordable energy to every Canadian. The emphasis on diverse energy sources ensures a reliable and sustainable power supply, contributing to a high quality of life for citizens across the nation.
Timeline and Implementation The program is set to unfold in phases, with the construction of nuclear and hydroelectric plants taking center stage in the initial years. Simultaneously, the backup facilities will be strategically located to ensure comprehensive coverage. The phased approach allows for careful planning, effective implementation, and continuous adaptation to emerging technologies.
Canada's Nationwide Energy Program marks a significant stride toward a future where energy is abundant, clean, and independent. By embracing innovation and sustainability, Canada is not only securing its energy future but also pioneering a path for nations seeking a balance between economic growth and environmental stewardship.
|
[spoiler=[sub]Economy[/sub]
Harnessing the atom
]
Socialist Democratic Republic Romania
[/spoiler]
Paramountica, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Socialist Democratic Republic Romania, Nippon-Nihon, Metropolitan Francais, Abessinienreich, New Provenance, Kewtpuff, Maziya, Spain-, Slipway, Mutawakkiliti, Le Equatoria, Zingium
Post self-deleted by Nippon-Nihon.
[list][list][sub]𝚇.1966[/sub]
[sub]OPERAZIONE GLADIO[/sub]
OPERATION GLADIO[/list]
[list][list][pre]Spies, guns and paramilitaries:
A hidden network against Communism.
[/pre][/list][/list]
ROMA, REGNO DITALIA
[sub][nation=flag]Arcanda[/nation][/sub][/list]
[list]| The rising presence of leftist thought in the Kingdom, spurred by Western Europe's largest Communist Party on the one hand, and theopposedSocialist Party now in coalition with the DC on the other, has long raised concerns among the more conservative circles of power, both within and without its borders. Even more worrying to them is Rome's foreign policy, verging on non-alignment in its various dealings with the UAR and the Eastern Bloc. Such a climate of anxiety has helped strengthen the clandestine Operation Gladio, whose creation dates back more than ten years ago, under under the cabinets of Alcide de Gasperi and Luigi Einaudi. It was, at the time, spurred by fears of Soviet conquest. Today, the network remains alive and well, counting approximately 200 arms caches and 600 "officers" throughout the country. Their purpose is to conduct operations of sabotage and guerilla warfare in the event Italy falls to the Eastwhether at the hands of the Soviet military or internal agentsin the fashion of "stay-behind operations", first conceived in WWII-Britain, at a time when Volkist invasion threatened the democratic order of the island. But today, new enemies have appeared, threatening the West once more. To defend it, no matter the costs, is Gladio: An entity linked to, but separate from the armed forces and the SIFAR, the Kingdom's intelligence service. The organization of its cells, the location of its caches, as well as its training, action plans, escape routes and communications, are among the best-kept secrets of the country. Gladio's very existence is unknown to Prime Ministers deemed too susceptible to subversionthe current one, Aldo Moro, has naturally been left in a state of blissful ignorance. |
| Gladio, in its Italian variant, is directed at the highest order by NATO's Supreme Allied Commander, Europe (SACEUR), and from there, a web of hierarchies and networks in descending orderthe lower one gets, and the more secret the organ becomes: The Supreme Headquarters, Allied Powers Europe (SHAPE) and Allied Command Operations (ACO), both under SACEUR's command in France, are entities known to most; but below them are the Clandestine Planning Committee (CPC) and its "hands-on" branch, the Allied Coordination Committee (ACC), which then commands the national stay-behind operations the likes of Gladio, where the SIFAR takes over for daily routine and terrain needs. The ideological backbone of Gladio's Italian footsoldiers is made up of rigid anti-communism, complemented with strict loyalty to Atlanticism and flavoured here and there by strands of neo-fascism, religious doctrine or royalism, three currents originally at odds in far-right circles but now increasingly co-dependent in the face of mounting adversity. The presence of NATO benefactors, and CIA technical and financial help, which has been a constant since the War, is essential for the integrity of Gladio. In Italy, local hosts repay their benefactors by remaining steadfast in their commitment to keep the Kingdom Western-aligned; a note circulated at the latest ACC meeting has even expressly noted Gladio's relevance in the case of domestic disturbances. Emboldened by the recent Greek coup, Gladio's helpers and facilitators are determined to continue its existence, and can count on the support of the current royal Heir, Prince Vittoriowhose intermittent presence among various far-right circles is now a given. |
[list][list][list][spoiler=[sub]Commonwealth of Liberty[/sub]
EVVIVA L'ITALIA!
]
[nation]Adriatican Islands[/nation]
[nation]Al-Oman[/nation]
[nation]Amsterwald[/nation]
[nation]Arcanda[/nation]
[nation]Brazil Toucan[/nation]
[nation]Cascadla[/nation]
[nation]Cheezaslovakia[/nation]
[nation]Connomia[/nation]
[nation]East Germany DDR[/nation]
[nation]Great Britain GB[/nation]
[nation]Greater Kurdistane[/nation]
[nation]Israelli[/nation]
[nation]Kewtpuff[/nation]
[nation]Kotakuan II[/nation]
[nation]Ma-li[/nation]
[nation]Maziya[/nation]
[nation]Metropolitan Francais[/nation]
[nation]Neepal[/nation]
[nation]Nevbrejnovitz[/nation]
[nation]Newauroria[/nation]
[nation]New Provenance[/nation]
[nation]Nileia[/nation]
[nation]Nippon-Nihon[/nation]
[nation]OsivoII[/nation]
[nation]Paramountica[/nation]
[nation]Paseo[/nation]
[nation]Peking Zhongguo[/nation]
[nation]Pontianus[/nation]
[nation]Provenancia[/nation]
[nation]Ranponian[/nation]
[nation]Rutannia[/nation]
[nation]Saudi Arabiyah[/nation]
[nation]Socialist Democratic Republic Romania[/nation]
[nation]Spainard[/nation]
[nation]Sudesam[/nation]
[nation]Turkiye 1st[/nation]
[nation]Vancouver Straits[/nation]
[nation]Victoria Harbor[/nation]
[nation]Vietnam SV[/nation]
[nation]Virnall[/nation]
[/spoiler][/list][/list]
Paramountica, Amsterwald, Nippon-Nihon, Metropolitan Francais, Abessinienreich, New Provenance, Kewtpuff, Maziya, Spain-, Slipway, Mutawakkiliti, Le Equatoria, Zingium
[pre]١٩٦٦, Disambar December, 1966
Jinja City Hall, Bell Avenue, Jinja, The Republic of Uganda[/pre]
[list][pre]The Republic Of Sudan جمهورية السودان[/pre][/list]
[list][list]THE LWOKI DOCTRINE, SHIFTS IN FOREIGN POLICY AT THE HEIGHT OF DECOLONIZATION[/list][/list]
The Arab-African cause :|
The administration of President Benjamin Lwoki was nearing the end of its first term in office. With the 1967 elections approaching, the president had embarked on the first diplomatic tour taken by his government, first by revisiting the United Arab Republic, in efforts to strengthen relations between Cairo and Khartoum, which had been previously left in an awkward predicament, following the last administrations geopolitical maneuvering to legitimize the state of Israel, an act which was seen negatively by the majority of the population and would have led to his early ousting from power had it not been from the distraction of Cuban Missile Crisis. President Lwoki himself displayed no confidence in former President Azheris visit to Jerusalem, stating in private discussions that he sees the State of Israel as no different than the colonial occupation in Algeria, where he also privately refers to Israel as Occupied Palestine. On the public stage however, he had viementally avoided discussion or mention of the situation in Palestine, only ever hinting that Lwoki is prepared to ally himself with the Arab socialist cause, for what he sees as a shared objective with his Pan-Africanist ideology. The liberation of the homeland from colonial occupation.
Free State of Eritrea amidst looming threats within Ethiopia :|
Soon after, the President had flown to the Eritrean Free State to meet with the countrys long-time ruling autocrat, Hamid Awate, who despite the sacrifices of the Eritrean War, had managed to maintain a level of political repression and deteriorating human conditions over the country that had spent a decade reeling back from the effects of the brutal war. Eritreas humanitarian issues however were not the point of Lwokis visit. Though at times his administration had made attempts at pressuring Awates Government towards improving the well-being of the Eritrean people, no real meaningful attempt at change would ever gain the support of the various foreign affairs committees within Parliament. Lwokis visit had however come in part of resurging political tensions in East Africa, prompting the Presidents speech to the Eritrean Legislature in Akordet, to reaffirm Sudans commitment to the 1954 Defense Alliance pact between the two nations.
The communist revolution within former Ethiopian-occupied Eritrea, self-proclaimed as the Peoples State Of Eritrea (PSE), had brought with it a significant increase in the mounting tensions and security concerns facing both Eritrea and Sudan. The Peoples State leader, Aman Mikeal Andom with his Government in Asmara, had made repeated calls for the reunification of Eritrea by all means necessary. With those calls, he had rallied the nation by labeling Sudan and the Awate regime in the West as a capitalist-imperialist menace who were to blame for Eritreas demise.
Along with the threats from the East, the recent political upheavals in Ethiopia with the terrorist attacks at Meskel had sent shockwaves throughout the region, rocking with it the fragile peace that had somehow been maintained for no more than a decade. Back in Khartoum, Lwoki had condemned the attacks and displayed a sense of solidarity with the Ethiopian people in their time of sorrow, however in the address to the Eritrean legislature, Lwoki had displayed alarming sentiment that is supposed to serve as a warning that the region, may soon see a return to tensions and unrest on a level never seen before, since the outbreak of World War Two on the East African Front.
Uganda and Tanzania, a Great Lakes Prospect :|
With Christmas in just a few weeks, Lwoki had sought to conclude his diplomatic tour of East Africa with a visit to two of Lake Victorias emerging nations, Uganda and Tanzania. Lwoki had spent that Sunday morning attending mass at the Saint Andrews Church in Jinja, where he would later conduct a meeting with Ugandas President Milton Obote at Jinjas City Hall, across the street. The meeting consisted of a tour of the shores of Lake Victoria and the surrounding islands, as well as a discussion about Ugandas plans to utilize hydroelectric energy on the banks of the Victoria Nile, which now serves as the international border between Uganda and the Ganda Kingdom to the west. Sudan and Uganda have enjoyed an era of economic cooperation since the country gained its independence in 1962. Uganda had also been an important ally in the sharing of vital intelligence, required for the combating of weapon smuggling rings and cartels operating in the densely forested border regions between Juba and Adjumani.
Following the successful meeting with President Obote, Lwoki managed to establish a familial connection between the Sudanese people and Uganda that could help define Sudanese foreign policy regarding Gulu in the coming years, a connection which was helped mostly by Lwokis Christian and Nilotic background, whilst being President of the Sudanese Republic.
Soon after the train had returned to the Ugandan capital at Gulu with Milton Obote, Lwoki would go on to board the Presidential Plane chartered from Sudan Airways, with its destination set to the Tanzanian capital to establish the first relationship between both countries, for the first time since the independence of Tanzania from the British Empire. Lwokis visit to Dar Es Salam comes with the primary objective of exchanging diplomats and the establishment of a Sudanese embassy and other diplomatic channels in Tanzania, and vice versa.
The shift of Sudanese Foreign policy from its focus on French West African nations to the East is part of Lwokis new strategy for reinvigorating Pan-African relations amongst nations more closely aligned with Sudan, both culturally and linguistically. The Azheri administration sought to ridicule persistent French influence on the western side of the continent, especially in neighboring Chad and the former ally of Sudan in Mali. The Lwoki administration however, had planned a different approach, where at the height of decolonization, French and Portuguese regimes had continued to maintain repressive colonial states in Algeria, Angola, and Mozambique. This approach consists of building stronger interregional connections and relations with the former nations of the British Empire. Lwoki was playing the defensive game as opposed to Azheris offensive campaign.
It is expected that if Lwoki were to win a second term following the 1967 elections, he would begin formulating more meaningful and stronger economic and political relationships with the member states of the European Community, as well as nations of the Eastern Bloc led by the Soviet Union. In addition, Lwokis administration also seems to be deviating from the Western agenda of recognizing the Chinese Republican government exiled in Taiwan, as the legitimate government of all China. Proposals are said to be drafted in Parliament to soon recognize the Peoples Republic in Beijing as the legitimate representative and government of China.
Critics of the administration argued that Lwokis new foreign policy was aimed at driving a wedge between Sudan and her aligned economic and political interests, which, many would say is far-fetched. Lwokis administration, despite not being the most significant out of the two last governments since Sudans independence, had proven itself to be far more moderate and less radical when it came to the political stage. One thing for certain however, this South Sudanese native who rose to become the President of all of Sudan, had started to gain the admiration of the north, including his political opponents on the Arab Nationalist front, as they saw him bringing about a new era, where the struggle of African liberation and the Arab national socialist cause could be tied together in the driving force of Sudanese identity politics.
| AL-NASRU LENA!
AL-NASRU LE SUDAN! |
[spoiler=[sub]Written for the RMB Screen of the[/sub]
COMMONWEALTH OF LIBERTY
]
Socialist Democratic Republic Romania
The Confederate Prussian Empire
[/spoiler]
Paramountica, Amsterwald, Nippon-Nihon, Metropolitan Francais, Abessinienreich, New Provenance, Kewtpuff, Maziya, Spain-, Slipway, Mutawakkiliti, Le Equatoria, Zingium
★ UNITED ARAB REPUBLIC ★
[list][list][list][pre]
"Within the Arab circle there is a role wandering aimlessly in search of a hero.
For some reason it seems to me that this role is beckoning to us-to move, to
take up its lines, put on its costumes and give it life"
[/pre][/list][/list][/list]
_________________
[list][sub]WINDS OF CHANGE:[/sub]
[list][sub]ᴀ ꜱᴇʀɪᴇꜱ ᴇxᴘʟᴏʀɪɴɢ ᴛʜᴇ ᴄʜᴀɴɢɪɴɢ ʟɪʙʏᴀ[/sub][/list]
[sub][sup] DEC 1966 - LIBYAN ARAB REPUBLIC[/sub][/sup]
[sub][pre]The liberalist approach towards business practiced by the ruling council in Libya, encourged by Anwar el-Sadat, and taking advantage of the rapidly developing nature of the Libyan Arab Republic has proven to be successful as Libya recorded high rates of growth across 1965 and 1966 while Egypt has faced the threat of economic stagnation. Most importantly, these policies have inspired and led to the creation of a new class of Libyans aiming to take advantage of the more relaxed business atmosphere to establish them. This new class (nicknamed the 'New Pashas') have emerged as a strong piller of support for the current Libyan administrations, and have proven to be quite economically important as well.[/pre][/sub]
[sub][pre]Libya's main and perhaps only natural resource for now lays in oil of which PetroNasr has monopolized, forcing many of these eager businessmen to pumping vigor into other Libyan sectors, directly helping in the diversification of the economy in a sense. The main of these sectors have been construction, tourism, real estate, finance, and consumer goods. Recognizing a lack of an established light industry and service sectors, these businessmen have aimed to fill the gap. In just the last few years, enterprises have sprung up that have already established themselves as important parts of the economy. For example Mustafa Ben Halim, a former political advisor and a member of the Libyan business class, has overseen the establishment and rise of the Libyan Company for Engineering and Construction (LibeCo) as the premier lynchpin in the construction sector.[/pre][/sub]
[sub][pre]It is important to note that like Ben Halim, many of these emerging businessmen come from political backgrounds or have connections with the political establishment. This has also fostered an environment of patronage, with these businessmen pledging their support in exchange of favors, and loosened restrictions in the Socialist economy. Import and export is controlled by the government, but certain businessmen with strong connections have been able to negotiate their own trade contracts without strong oversight.[/pre][/sub]
[sub][pre]The emergence of this class has also highlighted the importance of the Italian-Libyan population. Many businessmen are of Italian origins, utilizing their generally higher base of capital and connections outside of the country for a step ahead.[/pre][/sub]
[sub][pre]Libya's business class has proven so far to be a quiet but important behind the scenes, providing support and economic benefits to the ruling authorities as well as proving that Libya can be as modern as any other place. It will be interesting to see how this pans out in the future.[/pre][/sub]
[/list]
Paramountica, Amsterwald, Nippon-Nihon, Metropolitan Francais, Abessinienreich, New Provenance, Kewtpuff, Maziya, Spain-, Slipway, Mutawakkiliti, Le Equatoria, Zingium
The Romanian Naval Ambitions
[sub]January 1967, Central Committee of The Communist Party of Romania, Bucharest, Socialist Republic of Romania[/sub]
| In response to the evolving geopolitical landscape and recognizing the importance of maritime capabilities, the Socialist Republic of Romania, under the visionary leadership of His Excellency, Comrade Constantin Rotaru, General Secretary of The Communist Party of Romania, President of The Presidium of The Great National Assembly, President of the State Council, President of the Socialist Republic of Romania, Supreme Commander of The People's Army, has approved the ambitious plan to heavily invest in the Romanian Navy.
| The international arena is witnessing significant shifts, emphasizing the strategic importance of maritime power. Recognizing the potential threats and opportunities, His Excellency, The Genius of the Carpathians, as the Supreme Commander of the People's Army, has identified the need to enhance Romania's naval capabilities.
Concurrently, the ongoing Army reform project has already demonstrated significant improvements in the efficiency and readiness of the Romanian Army. This project will continue to receive attention and resources, maintaining a balance between ground and maritime forces.
| The primary goal is to modernize the Romanian Navy's fleet by acquiring and manufacturing advanced naval vessels, including Submarines, Frigates, Destroyers etc... . Significant investments will be directed towards the expansion and upgrade of naval bases and Shipyards along the Black Sea coast and the Danube River. This includes the establishment of new facilities to accommodate the expanded fleet and provide strategic depth to naval operations.
A comprehensive training program will be implemented to ensure that naval personnel are proficient in operating and maintaining the new equipment. Collaboration with allied nations possessing advanced naval capabilities will be explored to facilitate knowledge transfer. A dedicated research and development unit will be established to encourage innovation in naval technologies.
| His Excellency, the Genius of the Carpathians has also approved of the plan to enlarge the existing Commercial fleet of the Socialist Republic of Romania. The key objectives include a fleet size increase, enhanced international trade, infrastructure development, and technological upgrades to strengthen Romania's European and global trade position.
| Dedicated task forces of the Romanian People`s Army, the Ministry of Industry and Economy and the Ministry of Defense, will be reporting directly to His Excellency, and will oversee the execution of the plan, ensuring maximum efficiency.
[sub]| The naval investment plan represents a great step in securing the Socialist Republic of Romania`s maritime interests on the Danube river and the Black Sea, solidifying its role as a steadfast defender of Socialism in the Balkan-Black Sea region. |[/sub]
[sub]E scris pe Tricolor unire! Pe roșu steag liberator! Prin lupte sub a lor umbrire, spre Comunism urcăm în zbor![/sub]
[sub]Trăiască Partidul Comunist Român în frunte cu al său secretar general, tovarășul Constantin Rotaru![/sub]
[spoiler=[sub]Written for the RMB Screen of the[/sub]
COMMONWEALTH OF LIBERTY
]
Socialist Democratic Republic Romania
[/spoiler]
Paramountica, Paseo, Amsterwald, Nippon-Nihon, Metropolitan Francais, Abessinienreich, New Provenance, Kewtpuff, Maziya, Spain-, Slipway, Le Equatoria, Zingium
| ANGELIQUE ; THE CHARISMA |
[sub]20th of December, 1966[/sub]
| On 24th of November, the election campaign came to an end as thousands flocked to ballot boxes to cast their votes for the one they deemed as needed on the position of the First Representative. During the election campaign, the Zaire Democratic Reform Party came forth as the favourite, deeming themselves to be the winners of the elections. But, the voters seemed to have other plans, turning the table around, and giving victory to someone, who deemed by the Zairean media as fresh yet unpredictable, charismatic yet dangerous; she is the first leader of Zaire who does not derive from the COLONIAL GENERATION. |
[list][ ELECTION RESULTS 1966 ]:
[sub]Turnout Vote; 8.6 Million Voters ( 69.3% )[/sub]
UNIFED ZAIRE PARTY ( CENTRE-LEFT ); 37.5% of Votes, gaining 150 Seats in the National Congress!
ZAIRE DEMOCRATIC REFORM PARTY ( CENTRE ); 26.2% of Votes, gaining 105 Seats in the National Congress!
FREEDOM & FUTURE MOVEMENT ( LEFT ); 20.7% of Votes, gaining 83 Seats in the National Congress!
NATIONAL LIBERAL REVIVAL PARTY ( CENTRE-RIGHT ); 13.5% of Votes, gaining 54 Seats in the National Congress!
COMMUNIST FRONT ( FAR LEFT ); 1.5% of Votes, gaining 6 Seats in the National Congress!
CONSERVATIVE PARTY ( RIGHT ); 0.5% of Votes, gaining 2 Seats in the National Congress![/list]
| The Unified Zaire Party won the elections, but for the first time in the history of Zairean politics, a coalition government will have to be formed in order for a ruling government to come about. Nonetheless, ANGELIQUE BANZA, the 26 year old daughter of the Matriarch of Zaire, has won the elections on a campaign aimed at the working people of the country and the youth, with promises including; expansion of the workers rights laws, expansion of the Zairean welfare system, creation of highly monitored and innovated border securities, creation of better infrastructure in the East, and creation of better job opportunities for the most educated.
By December 10th, 1966, the coalition had been formed in the National Congress between UNIFED ZAIRE PARTY and the previously ruling FREEDOM & FUTURE MOVEMENT, giving the coalition a needed majority in the Congress of 233 Seats. The Ministries in the government have been minimised by ANGELIQUE BANZA, to get rid of the cost of many unneeded ministries within the government and focus on the important matters.
[list]COALITION GOVERNMENT FORMATION;
First Representative of Zaire - ANGELIQUE BANZA ( UZP )
Minister of Cultural Progress & Innovation - MARGOT OKOMBI ( FFM )
Minister of National Industries - PHILIPE BOGUNDO ( UZP )
Minister of Economics & Public Finances - FABIAN NIGOYE ( FFM )
Minister of Education - GERARD MJINGO ( FFM )
Minister of Healthcare - EMMANUELA GABONDO ( UZP )
Minister of Welfare & Family - PATRICE LUSANGO ( UZP )
Minister of Armed Forces - GABRIEL LETHUTO ( UZP )
Minister of Infrastructure & Energy - ARCHIBALD TOSONGO ( UZP )
Minister of Agriculture - EMMANUEL OBOKO ( FFM )
Minister of Foreign Affairs - SABINE DEGURU ( UZP )
Minister of Interior Affairs & Law - ELLE NJINGO ( UZP )[/list]
The new government has quickly set into work, with first initiatives and reforms passing by 20th of December, which include;
- Angelique Banza forced through the National Congress the Defence & Innovation Bill which has allowed for a second base of the United States of America to be created in the East of Zaire.
- Angelique Banza forced through the National Congress the Commission for Anti-Corruption Behaviour to be formed and begin their activity immediately, to cut out any fundings of local politicians from businesses.
- Angelique Banza forced through the National Congress the Clean Water Act which going into immediate effect will see larger spending and forces used to create, develop and deliver clean water to the most impoverished communities in the country, alongside with electricity.
- Angelique Banza forced through the National Congress the Safe Abortion Act which will see the National Healthcare cover the cost, and provide the safety of abortion for any woman up to 18th Week of Pregnancy, should her life be in endangered, the life of the baby or the pregnancy was unwanted or made through the use of force.
- Angelique Banza forced through the National Congress the Motherly Pay Encouragement Act which will see to any woman who wishes to become a mother gain 350 Zairean Dorees a month for the first two years of the life of the child, in order to boost women into motherhood. Those mothers that are working, will gain 460 Zairean Dorees a month, and those in education will gain 400 Zairean Dorees a month.
In a time space of a month, the new First Representative, ANGELIQUE BANZA has started to tackle issues that many previous governments wished to forget. However, despite her growing popularity and her activity, some commentators suggest that she will be endangered by three things; the Matriarch of Zaire, her own mother, as despite their connection the two are very different politically; the Corporations of Zaire, which have now rooted themselves and might find the actions of the new First Representative too quick, too radical and more importantly out of their control; the Coalition Partner that MARGOT OKOMBI is, someone who is skilled at politics and more experienced might become a thorn to the side of the new leader. Should she be able to tackle those three threats, the tenure of ANGELIQUE BANZA seems rather optimistic. |
[spoiler="It is imperative that we seek to create a better country for us all...my government, as you can see already, will be based on three major principles; Efficiency, Speed, Intelligence...no longer will something be impossible, if there is a will, there is a way." - First Representative, Angelique Banza]
Socialist Democratic Republic Romania
The Confederate Prussian Empire
[/spoiler]
Paramountica, Amsterwald, Nippon-Nihon, Metropolitan Francais, Abessinienreich, New Provenance, Kewtpuff, Maziya, Spain-, Slipway, Mutawakkiliti, Le Equatoria, Zingium
Post by The Southern States Of The Americas suppressed by a moderator.
THE LION OF AFRICA II
______________
It was to begin any moment. It had been a stalemate for almost 8 months, neither side had the resources, economic or military strength to go on an offensive. 20,000 were dead due to starvation. A national humanitarian crisis had occurred across the country for months, as both sides aimed to dig in and await. However some of the NDF generals knew an offensive had to occur to force a reaction. If they were truly to defeat the NRF, they needed to drain everything of them. Fragile, yes, but not enough to be dismantled upon any form of united attack. Even though the NDF were in a better economic, political and military position, they didn't have the shire manpower nor military complex to push for another major offensive. A group of influential political and military figures, including the leading commander of the Nigerian Democratic Front, looked to push a crucial offensive which could be a turning point in the civil war.
The group consisted of a combination of political figures who had remained loyal to Prime Minister Belawu and military figures who had formally been in medium-level positions before the civil war. The group was often considered to be a part of the NEW GENERATION - which promoted a more socially liberal, secular Nigeria. While not as politically influential to the Prime Minister as the two conservative groupings of the Nationalists and Secularists, it was growing in size and pressure applied on the governorship for an offensive. By December of 1966, the NDF's senior leadership gave in and announced a draft to gain over 250,000 men in preparation for a full-out offensive to defeat the NRF. An offensive had been planned for several months, but with a slightly improved civilian economy and the stabilisation of the supply chain, a 3-month offensive to the North was to be the most viable yet.
The aim was simple - advance north and encircle the NRF's de-facto capital, Abuja, in which they would either look to force a settlement or hope the NRF's military and economic base was wiped out and allow a swift liberation of the rest of all NRF-occupied territory. Thousands were to die in the name of democracy. Belawu's political allies, however, understood that even if the campaign was a success, the North remained in a deep pit of anarchy, and so if an NRF surrender was to occur, would either need to settle an autonomy agreement and begin the liberation - a whole other fact of the matter.
But it was clear the tide had already shifted - the NRF's short spell of stability had ended on the back of a still fractured civilian economy and the NRF had momentum and a much more stable political and economic dynamic behind it. Even if it was to take decades for Nigeria to socially and politically stabilise to be back to a working democracy once more, it seemed the dream of a secular democracy in Nigeria could once more enter the minds of the ordinary Nigerian, and hopefully for the NDF, stay there.
The tide shifts and the war enters a much more clear-cut dynamic. Was this just another moment in otherwise a continuation of anarchy, or a defining catalyst to the RETURN OF DEMOCRACY?
Paramountica, Amsterwald, Nippon-Nihon, Metropolitan Francais, Abessinienreich, New Provenance, Kewtpuff, Maziya, Spain-, Slipway, Mutawakkiliti, Bobertzimburg, Le Equatoria, Zingium
Post by The Southern States Of The Americas suppressed by a moderator.
Al-Zaidi tour in Eastern Europe
ـــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــ
[sup]Yemeni President Lieutenant General Hassan al-Zaidi began his tour to the Soviet Union and Eastern Europe. The President was accompanied on his tour by Minister of Defense Major General Abdullah al-Sallal and Minister of Foreign Affairs Shukri al-Anani. The tour includes the Soviet Union, Poland, Czechoslovakia, Romania, Yugoslavia, and Slovenia. The mans goal is to develop Yemeni international relations and help develop the Yemeni army and economy.[/sup]
[list][sup]Moscow, Soviet Union (Zeitenwende)
2 December 1966[/list][/sup]
[sup]President Hassan al-Zaidi arrived in Moscow to meet with Premier of the Soviet Union Alexei Kosygin, and the two leaders discussed ways of commercial and industrial cooperation and the exchange of embassies. After a friendly meeting with the Soviet leader, President Al-Zaidi touched on several topics, including:
Obtaining 20 ZU-23-2 anti-aircraft autocannon, with permission to send Yemeni officers to train on Soviet aircraft and weapons (which Yemen had obtained from Poland), with payment facilities over four years.
He also requested sending Yemeni security officers to train in KGB in order to help establish Yemeni intelligence Department.
And he also requested MiG-15 fighters trainer version and P-15 radar unit, but the Soviets would be blunt to make sure that Yemen would be a reliable partner for the them in the Middle East before giving him more weapons.
[/sup]
[list][sup]Warsaw, Poland (Poland1St)
5 December 1966[/list][/sup]
[sup]In the context of the recently growing Yemeni- Polish relations, President Hassan Al-Zaidi visited Warsaw to meet with the Chairman of the Council of State, Acting Polish President, Edward Ochab. Relations have been developing since last year, as embassies were exchanged, and Yemen also purchased weapons from Poland. President Al-Zaidi came seeking further development in friendly and exchange relations. Trade between the two countries. During a meeting with Ochab, the two leaders discussed ways of cooperation in the industrial and military fields.[/sup]
[list][sup]Prague, Czechoslovakia (Astarina)
8 December 1966[/list][/sup]
[sup]In an attempt to create more friendly relations for the Republic and increase trade opportunities with Yemen, President Hassan Al-Zaidi went to Prague to meet with the President of the Czechoslovakia Antonín Novotný. The two leaders discussed ways of trade, industrial and agricultural cooperation, when yemen looks forward to benefiting from Czechoslovakia's expertise in these fields. The two leaders also agreed to exchange of embassies between the two countries.[/sup]
[list][sup]Bucharest, Romania (Socialist Democratic Republic Romania)
11 December 1966[/list][/sup]
[sup]President Hassan al-Zaidi's next stop was Bucharest. For the sake of further friendly relations, President Al-Zaidi met his counterpart, President of Romania, Constantin Rotaru. The two leaders discussed ways of tradeو industrial and agricultural cooperation, and within the framework of expanding Yemeni diplomatic relations, the two leaders agreed to exchange embassies between the two countries.[/sup]
[list][sup]Belgrade, Yugoslavia (Ranponian)
14 December 1966[/list][/sup]
[sup]President Hassan Al-Zaidi arrived in Belgrade, where he came to feel the relations between Yemen and Yugoslavia, after the major changes that occurred in Yugoslavia and its departure from the Warsaw Pact and Comecon. President Al-Zaidi met with the President of Yugoslavia, Josip Tito, The meeting was fruitful, and President Al-Zaidi requested increased cooperation in trade and assistance in promoting Yemeni products or selling them through Yugoslav companies, as Yemen now produces cement, textiles, cigarettes, coffee, and canned fish, in addition to other agricultural products.
The two leaders also signed an agreement between the two countries to reduce customs duties on some Yemeni and Yugoslav goods.
President Al-Zaidi also presented the proposal that the Yugoslav and Slovenian leaders come to Yemen for a tripartite summit in Sanaa, to improve Yugoslav-Slavonian relations.
[/sup]
[list][sup]Ljubljana, Slovenia (Amsterwald)
17 December 1966[/list][/sup]
[sup]At the end of his tour, President Hassan al-Zaidi arrived in Ljubljana to meet his Slovenian counterpart, Boidar Jakac. The two leaders discussed increasing cooperation between the two countries in the field of trade and industry, as the two countries share strong relations. The two leaders agreed to hold an exhibition of Yemeni and Slovenian products, in order to increase opportunities for cooperation between producers and create Opportunities to promote the products of the two countries in Eastern Europe and the Middle East. It was decided that the exhibition will be held twice during the next year, once in Sanaa and again in Ljubljana.
President Al-Zaidi also requested permission to send some security officers from Yemen to train and benefit from the knowledge of Slovenian intelligence in order to help establish Yemeni intelligence Department.
President Al-Zaidi also presented the proposal that he had previously presented to the Yugoslav president, where he requested that a tripartite summit be held in Sanaa in order to improve Slovenian-Ygoslav relations, as a new step towards a more cooperative and prosperous future.[/sup]
[spoiler=[sub]Written for the RMB Screen of the[/sub]
COMMONWEALTH OF LIBERTY
]
Socialist Democratic Republic Romania
[/spoiler]
Paramountica, Amsterwald, Socialist Democratic Republic Romania, Nippon-Nihon, Metropolitan Francais, Abessinienreich, New Provenance, Kewtpuff, Maziya, Spain-, Slipway, Le Equatoria, Zingium
Red Uprising, Iron Fist and other things
ـــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــ
[list][sup]Yemen Arab Republic
15 December 1966[/list][/sup]
[sup]After the recent violence that occurred in Shanghai and its impact on the neighboring country of Ethiopia, the Yemeni Communist Al-Shaab Organization decided to launch demonstrations coinciding with the visit of the President Hassan al-Zaidi to Yugoslavia. The youth and student demonstrators raised banners denouncing the visit to Yugoslavia and Slovenia as they are traitorous countries to communism. However, the Yemeni police The newly formed problem showed an iron fist and dealt with the demonstrations with extreme violence. Many demonstrators communists were arrested and the demonstrations were eliminated. All of this was under the supervision of Colonel Ali al-Mahdi, the Minister of Security, which the demonstrators called the hand of injustice.[/sup]
[spoiler=[sub]Written for the RMB Screen of the[/sub]
COMMONWEALTH OF LIBERTY
]
Socialist Democratic Republic Romania
[/spoiler]
Paramountica, Amsterwald, Socialist Democratic Republic Romania, Nippon-Nihon, Metropolitan Francais, Abessinienreich, New Provenance, Kewtpuff, Adriatican Islands, Maziya, Spain-, Slipway, Le Equatoria
Post by The Southern States Of The Americas suppressed by a moderator.
[list][list][pre]✰ DEMOCRATIC REPUBLIC OF CONGO ✰
~ THE CONGO CRISIS ~[/pre][/list][/list]
[sup][pre]In the ensuing chaos during the fighting in Stanleyville, the 41st Commando Brigade stationed at the Stanleyville international airport, under the command of Colonel Joseph-Désiré Mobutu, would intervene on behalf of the NEC. With their strategic positioning at the airport, Colonel Mobutu's brigade played a crucial role in stabilizing the situation and providing much-needed support to the conspirators. As a result of the intervention by the brigade, the conspirators gained a significant advantage over the loyal units of Major-General Victor Lundula. With their strategic positioning at the airport, the brigade effectively cut off any reinforcements or supplies that could have aided Lundula's forces. This isolation ultimately led to Adoula and Iléo realizing the futility of further resistance, compelling them to accept a ceasefire and surrender to spare the civilian population further violence. Upon their surrender, the duo, along with Lundula, were held within the military prison of Camp Bahuma. Their fate was sealed when Colonel Kashamura issued Order 357 on the 21st of February to have all three executed. Lundula would be the first to die at dawn. Dragged from his holding cell, Lundula would be beaten by men of the 41st Brigade in the middle of the courtyard, all the while Mobutu watched from the sidelines, supervising. Lundula would not die until a seargent, disgusted by the horrid spectacle, interjected and shot Lundula in the head, ending his suffering. The fate of Adoula and Iléo would come when the two were supposedly being escorted to Stanleyville International Airport for supposed exile in the middle of the night. However, their escort turned out to be a ruse, as they were instead taken to a secluded location outside the city. In the darkness, Adoula and Iléo were mercilessly executed by a firing squad; their bodies were left abandoned in the cold night air.[/pre][/sup]
[sup][pre]With their biggest threats gone and neutralized, the conspirators quickly established a national dictatorship. The CNM and its leadership were dragged through the mud as the new military dictatorship justified their actions by accusing the CNM of plotting against the state and destabilizing the country. They launched a propaganda campaign to tarnish the reputation of Adoula and Iléo, painting them as traitors and enemies of the people. This allowed the new regime to consolidate power and suppress any opposition, effectively silencing dissent and maintaining control over the nation, at least in major population centers. While the conspirators won out in the February coup, the new regime proved unstable, with several units within the military revolting. Initially, these revolts were small and manageable, but in the Oriental Province, government control collapsed when elements of the army and PSA began a massive uprising known as the Simba Rebellion in July, 1964. The Simba Rebellion quickly spread throughout the province as rebels seized control of key towns and cities, causing widespread chaos and instability. The rebellion was fueled by grievances against the new regime's oppressive tactics and its perceived betrayal of Lumumba's revolutionary ideals. As the rebellion gained momentum, the army in the east collapsed, allowing the Simba rebels to march on Stanleyville with little resistance on the 5th of August, 1964. The ANC, along with its leadership, fled the capital to the western provinces of the Congo, where they still held control. The rebels established a new government in Stanleyville, declaring it the capital of their self-proclaimed "People's Republic of the Congo." This further escalated the conflict and drew international attention as neighboring countries grew concerned about the spread of communist influence in the region.[/pre][/sup]
[list][list][spoiler=[sub]Written for the RMB Screen of the[/sub]
COMMONWEALTH OF LIBERTY
]
Socialist Democratic Republic Romania
The Confederate Prussian Empire
[/spoiler]
Paramountica, Rutannia, Amsterwald, Nippon-Nihon, Metropolitan Francais, Abessinienreich, New Provenance, Kewtpuff, Adriatican Islands, Maziya, Spain-, Vietnam Sv, Zeitenwende, Slipway, Mutawakkiliti, Zingium
[list]
январь
1 9 6 7
[list]
[sub]UZBEK SOVIET SOCIALIST REPUBLIC
Ўзбекистон Совет Социалистик Республикаси[/sub][/list][/list]
| THE IRON FIST OF THE RED KHAN |
[list][sub][sup]Tashkent, Uzbek SSR[/sub][/sup]
[list][sub]| Ousted, humiliated, and made irrelevant in 1964, in just 3 years Sharof Rashidov has risen once again to establish himself as the premier leader of the Soviet Uzbekistan. Emerging like a phoenix through a complicated web of patronage that prioritized untapped segments of the party, such as academics, technocrats, minorities, and such, while also leveraging the infighting and inability of the various factions of the Uzbek Communist Party to establish stability or rule collectively for the benefit of the Uzbek people. Since his return to power, Rashidov has proved why he was the best option for the Uzbeks, and his political ability and wit has stamped out any opposition to his rule. |[/sub]
[sub]| Nothing short of impressive, and perhaps quite unusual for the Soviet Union, Rashidov's rise has been the subject of many analysis with many attempting to rationalize what has been essentially a series of lucky events. Nonetheless, like promised, Rashidov has brought both stability and unity to the Uzbek SSR, something which was desperately needed in the wake of the Tashkent earthquake which left the republic in shock. Such is his strong leadership, that Rashidov's ability to mobilize quick support effortlessly has earned him, the perhaps derogatory, nickname of the 'Socialist Khan'. |[/sub]
[sub]| In any case, with the first steps finally done, Rashidov has turned his eyes towards ensuring something like the humilation of 1964 doesn't happen again, and has begun the process of almost institutionalizing his rule in the Uzbek republic. Taking perhaps a little too much inspiration from a past Soviet leader, Rashidov has been quietly building a large personality cult around his person. Paintings commissioned position himself as sort of a guiding teacher, or a strong but intelligent leader, posters praising the leadership of Rashidov has been distributed, the Uzbek Komsomol has increased rhetoric of 'Taking by the example of Rashidov's leadership!". Reconstruction efforts in Tashkent have been marked by increased visits of Rashidov, whose portrait adorns most of the sites. |[/sub]
[sub]| More internally within the party, Rashidov has slowly began promoting allies, specifically those of minorities such as the Karakalpaks, and Tatars, to high positions. Technocrats who previously were held back due to the lack of connections or patronage, have also benefitted as more and more members from the Tashkent-Fergana faction axis have been removed. Most importantly, high positions have been occupied by Rashidov's blood relatives. This has given rise to what many foreign analysts have called the 'Samarkand Mafia', a play on the Brezhnevite 'Dnipropetrovsk Mafia' which composed Brezhnev's closest ally. The Samarkand clan has emerged as a third axis in the factional struggle within the UzCP which unlike the other two, has been succesful in remaining united and maintaining a majority in the party |[/sub]
[sub]| Sharof Rashidov's cunning and political acumen alone however are not enough on their own. For this purpose, Rashidov has worked on strengthening the Ministry of Internal Affair (MVD), which it operates independent of the Unionwide Soviet MVD. The Uzbek MVD has received significant funding in the last year, working on internal security matters by monitoring possible dissent within the party and any challengers to Rashidov's rule, ensuring that he is protected at all costs. |[/sub]
Paramountica, Rutannia, Amsterwald, Nippon-Nihon, Metropolitan Francais, Abessinienreich, New Provenance, Kewtpuff, Adriatican Islands, Maziya, Spain-, Zeitenwende, Slipway, Mutawakkiliti, Poland1St, Zingium
[B]ALL ROADS LEAD TO THE SEA!
[sub]| March 1967 | British Leeward Islands |[/sub]
The island, where all roads are destined to meet the sea. Where life moves slower and days seem to last longer. Throughout history, they have served as the backbone of empires and continue to do so in the modern age. The British Leeward Islands are of no exception to these descriptors, with it's own Antigua serving as Gateway to the Caribbean, a title defended in battles long past. For decades these northern Antilles islands, have endured the pangs of an ever-changing colonial governance system, only to find a semblance of progress during the attempted West Indies Federation, though much to the dismay of many, it would eventually prove short-lived.
Though, with the grant of Royal assent to the recent West Indies Act on February 1967, several isles receive the status of an Associated State within the Commonwealth. With the exception of Dominica, Grenada, St. Vincent, and St. Lucia, this statehood was extended to the entirety of the British Leeward Islands. These 'West Indies Associated States' are to be considered in free association with the United Kingdom and each state being therefore granted full control over the content of their constitutions, local self-governance, in addition to their national ensign, whilst Whitehall retained responsibility over their defence and foreign affairs. Being first to shed it's colonial labels, Antigua attained status of Associated State on 27 February 1967, with St. Christopher-Nevis-Anguilla declared shortly thereafter. On 9 and 21 March, less than a month later, the British Virgin Islands and Montserrat officially joined the rest of the British Leewards in free statehood. Some of the free states proudly raised new, uniquely modified ensigns that symbolically omit the Union Jack, though not all followed suit. Ministerial-type governments were formed in the States on the basis of their constitutions, qualified local citizens were appointed to state governorship, rendered constitutionally-bound, and these governors active participants within the West Indies Associated States Council of Ministers. Naturally, emerging ideologues came to head at the ballot box where Caribbeans felt they could truly secure their place at the table. Electoral races, even the early by-elections in the 1940s, often stirred the general public, conceiving to generally high voter turnout rates.
Though these record voter turnouts weren't exclusive to any one State, this circumstance became especially evident in Antigua, where a complex rivalry unfolded post-statehood declaration between incumbent 1st Premier, [sub]The Right Honourable, Sir[/sub] Vere Cornwall Bird, of the Antigua Labour Party against [sub]Sir[/sub] Andrew Barnaby "Albie" Hobart of the Antiguan National Party, and [sub]Sir[/sub] George Herbert Walter of the Antigua Workers Union. As well, in many of the other associated states similar feuds within their respective established political circles also began to take shape. Notably, in St. Christopher-Nevis-Anguilla, the Premiership of [sub]The Right Excellent[/sub] Robert L. Bradshaw is strongly opposed by the population in neighbouring Nevis, believing themselves egregiously overshadowed by the larger St. Kitts in terms of public services, government subsidisation, or even access to electricity, which was only recently brought to Nevis as of 1954. Furthering extant Nevisian disillusionment, Bradshaw all but turns a blind eye to their plight. All the while, Anguilla boils under growing public discontent over it's place within the tripartite associated state, this all doing well to apply increasing pressure upon Bradshaw's fledgling premiership. Comparable in size to St. John's, the capital of Antigua, Basseterre, St. Christopher has expanded to a point in which it may begin to rival Antigua in commercial importance.
Despite the turmoils brewing in almost every other infantile associated state, things were quite contrary in Montserrat where life, political or otherwise, is considered quaint and humble. In the British Virgin Islands, after the introduction of true ministerial government under Chief Minister [sub]The Honourable[/sub] H. Lavity Stoutt the Virgins have begun a healthy transition away from traditional agrarian-based economics toward the promotion of the tourism industry and off-shore financial services, bolstering support for Stoutt's thus far well-managed administration. After it's 1959 adoption of the U.S. Dollar and throughout the eight years between then, the BVI has seen exponential socio-economic growth and increased stimulation, both foreign and domestic, within these emerging sectors of the economy.
[spoiler=[sub]O LANDS OF BEAUTY![/sub] ] Adriatican Islands Amsterwald Anglo Channel Arcanda Cascadla Cheezaslovakia Connomia East Germany Ddr Greater Adriatican State Great Britain Gb Greater Kurdistane Israelli Kewtpuff Kotakuan Ii Ma-Li Maziya Metropolitan Francais Mutawakkiliti Neepal Nevbrejnovitz Newauroria New Provenance Nileia Nippon-Nihon Osivoii Paramountica Paseo Peking Zhongguo Pontianus Provenancia Ranponian Rio De La Plata Argentina Rutannia Saudi Arabiyah Socialist Democratic Republic Romania Spainard Sudesam The Confederate Prussian Empire Vancouver Straits Victoria Harbor Virnall [/spoiler]
Paramountica, Rutannia, Amsterwald, Nippon-Nihon, Metropolitan Francais, Abessinienreich, New Provenance, Kewtpuff, Adriatican Islands, Maziya, Spain-, Zeitenwende, Poland1St, Le Equatoria, Zingium
БЪЛГАРСКО НАЦИОНАЛНО РАДИО
Ловеч, Плевенска област, НРБ
27 декември 1967 г
------------------------------------
People's Republic of Bulgaria Celebrates Productive Year in Foreign Policy: Strengthening Ties Across the Globe
Народна република България празнува продуктивна година във външната политика: Укрепване на връзките по света
------------------------------------
In a remarkable display of diplomatic prowess, the People's Republic of Bulgaria has successfully concluded a productive year in foreign policy, fostering lasting ties with friendly and allied nations as it navigates the challenges of an ever-changing world.
Stronger Bonds with the Soviet Union:
A cornerstone of Bulgaria's foreign policy achievements is the deepening collaboration with the Soviet Union. Recent agreements between Bulgarian leader Todor Zhivkov and the Soviet Foreign Ministry have yielded substantial benefits. Efforts to enhance travel between the two nations aim to boost Bulgarian tourism, already a favorite among Soviet citizens. Additionally, the Soviet Union has committed to supporting Bulgaria in various technical projects, including atomic research, aligning with Bulgaria's commitment to a nuclear-powered future. Military cooperation is set to increase, reinforcing Bulgaria's position as a front-line member of the Warsaw Pact amid anti-Communist sentiments from neighboring NATO nations.
Economic Milestones with the Soviet Union:
In a significant economic stride, Bulgaria is set to export various models of passenger vehicles, including cars and buses, to the Soviet Union. This landmark deal not only marks a triumph for Bulgaria's growing industrial sector but also serves as a testament to the Soviets' confidence and support in Bulgarian automotive manufacturing.
Strengthened Ties with Romania:
Efforts to fortify relationships closer to home have resulted in strengthened ties with neighbouring Romania. Beyond political affirmations, both nations have initiated educational programs, fostering collaboration between schools and universities. Joint efforts to develop and share scientific and academic research have been hailed as a major achievement for future generations. As part of this collaboration, a new automotive testing center, to be located in Pleven oblast, will support the development of the automotive industries in both nations.
Affirming Friendship with Yugoslavia:
Despite recent political changes in Yugoslavia, Bulgaria and Yugoslavia have signed a memorandum of friendship and cooperation, emphasizing shared aims and common goals. Border restrictions have been relaxed, and agreements promoting imports, exports, and potential joint projects in science and infrastructure have been inked, ensuring the continuation of positive relations between the two nations.
New Connections with Korea:
Bulgaria has also opened diplomatic relations with Korea, resulting in limited but growing trade links. Positive meetings with Korean government representatives have laid the groundwork for trade in electronics and textiles, with potential expansions in the future. In a cultural exchange, Korean football clubs are expected to visit Bulgaria as part of a friendship tour.
As the People's Republic of Bulgaria continues to solidify its diplomatic standing on the global stage, these achievements mark a promising trajectory for the nation's economic growth, technological advancement, and international cooperation in the years to come.
Paramountica, Rutannia, Amsterwald, Socialist Democratic Republic Romania, Nippon-Nihon, Metropolitan Francais, Abessinienreich, New Provenance, Kewtpuff, Adriatican Islands, Maziya, Zeitenwende, Slipway, Poland1St, Le Equatoria, Zingium
[list][list]March 1966
[sub]Harold Wilson on the Campaign Trail![/sub][/list]
CIVIC HALL, WOLVERHAMPTON, WEST MIDLANDS, Great Britain Gb
| On the 28th of February, 1966, Prime Minister Harold Wilson announced to Parliament and the British public that the current Parliament would be effectively dissolved on the 10th of March, and that a snap election would be held on the 31st of March - a mere year and a half since the last General Election in 1964 where Labour found itself clung to a majority in the House of Commons by just a single seat. The timing of such a snap election was purely tactical by Wilson; the Conservatives had just conducted an internal leadership election, which meant they were disorientated and weaker, with the public having little time to acquaint themselves with the new Tory leader, Edward Heath. In January, Labour had won the Kingston upon Hull North by-election, increasing their vote share in the constituency by 8%, further providing ammunition for Labour to push forward to extend their majority in the House of Commons with a General Election. |
| With such a short period of time between the announcement of the snap General Election and its commencement on the 31st of March, Harold Wilson sought to campaign in the industrial heartlands of the United Kingdom - particularly marginal traditional Labour seats in the West Midlands such as Birmingham Perry Barr and Wolverhampton North East. Moreover, Wolverhampton was a unique town in the sense that its two constituencies of Wolverhampton North East and Wolverhampton South West were polar opposites. In the North East, fervent socialist and social justice campaigner Renee Short cemented her place as the MP in the 1964 General Election. Whereas Enoch Powell, prominent Conservative and traditional High Tory, resided just a short drive in the opposite direction in Wolverhampton South West. Therefore, Wolverhampton, a town of two halves, was crucial to campaign in to maintain the foothold in its North East constituency and prevent a slide into complete Conservative control of the town. |
| As the heartland of the Black Country, the constituency bears the marks of its manufacturing legacy with chimneys punctuating the skyline. Wolverhampton North East was not just a constituency; it was a microcosm of the larger struggle for Britain's soul and the electorate's growing schism between social progress and tradition. As a town, it was economically socialist yet socially traditional - for Harold Wilson he needed to strike the right balance with the crowd to convey the best message. The cold winds of March whipped through the streets of the town centre of Wolverhampton as Prime Minister Harold Wilson stepped off the campaign bus. The air was thick with the scent of diesel fumes and the anticipation of political fervour. Wilson's breath formed small clouds in the crisp evening air as he made his way from the sharp cold of the outside into the Civic Hall. As he entered the building, a crowd of roughly 6000 erupted into cheers and applause. Wilson waved as he made his way down the aisle and up onto the podium brandishing the Labour slogan You know Labour government works. |
[list][sub]HAROLD WILSON, Prime Minister & Leader of the Labour Party | [/sub] Good Evening Wolverhampton. Its great to be in the heart of the Black Country and I am extremely thankful that you could spare your valuable time to hear my message this evening. Wolverhampton is a community that embodies the spirit of resilience and hard work. In the factories and workshops that surround us, in the echoing clang of machinery, and in the bustling markets where families make their livelihoods, I see the pulse of a nation.[/list]
| HAROLD would take a five-second pause, judging the mood of the room before adjusting his brown tweed suit blazer and continuing further. |
[list][sub]HAROLD WILSON, Prime Minister & Leader of the Labour Party | [/sub]In the factories that have powered our progress, I see the strength of the working classthe backbone of our movement. Your labour and dedication have built the foundations of this nation. We aim to build on our 1964 victory and form a society where every person, regardless of their background, has the opportunity to succeed. We envision a country where the fruits of our labour are shared fairly and where education is a pathway to prosperity. The challenges we face are real, but so is our determination, as the great Clement Attlee once said"[/list]
| HAROLDs speech would continue for several more minutes, aiming to secure the hearts and minds of the crowd gathered in Wolverhampton to secure the majority in Wolverhampton North East that Labour desperately needed in order to secure a workable majority to put forward their vision from Britain. HAROLD stepped down from the podium to a thunderous applause; with a swift wave goodbye, the Prime Minister headed back to the campaign bus, ready for the next constituency in the morning. |
[spoiler=[sub]Written for the RMB Screen of the[/sub]
COMMONWEALTH OF LIBERTY
]
Socialist Democratic Republic Romania
The Confederate Prussian Empire
[/spoiler]
Paramountica, Rutannia, Paseo, Amsterwald, Kotakuan Ii, Earstenia, Nippon-Nihon, Lucaswrld, Metropolitan Francais, Abessinienreich, New Provenance, Kewtpuff, Adriatican Islands, Maziya, Spain-, Zeitenwende, Slipway, Poland1St, Gelcia, Le Equatoria
[list][pre]MARCH of 1967[/pre][/list]
[pre]THE UNION OF SOVIET SOCIALIST REPUBLICS
Союз Советских Социалистических Республик[/pre]
[pre]ONE SINGULAR FORCE FOR SOCIALISM: GENERAL SECRETARY KOSYGIN CALLS FOR A STRONGER, UNITED FORCE FOR SOCIALISM AMID RED ARMY BOLSTERING[/pre]
[pre]ЕДИНСТВЕННАЯ СИЛА ДЛЯ СОЦИАЛИЗМА: ГЕНСЕКРЕТАРЬ КОСЫГИН ПРИЗЫВАЕТ СОЗДАТЬ БОЛЕЕ СИЛУ, ОБЪЕДИНЕННУЮ СИЛУ ДЛЯ СОЦИАЛИЗМА НА УСЛОВИЯХ ПОДДЕРЖКИ КРАСНОЙ АРМИИ[/pre]
| [sub]While it was not written or said officially, Alexei Kosygin ascended to the office of General Secretary, succeeding Nikita Khrushchev, with the job of recovering and responding to the withdrawal of Yugoslavia from the Warsaw Pact and its subsequent "de-Socialization". In fact, Khrushchev's failure to adequately prevent the crisis from taking place in the first place likely played some role in his departure from politics after more than a decade of serving as the leader of the Soviet Union's Communist Party. Kosygin did not take the role lightly; immediately after entering office he embarked upon several high profile foreign policy visits, including a highlighted trip to the United Arab Republic to shore up support among "like-minded regional partners", and a convening of the Warsaw Pact heads of state. As First Deputy Premier and second-in-command to Khrushchev, Kosygin had also been a relatively lukewarm supporter of the Soviet military at best. He favored greater investments in civilian areas rather than pumping funds into the Red Army, and thus did not have the most cordial of relationships with them. His ascension to the leadership of the USSR, however, warranted change, and that change was delivered during a major policy speech on national defense conducted by the General Secretary in February of 1967.[/sub] |
[list][pre]". . . I believe now, in light of the recent shifts in the politics of our region and our never-ending fight for the growth and empowerment of socialistic ideals, guaranteeing unity, brotherhood, and common security amongst our partners and allies is more necessary than ever. We must be able to form a united force for socialism lest we allow our enemies, the enemies of the people and the enemies of the working class, to gain the upper hand in this global, albeit hidden, fight. We have strived hard to achieve our goals through peace and brotherly cooperation, but other methods must be sought, and our efforts for a workers' paradise defended. We must show that we are more committed than ever to raising our arms and fighting for our ideals when they are attacked or offended. This can only be done if we have the sufficient resources to deliver a resounding blow to the enemies of the revolution."[/pre][/list]
| [sub]Kosygin's February speech marked a shift less so in terms of foreign policy, but moreso in terms of his national defense policy. Facing a bewildered Warsaw Pact in need of proper leadership, Kosygin amended his policy on defense and days after his speech issued a memorandum calling on the Supreme Soviet to ratify funding increases for the Soviet military that would also see investments into advanced missile technology, the development of small arms and infantry fighting vehicles, as well as the modernization of Red Army tank corps. Like clockwork, the Supreme Soviet voted unanimously to support the measure, and the high-ranking generals and commanders of the Soviet armed forces offered their wholehearted support. Under Khrushchev, while support for the military had been strong, the former General Secretary had been more focused on initiating reforms and de-Stalinizing the country rather than national defense or the economy. Kosygin pledged to tackle multiple issues simultaneously, but clarified his intention to focus on national security as well, in light of recent events.[/sub] |
| [sub]In subsequent policy speeches and exclusive interviews with Pravda and other state newspapers, Kosygin would affirm the need for the Soviet government and the governments of other like-minded nations to "work together with brotherly spirit and sincere interest in true cooperation" and "put aside differences" to achieve common goals. He touted his foreign trips in the early days of his premiership and his newfound support for bolstering the Red Army as the Soviet Union's show of commitment to defending socialistic ideals, calling on fellow socialist nations in the Warsaw Pact and beyond to do the same. 'We cannot defend the workers and empower the workers if we stand divided and weak; we must be strong and ready to raise fire for the people if necessary,' Kosygin said. Domestically, the papers and the media would call the move as a sincere effort by the General Secretary to guarantee the unity of the Warsaw Pact in light of hardships, and an effort to bolster the collective security of the Soviet peoples. Outside of the Soveit Union and the Eastern Bloc, however, observers would note that the shift in Kosygin's defense policy is likely tied to the Soviet Union's increasing need to affirm its unique role in the Warsaw Pact and in world affairs. 'Kosygin cannot afford to look weak at this crucial time,' one observer wrote.[/sub] |
| [sub]These efforts to bolster the military and a shift in rhetoric from the Kremlin is likely to only be the first of many reforms to be initiated by Kosygin this year. His economic reforms are expected to finally begin implementation in earnest after seeing successes in isolated experimental tests across the nation, in coincidence with the implementation of the next Five-Year Plan. These reforms are aimed at boosting the USSR's economic growth and strengthening productivity and economic efficiency through a variety of new methods. Kosygin has also expressed interest in lifting some architectural restrictions and boosting the construction of housing in the USSR, after Khrushchev closed the door to 'architectural creativity' in favor of uniformity.[/sub] |
____
[spoiler=[sub]Written for the RMB Screen of the[/sub]
COMMONWEALTH OF LIBERTY
]
Socialist Democratic Republic Romania
The Confederate Prussian Empire
[/spoiler]
Rutannia, Paseo, Amsterwald, Nippon-Nihon, Metropolitan Francais, Abessinienreich, New Provenance, Kewtpuff, Adriatican Islands, Maziya, Spain-, Slipway, Poland1St, Le Equatoria, Zingium
[list][list]SHOWA 42 | JANUARY 1967[/list]
[list][list]黒い霧
[pre]THE BLACK MIST[/pre][/list][/list]
[pre] N I N T H P O S T W A R D I E T [/pre]
[list][list][sub][pre] オー・スネイル 富士山に登ろう でも、ゆっくり、ゆっくり
O Snail; Climb Mount Fuji But slowly, slowly![/pre][/sub][/list][/list]
TOKYO, NATIONAL DIET NOON
[sub]THE LAND OF THE RISING SUN, Nippon-Nihon[/sub]
| The Japanese habitually give a descriptive title to every event in the country, and politics keeps the phrase-makers busy. When the Diet was dissolved in 1948 to allow for the first elections, it was nicknamed the RIGGED DISSOLUTION because the U.S. organized it. In 1952 came the SURPRISE DISSOLUTION which surprised everyone. When Prime Minister EISAKU SATO dissolved the ninth postwar Diet, calling new elections for January 29, his move was destined to go down in history as the BLACK MIST DISSOLUTION; it developed out of the fog of corruption scandals that shamed the government. For SATO, Januarys elections will be the first in which he will run. After dissolving the House of Representatives, Sato warned members to set aside any hanky-panky and avoid even a whisper of scandal during their campaigns. |
[list]| EISAKU SATO, [sub]THE PRIME MINISTER[/sub] | Recent events have seriously damaged the Japanese peoples trust in politics and political parties. We will investigate what needs to be investigated, correct what needs to be corrected, and establish a fair and clean government.[/list]
| The only good news for SATO is that the opposition parties are no better off than his own Liberal Democrats. Far-left socialists still advocate class struggle and the complete nationalization of all Japanese industry, which hardly endears them to Japans increasingly prosperous electorate. The Democratic Socialists are simply too unstable to generate broad support. And Kōmeitō is too new and too limited in its appeal to pose a threat to the Liberal Democrats. Despite the black mist, SATO strove to improve Japanese-Korean relations, promoted aid to underdeveloped Southeast Asian nations, and provided stability to Japans economy, which is growing at 8% annually. SATO has a great chance of obtaining a majority in the 486-seat lower house, but his comfortable majority of 278 seats could be reduced to a small majority of 244 seats. If that happens, he could easily call another election. |
Rutannia, Paseo, Amsterwald, Metropolitan Francais, Abessinienreich, New Provenance, Kewtpuff, Tallahan, Adriatican Islands, Maziya, Spain-, Zeitenwende, Slipway, Poland1St, Le Equatoria, Zingium
The Arusha Declaration: Socialism with Tanzanian Characteristics
February 2, 1967
Julius Nyerere had ascended to his highest point in power, with the army and police rebuilt and tightened under his grasp. He had the Presidency empowered to be able to overturn any legislation passed in the National Assembly, and all political parties under his United Front of Tanzania. President Nyerere would begin his magnum opus, but also his swan song, the Arusha Declaration on Socialism with Tanzanian Characteristics. With crowds gathered from across the city (often out of fear, or harassment by members of the United Front), Nyerere would give his speech outlining the Arusha Declaration.
Economics:
Under the Arusha Declaration, Nyerere would lay out his plans for the development of the economy. Co-Opting the plan from the moderates in the government, Nyerere would prioritize using the governments limited resources and money, not towards nationalizing, but creating State-Owned Enterprises that would dominate the economy. Tariffs would be raised across the board as Nyerere fully embraced so-called Import Substitution, as a path for industrialization. Laying out a policy of a reduction of foreign investments, and the overvaluation of the Tanzania Shilling to make importing capital goods easier. A focus on food processing, refining of imported oil, and textile mills would be the main government investment.
Agriculture:
The process of land reform would begin, once again taking the plan of the government, large farms would not be broken up; however, they would have to give up lands they had stolen during the Rural Resettlement Pilot Program during the First 5-Year Plan (1962-1966). Small-holding farms would be created in New Model Villages, instead of collectivization, which had failed during the 5-Year Plan.
The Status of Resettlement
The removal and resettlement of scattered hamlets into centralized Model Villages would continue unimpeded. The Ministry of Home Affairs would be tasked with the planned moving of the currently 5% Model Villages, to 90% of rural Tanzanians in Model Villages in 10 years. These new villages would have access to infrastructure, schools, and healthcare, with each villager allotted 2 hectares of private land for their family.
Social Rights:
The recently passed laws that had greatly increased powers of suppression, and censorship of seditious opinions would be upheld, and the President would have these powers himself. The courts could not challenge, modify, or restrain the use of the sedition laws. He also intended to push these laws further, allowing the indefinite detention of anyone deemed to be Against the Socialist Revolution on which this nation was built.
Foreign Policy
A noticeable shift for Nyerere would be in foreign policy. While before he had been restrained in anti-imperialist rhetoric by the legislature, now he would fully lean in the rhetoric of Anti-Imperialism. Denouncing the continued colonization of Africa by France, Spain, and Portugal, Nyerere announced Tanzania would join hands with fellow anti-colonialist nations, and rebel groups, to push for a free and independent Africa from foreign interests.
Aftermath
The response to the Arusha Declaration was deeply divided. Within the government, many moderates felt betrayed. Having just survived a radical coup 6 months ago, Nyerere had turned around and once again made the government subservient to himself and, to and by extent his United Front of Tanzania. Democracy that he had defended in 1961, he then turned around in 1967 and instituted a new one-party system, wrapped in the banner of national unity. Even the apolitical High Courts of Tanzania were now enraged as Nyerere had stripped them of any powers to stop him, or any abuses of power. This anger would find an unexpected mouthpiece, Oscar Kambona, Nyereres close friend, and second in command.
Despite the two being extremely close, and Kambona being widely suspected to be Nyerere's successor should anything happen to him, Kambona was the opposite of Nyerere in many ways. Known for being relatively opposed to communism, despite having read the works of Marx, and Lenin. Kambona nonetheless was one of the central figures in attempting to get Nyerere to tone down his rhetoric. Shortly after the passage of Sedition Laws, Kambona was appointed Minister of Home Affairs, a position he would use in the upcoming years to plot against Nyerere himself.
Kambona and Nyerere first showed friction after the announcement of intensified Villagization. Kambona argued ardently that first land surveys and pilot tests were needed before attempting to forcefully move 90% of the rural populace. He argued for incentivizing compliance rather than punishing disobedience. He was voted down in a meeting between himself, Nyerere, and Vice President Abeid Karume, after which point Kambona is said to have shouted that Karume was a puppet, and stormed out of the room. After this point, Kambona began to plot against the President.
Public opinion remained muted. Most citizens still supported Nyerere and saw sedition laws as necessary to protect the diversity of Tanzania. Much less of them supported the announcement of a forceful reorganization of Tanzanians in only a decade. Nomadic peoples in the far north opposed such measures seeing it as an attempt to drive them into extinction. As Nyerere sat back confident in his declaration, the cracks had begun to show, and with it, the last full year of his regime began.[/I]
Rutannia, Paseo, Amsterwald, Nippon-Nihon, Metropolitan Francais, Abessinienreich, New Provenance, Kewtpuff, Tallahan, Adriatican Islands, Maziya, Spain-, Slipway, Mutawakkiliti, Poland1St, Le Equatoria
[list][list][sub]18 JANUARY | 1967[/sub][/list][/list]
[list][list][sub]THE DIASPORA[/sub][/list][/list]
[pre] ɪɴᴋ ꜱʜᴀʀᴘᴇʀ ᴛʜᴀɴ ꜱᴛᴇᴇʟ [/pre]
[list][sub]| The Palestinian people's situation as a people without the state, exiled due to the occupation and plundering of their land, had left many yearning for a way to express their identity in a way that is universal and can connect with all the diaspora. It is for this reason that in recent years, the art of literature and poetry has perhaps become one of the greatest exports of the Palestinian diaspora. From the revolutionary writings of al-Hiraak spokesman Ghassan Kanafani, to the 'Poetry of Resistance' of Mahmoud Darawish and Tawfiq Ziad within the occupied lands, the art of the written word has touched Palestinians perhaps deeper than anything else has. |[/list][/sub]
[list][sub]| Palestinian literature has also begun to play a role deeper than just a cultural factor. Literature has begun to shape the Palestinian identity and preserve it despite attempts at its extermination. Being able to shape the identity and preserve it in the face of occupation has given these writers, poets, and others perhaps great power that they have utilized in also being politically active. The aforementioned Ghassan Kanafani for example serves as an ideological advisor to the leadership of the Palestinian Liberation Front, influencing its shift towards left-wing politics. Tawfiq Zayed has been an active politicians within the occupied state for years, and many other writers have been imprisoned whether in the occupied state or outside it for their activism. |[/list][/sub]
[list][sub]| For this reason, it is observable that many writings are in essence revolutionary and help not only shape the cultural identity of Palestine, but also of its political identity. The common surface elements of exile, occupation, and identity also hide within them calls for revolutionary politics, pan-Arabist rhetoric, and a reverence for Socialism. Men in the Sun, Kanafani's most popular novella to date, deals with political corruption present within refugee camps and the sense of defeatism that overtook many elder Palestinians in the aftermath of the 1948 occupation. |[/list][/sub]
[list][sub]| Despite the common elements most of these pen-warriors share, there has been a growing split as of late between 'Literature of Exile' and 'Literature of Resistance' that was born out of the different material conditions Palestinians living outside of the homeland, and Palestinians living within the occupied state have. Literature of Exile retains a more melancholic tone, a sense of tragedy and passiveness, a tender search for identity amidst exile. Meanwhile, literature made within the occupied territories has taken a fierce and resistant tone. |[/list][/sub]
[list][sub]| This rejection of the exile also manifested in a rejection of traditional structure, instead opting for modernization and experimentation without losing the quality of fierceness in tone. Mixing satire and defiance in equal measures, with an ironic feel that functions as a commentary on the tragedy of the occupied Palestinians, the literature of resistance has struck a specific cord with many Palestinians and has risen as one of the most popular literary scenes in the Middle East in general. |[/list][/sub]
[list][sub]| Despite their ostensibly different styles and structure, both Literature of Exile and Literature of Resistance have been united in calling for a Palestinian front against occupation, which is something that has united all Palestinians regardless of creed or background, and has formed one of the basis of the Palestinian identity. |[/list][/sub]
Rutannia, Paseo, Amsterwald, Nippon-Nihon, Metropolitan Francais, Abessinienreich, New Provenance, Kewtpuff, Maziya, Spain-, Slipway, Mutawakkiliti, Poland1St, Le Equatoria, Zingium
Türkiye and the Cyprus Affair
[sub]1966[/sub]
When Ecevit was elected to the Presidency, one of the most pressing concerns facing him was the matter of Cyprus. Greeces invasion and occupation of the island along with the military and reputational loss for Turkey were matters that needed to be tackled immediately, lest he face the wrath of even his most moderate allies. Even those situated to his left in the CHP, supported some form of intervention in Cyprus. Vice President Türkan Akyol, a woman who was a socialist in all but name, was one of the many voices pressuring Ecevit to push for a solution. While she didnt necessarily support military intervention, conversations with the Akyol revealed that she wouldnt oppose resorting to violence if it meant securing not only the Republics national interests, but also the safety and wellbeing of Cypriot Turks. On the opposite side was Ecevits Prime Minister, Alparslan Turkeş who was fully in on either settling the matter diplomatically or invading the island once more outright. Either way, nearly every member of the CHP wanted some form of action by President Ecevit and any sort of hesitation or failure would mean disaster.
On the opposition side, individuals like Adnan Menderes and Necip Fazıl took every opportunity to slam Ecevit on the matter. Menderes had taken it upon himself to compete with his Islamist rival Fazıl as the most ardent defender of Cypriot Turks, claiming that if he were President Turkey would exercise its sovereign right to protect its people while Fazıl threatened to pull Turkey from NATO if Greece refused to cede part of the island to Turkey. Both men seemed to be competing for the support of the extreme right in Turkey. Ultranationalists who has fled Turkeş faction as he appeared to soften on matters that he would have otherwise defended. Still, neither Menderes or Fazıl had the power to take action on any of their threats. Their parties held some sway regionally, and Menderes close association with the clandestine Grey Wolves organization couldnt be ignored. But for now, they were yelling from the rooftops and nothing more.
Ecevit had placed his focus on maintaining open dialogue with Greece. War was the last thing on his mind. Any sort of open conflict between Turkey and Greece could spell disaster for NATO and give the Soviets and their puppets an upper hand in West Asia. And that was a scenario the avowed social democrat and Kemalist wasnt willing to entertain. However, he wouldnt be a pushover either. If Athens refused to negotiate and make a compromise, then Ecevit would have no choice. And so, he prepared for both eventualities. One scenario where Ankara and Athens reached some form of agreement and another which led them down a path of war.
Before considering armed conflict however, Ecevit focused on diplomacy. He sent various letters to the governments of the United States and the United Kingdom for opinions and subtle requests for support. He didnt want to seem weak in the face of the Greek challenge, but at the same time intended to drag the U.S and the UK into the issue for Turkeys benefit. Ecevit knew full-well the Greeks would likely never agree to some sort of partition. Too much national pride and likely a non-starter for any sort of negotiation. Not to mention, Turkey would be seen as needlessly aggressive if any of the details leaked to the press. Regardless, it was an unrealistic proposal.
And so the Turkish President alongside a group of his foreign affairs advisors, including experts on Greek policy drafted a number of proposals aimed at hammering down a deal that would be beneficial to Turkey. Any deal would require legal, enforceable protections for the Cypriot Turkish minority, open commercial access for Turkish businesses, and finally, military bases for the armed forces. That last point was important. Ecevit still wished to retain some form of strategic mobility in the region. In fact, the President was less concerned about taking the island outright and more with having a presence. He cared little for territorial expansion, but definitely cared for Turkeys influence spreading across the Middle East. Something that wouldnt be possible without proper access to the Eastern Mediterranean and more importantly, Syria, the main focus of Ecevits efforts in the Middle East.
With peaceful terms now outlined and ready to be proposed to the Greek side, Ecevit turned to the other possibility. War. A secret meeting took place between himself and the Turkish General Staff alongside the head of Turkeys intelligence agency, the National Intelligence Organization or MİT to discuss military options. Any military action against Greece in Cyprus would be both risky and politically dangerous. The presence of British troops on the island and Greeces membership in NATO made any sort of military intervention complicated. On paper, Turkey had numerous advantages that Greece simply did not. It had a larger army, with double the personnel, a capable special forces, a sizable air force and a fairly competent navy. The latter would perhaps be the most problematic factor of any military operation, especially when one considered the formidable size and firepower of the Hellenic navy.
Numerous proposals were outlined for Ecevit to consider. Many called for preemptive strikes by the Turkish Republican Air Force on Greek naval bases in the Aegean along with cross-border raids in Eastern Thrace to create chaos among Greek ranks. Others wanted to take a more methodical approach involving the extensive use of special forces, partisans, and ultimately the destabilization and collapse of Cyprus local governance. In essence, members of the MİT suggested pushing for a Cypriot Turk uprising backed in full by the Turkish government. It would give any sort of military intervention legitimacy and perhaps even deter British and American intervention. After all, it had been Greek oppression that had led to the Turkish minority to rise up. Of course, such a long-term option would also allow Ecevit to leverage Turkeys strategic position and role in NATO as a way to impose further pressure on a stubborn Greece.
Both options were filled with risks and neither were appealing to Ecevit who seemed frustratingly determined to ensure a peaceful resolution, if only to protect Turkey from further Soviet incursion. Still, he needed to keep his options open. Guarantee a resolution no matter the outcome of the talks. With that in mind, Ecevit ultimately chose to side with the MİT and their plan for a longer, yet perhaps more effective operation. Inciting unrest among Turkish Cypriots, unleash a wave of propaganda portraying the Cypriot Greeks as an oppressive majority, while at the same time preparing a justification for military intervention would minimize the chances of American or British intervention. In fact, it would likely prevent it if done well. Regardless, with his options open, Ecevit felt confident he could negotiate with the Greeks from a position of strength.
After agreeing to a summit in Thessaloniki, Ecevit publicly announced his willingness to send diplomats to additional summits to discuss a framework for talks. While the diplomatic back-and-forths were positive, the Greeks suddenly flexing their military muscle in the Aegean made things more difficult for Ecevit. In private, the Turkish President sent a letter to Greek leaders urging restraint, lest they torpedo the talks before they had even begun. But in public, Ecevit thoroughly condemned the naval display. In fact, Greeces actions even forced a display of strength of his own. He had to, not satisfy the demands of allies like his Prime Minister Alparslan Turkeş, but also the Turkish public who reacted negatively to what they saw as Greek coercion.
In response, Ecevit ordered military maneuvers. The Turkish Republican Army and the Turkish Republican Air Force conducted drills in western Anatolia, Eastern Thrace, and the Dardanelles. The Turkish army showcased its ability to quickly mobilize and race to the Greek border along the Meriç river. Tanks, armored vehicles, and infantry simulated what would have been an assault on the Greek border, training for a hypothetical war with the Hellenes. In western Anatolia, the Turkish air force practiced anti-ship warfare and ground attacks, preparing for an operation that would involve crippling Greek naval bases in the Aegean while maintaining air superiority near Turkish shores. To the south, Turkish marines drilled in preparation for a mock invasion of Cyprus. Antalya, Mersin, and İskenderun buzzed with activity from Turkeys marines as they practiced mobilizing for a naval invasion. Meanwhile, Turkeys navy, while smaller and perhaps even weaker than the Greek one, drilled in the outskirts of the Aegean Sea, while concentrating their efforts in the Sea of Marmara and the Eastern Mediterranean. In any war, the Turkish navy would adopt a defensive stance, securing sea access for Turkish marines, while denying the Greeks safe passage outside of their island chains in the Aegean.
The drills were purely a show of strength and resolve. Ecevit was committed to dialogue and peaceful resolutions, but he wouldnt bow his head to Greek provocations or obvious shows of strength. Turkey would negotiate as equals with Athens or not negotiate at all. Now that Ecevit had laid out his terms in private and publicly, the next step would be to wait for the Greek response.
Rutannia, Paseo, Nippon-Nihon, Lucaswrld, Metropolitan Francais, Abessinienreich, New Provenance, Kewtpuff, Maziya, Spain-, Slipway, Poland1St, Le Equatoria, Zingium
[list][list][sub]P O L I S H P E O P L E ' S R E P U B L IC P O L S K A R Z E C Z P O S P O L I T A L U D O W A [/sub][/list][/list]
[list][list][sub]Terror Strikes Warsaw![/sub]
[sub]January, 1967[/sub][/list]
[list]|[sub]Gruesome murder victim reported[/sub]|[/list]
| [sub]The frigid air bit through my coat as I navigated the familiar labyrinth of Warsaw's inner alleys. It was a routine night until the call came in. A homicide. The clock blinked 2:45 AM when I pulled up to the scene, the alleyway cloaked in shadows. I paused, drawing a long drag from my cigarette, steeling myself for what lay ahead. With practiced ease, I extinguished the ember and stepped out into the biting cold. A young officer, approached me as I entered the perimeter.[/sub] |
[list]| [sub]Leo Wojtysiak, Police Officer[/sub] | Sir, we've secured the scene, and forensics are en route[/list]
[list]| [sub]Alfons Ślepecki, Detective[/sub] | Good. What do we know so far? Any ID on the victim[/list]
| [sub]I inquired, my eyes scanning the area as I made my way toward the covered figure.[/sub] |
[list]| [sub]Leo Wojtysiak, Police Officer[/sub] | No ID, sir. Looks to be a young woman, early twenties. Oddly, all her valuables are intact.[/list]
| [sub]Wojtysiak responded, his voice laced with a hint of discomfort. lifted the covering, revealing a sight that would haunt the toughest of souls. The woman lay there, a canvas of brutalitystab wounds adorned her body, signs of strangulation marring her delicate neck. As I lowered the cover, Wojtysiak, visibly shaken, averted his gaze.[/sub] |
[list]| [sub]Alfons Ślepecki, Detective[/sub] | First real crime scene for you, isn't it?[/list]
| [sub]I asked, trying to gauge his composure.[/sub] |
[list]| [sub]Leo Wojtysiak, Police Officer[/sub] | Yes, sir. I'm almost through my probation.[/list]
| [sub]Wojtysiak stuttered, trying to regain his composure.[/sub] |
[list]| [sub]Alfons Ślepecki, Detective[/sub] | Do we have any witness?[/list]
[list]| [sub]Leo Wojtysiak, Police Officer[/sub] | Yes, the scene was reported by phone and the caller immediately disappear, giving no name.[/list]
| [sub]I stood silently contemplating as I continue smoking my cigarette. The murder was clearly one of passion given the lack of valuables taken and brutal nature of the murder. But what bothered me more was the the mysterious nature of the caller and them suddenly dissapering. I was in the middle of having troubling thought, as another officer alerted us.[/sub] |
[list]| [sub]Ludwik Jeżowski, Police Officer[/sub] | Sir! We found a suspicious letter near a phone-booth, possibly a letter from the killer.[/list]
| [sub]I immediately turned to the officer and quickly put on gloves before taking the letter in hand, reading the document.[/sub] |
[list][list][sub]To whoever reads this letter, let it be known that this act of divine justice will be one of many to befall our city. It is my duty and my obligation to carry out heaven's wrath on the sinners and traitors of this country. Today I carry out the first act of justice upon the daughter of a collaborator and traitor, the descendant of a traitor who helped him escape divine justice for his sins against our people. And if our government won't make right of the sins of the past, then I shall.[/sub][/list][/list]
[list]| [sub]Alfons Ślepecki, Detective[/sub] | ...dammit[/list]
| [sub]I uttered, my breath catching in a sudden realization. A shiver ran down my spine as I read the chilling words scrawled on the paper. It was confirmedthis wasn't an isolated incident. A sinking feeling settled in the pit of my stomach; the city had a burgeoning predator, and the first strike was only the beginning.[/sub] |
[sub]¹ A Series: The Terrorizer of Warsaw, A monster exits out of the darkness and enters in the great city of Warsaw.[/sub]
[spoiler=[sub]Written for the RMB Screen of the[/sub]
COMMONWEALTH OF LIBERTY
]
Socialist Democratic Republic Romania
[/spoiler]
Rutannia, Paseo, Amsterwald, Nippon-Nihon, Metropolitan Francais, Abessinienreich, New Provenance, Kewtpuff, Maziya, Spain-, Slipway, Mutawakkiliti, Le Equatoria, Zingium
-- COLONY OF SOUTHERN RHODESIA --
╾╾╾╾╾╾╾╾╾╾╾╾
OFFICIAL GOVERNMENT RELEASE
FEBRUARY 1967
|-| 1967 RHODESIAN FIREARMS ACT |-|
Parliamentary Passing
| The Rhodesian Legislative Assembly overwhelmingly passed the widely-supported 1967 Rhodesian Firearms Act (commonly referred to as the '67 Firearms Act). The Rhodesian Front party, which controls the Legislative Assembly holding fifty (50) out of sixty-five (65), had forty-nine (49) of their seats vote in favour of the bill, while the opposing Rhodesia Party had only four (4) of its fifteen (15) seats vote in favour of the act. In total, fifty-three (53) out of sixty-five (65) seats voted for the act to pass, officially signing it into law.
Act Details
| The act has three (simplified) sections for general public reading which detail the changes the act introduces. (S1, GENERAL FIREARM OWNERSHIP): The act allows for judicial bodies on a council level to allow residents, rural residents in particular, to purchase .303 sporting rifles (modified .303 Lee Enfields for civilian use), DB 12 gauges, and various one-barrel choke arms, along with the ammunition for the named firearms. The decision to allow these for purchase with an issued (by judicial body) license was based on British reports released before Rhodesian UDI. Reasons for obtaining a license for all or any of the mentioned firearms may include pest control, local danger reports/safety, livestock management, hunting, and more. (SUBSECTION, RHODESIAN MILITARY PERSONNEL): Active and former personnel of the Rhodesian Security Forces will be granted an issue of favour when attempting to obtain licenses, a benefit which applies to non-citizens additionally. The 1966 development plan also assists in the expansion of gun ownership, with land price reductions for former members of the RSF leading to a higher demand for firearms among former and current military personnel. Individuals in the police reserve and mandatory service elements are subjected to leniency with gun ownership.
| (S2, FORMING/ARMING MILITIAS, ORGANIZATIONS OR ARMED GROUPS W/ SIMILAR DEFINITIONS): The '67 Firearms Act includes multiple sections regarding armed groups. All militias, vigilante groups, organizations, and similar must register with their state administrative body via issued paperwork along with a list of all members. Additionally, groups may recruit (and still must list) members without arms licenses, but may not grant/issue them arms. To address raised issues about this, general laws regarding holding or firing arms have been introduced called "Common Sense Regulations", as a father may let his son shoot a gun, a militia may let a member do it in a time of need or for another reason. As a result, punishments may only be issued if it was intended to actively arm the member for a considerate (time will vary in every judicial area, but will be no more than 10 hours according to introduced national regulation) amount of time. Groups with no firearms do not need to register. Just as a singular individual, all members of armed groups intended to hold a firearm for a valuable amount of time must have a gun license, and must adhere to the license restraints (such as only wielding the gun allowed by the license).
| (S3, ACTIVE MILITARY PERSONNEL): The act will address the issue of serving personnel in mandatory service, reserve, and the army. The act allows personnel to bring home their issued weaponry (except heavy, highly valuable, and explosive) from bases or barracks. Rules regarding weaponry at home at more strict due to the nature of government-issued firearms. Guns must still be maintained at home (introduced mostly for personnel on leave), only a single magazine of ammunition may be taken from the barracks, and any more will have to be purchased from a government-sanctioned post on base. Due to active production, these will (likely) not be economically draining on the average RSF employee, and diminishing the issued magazine is not required in any way. Government firearms used in combat (regardless of death or injury involvement) must have their use declared to a base within a month after the conclusion of the event. If detained within that period for whatever reason, one may request the detaining authority to call the nearest post with an MP who is not occupied to come and file a report, phone numbers for nearby military installations will be printed and distributed to moderately sized police stations.
Believed Financial Benefits
| Minister of Finance, John Wrathall, has stated that the act will require relatively low costs, with the main ones being printing and the establishment of a government-sanctioned arms company within military installations. Additionally, leftover British stockpiles designed specifically for civilian use will be put into a government national stockpile, Lee Enfields and shotguns made for the British military which are no longer in service will be converted for civilian use. It is also a valid option, if given a special purchase license, to buy non-converted weaponry in the mentioned category, along with the ammunition, but the purchase cost will be high due to numerous factors. The Rhodesian Division of the British South Africa Company will also be assisting in the handling of weaponry. The government-owned Rhodesian Firearms Company (Rhodesian Firearms Co./the RFC) will also be open to public investment. It is believed the act will not only help to arm and keep communities safe but will overall benefit the state, local, and national economy.
╾╾╾╾╾╾╾╾╾╾╾╾
"It is unexpected for farmers to be able to defend against armed terrorists and criminals, but it is believed to provide a large deterrence to crimes of any kind, and will likely create a known risk factor for anyone with harmful intentions."
- Official RSF Statement
Rutannia, Amsterwald, Nippon-Nihon, Metropolitan Francais, Abessinienreich, New Provenance, Kewtpuff, Maziya, Spain-, Slipway, Mutawakkiliti, Le Equatoria, Zingium
[list][list][list][pre]RÉPUBLIQUE FRANÇAISE
FRENCH BUREAUCRACY
MINISTÈRE DE LA DÉFENSE NATIONALE[/pre][/list]
______
MINISTRY OF NATIONAL DEFENSE: NATO FORCES ENGAGE IN LARGE MULTINATIONAL EXERCISES IN FRENCH ALGERIA
[sub]VTH REPUBLIC | PARIS, JANUARY 1967[/sub][/list]
[pre] SUPREME HEADQUARTERS ALLIED POWERS EUROPE (SHAPE) NATO [/pre]
[list]DESERT OF ALGERIA OPERATION OASIS WRATH PART I[/list]
[sub]OASIS PROVINCE, ALGERIAN SAHARA, NEAR LIBYAN UAR, Al-Jammahirya Al-Arabiyya[/sub]
[sub]| HELM OF WARFARE, MINISTÈRE DE LA DÉFENSE NATIONALE, FRANÇAIS RÉPUBLIQUE - | Over the course of the past month and a half, a coalition of allied NATO forces from the United Kingdom, United States, West Germany, Greece, Spain, Italy and France have poured into the southern rolling deserts of Algeria. Their primary hub for what has quickly become the largest NATO military exercises ever assembled is the lonely Oasis Air Force Base located just east of the desert city of Oasis. Currently the relatively secluded airbase and surrounding provincial area host up to 75,000 troops from the seven various attending nations all taking part in Operation Oasis Wrath.[/sub]
[sub]Troop ships and transport aircraft from all over Europe have engaged in one of the largest maritime and airborne operations since the end of the Second Great War. With thousands of troops from each nation, 750 aircraft, and over 7,000 vehicles, the vast and normally calm quiet deserts of the Algerian Sahara have become alive with a tremendous thundering of a NATO army on the move. The primary mission of the exercise dubbed Operation Oasis Wrath is the practice of maneuvering in areas where tactical nuclear missiles have been deployed, counterstriking at enemy combatants, and overall multinational force cohesion within a NATO military command framework. Additionally, it should be noted that NATO forces are primarily use to training in urbanized and typically wooded environments seen throughout Western Europe were it is often cold, damp, and snowy. The Saharan Desert offers them an unforgiving, yet valuable lesson in the realm of desert warfare. For troops coming from West Germany, Greece, and Italy, this change in geography and climate will undoubtedly put them to the test.[/sub]
[sub]The exercises began with a loud bang on January 8th at 1000 hours as a simulated nuclear explosion occurred over the city of Oasis with a standing population of just over 100,000 urbanized inhabitants. Naturally the simulated nuke was unheard by any of the cities residents. However, troops located just southeast of Oasis at the air force base sprung into action, dawning their protective CBRN mask and suits. Airmen and pilots rushed to their planes and prepared for a rapid takeoff. While fighter jets and bombers from all seven nations taxied down runways and filled the skies at Oasis Air Force Base, Berkine Military Airbase, and El Gassi Air Force Base, ground troops mounted up in a plethora of multinationally owned armoured tanks and vehicles. Each unit maintained its formalities and great caution was taken to avoid any sort of confusion or mix-up between the various units. A primary forward operations base and general headquarters was established at existing facilities located at Gassi Touil Aéroport which also accommodated French, British, and Paramerican airborne units. Gassi Touil along with Oasis Air Force Base would be used as the hubs for a string of strategic airlift and transport units from all nations.[/sub]
[sub]With the combined order of battle in motion, columns of armoured vehicles forming a number of French, British, German, Paramerican, Greek, Spanish, and Italian units made there way down the desert highways of the Algerian Sahara to establish more smaller FOBs (forward operating bases) around nearby villages. French liaison forces would accompany all foreign units and link up with awaiting French troops already stationed within the various communes of Hessi Messaoud, Ghourde El Baguel, and Hassi Ben Abdellah. One of the primary key targets for NATO forces to occupy was the natural gas and oil refineries at Hessi Messaoud which would be able to supply any moving army with more than enough oil. On January 8 at approximately 1400 hours, French paratroopers from the elite 11th Shock Parachute Regiment (11e Choc), stationed at Oasis Air Force Base jumped from Bréguet 941S STOL tranport planes into Hessi Messaoud and 'secured' the highly strategic oil and gas facilities, setting up a security parameter around them. The following day two squadrons of the 2nd Foreign Cavalry Regiment (2e REC) comprising of AMX-30 tanks; accompanied by troops and tanks from the Greek 4th Tank Brigade (4th TB) further assisted in occupying and securing the area around Hessi Messaoud.[/sub]
[sub]Meanwhile tracked GIAT Mk F3 155mm self-propelled artillery and armoured vehicles from the French 35th Heavy Artillery Regiment (35e HAR) along with the British 6th Royal Tank Regiment (6th RTR) made their way from Berkine Military Airbase into the nearby village of Merixen which is right along the border with the Libyan United Arab Republic. There they set up a forward operations base that would control a 100 kilometer stretch of the border. Continuous sorties from all participating air forces would assert total air dominance over the area and Paramerican and French air MEDEVAC units would train together as they simulated airlifting radiation casualties and burn victims to medical camps set up at all four airbases. Commanding officers from all units would relay communications back to the general headquarters established at Gassi Touil Aéroport which would in turn report back to SHAPE headquarters in Paris, France. |[/sub]
[list]MORE COMING SOON...[/list]
[list]______[/list]
[list][list][pre]VIVE LA RÉPUBLIQUE!
VIVE LA FRANCE!
VIVE LEMPIRE![/pre][/list][/list]
[list][spoiler=[sub]𝐄𝐌𝐁𝐑𝐀𝐂𝐄 𝐅𝐑𝐀𝐍𝐂𝐄
𝐂𝐎𝐌𝐌𝐎𝐍𝐖𝐄𝐀𝐋𝐓𝐇 𝐎𝐅 𝐋𝐈𝐁𝐄𝐑𝐓𝐘[/sub]]
Socialist Democratic Republic Romania
The Confederate Prussian Empire
The Kemalist Republic Of Turkiye
[/spoiler]
Rutannia, The Confederation Of Northern Germany, Arcanda, Paseo, Amsterwald, Sixth French Metropolitan Republic, Earstenia, Nippon-Nihon, Holy Vatican City States, Nasrid Algeria, Abessinienreich, New Provenance, Monaco-, Andorra-, Kewtpuff, Maziya, Spain-, Slipway, Mutawakkiliti, Le Equatoria, Zingium
[list][pre]January 1967[/pre]
[sub][/sub][/list]
[list][list][list][pre] T Y V E S T Ä P U U H U N N O U S T A A N [/pre][/list][/list][/list]
[list][pre]Illuminating Diplomacy: Finland's Enlightened Accord with the Soviet Union[/pre][/list]
[list][sub]Finland, navigating the tumultuous waters of World War II, found itself entangled in two conflicts with the Soviet Unionthe Winter War (1939-1940) and the Continuation War (1941-1944). Post hostilities, Finland, with sagacious diplomacy, acceded to the Moscow Peace Treaty of 1940, conceding territorial ground to the Soviet Union. However, in a testament to its diplomatic finesse, Finland retained its autonomy, avoiding subjugation as a mere satellite under Soviet influence. A pivotal epoch in their post-war entente unfolded in 1961 with the signing of the Friendship, Cooperation, and Mutual Assistance Agreementa bilateral pact emblematic of the nuanced diplomatic dance between Finland and the Soviet Union. Fundamental to this accord was Finland's steadfast avowal of neutrality, steering clear of entanglements in military alliances.[/sub]
[sub]In the contemporary milieu, President Urho Kekkonen and his cadre of foreign advisors assume the mantle of custodians, personifying the prevailing legal framework governing the amicable relations between Finland and the Soviet Union. Recent diplomatic exchanges between Moscow and Helsinki, extending into the early hours, reveal a mutual proclivity towards fortifying economic collaboration. Moscow, cognizant of Helsinki's unwavering commitment to military neutrality, hints at a prospective deepening of collaboration in other economic spheres within the Soviet Union and its Eastern Bloc. In response, Finnish representatives exercise circumspection, clinging to the aspirational pursuit of economic relations with entities aligned with the European Economic Community (EEC).[/sub]
[sub]Finland has strategically embraced an export-oriented economic paradigm, prioritizing the augmentation of exports to global markets. Government patronage is judiciously extended to industries of export potential, notably forestry, engineering, and electronics, with the overarching goal of enhancing foreign exchange reserves and contributing to economic expansion. The Soviet Union, wary of Finland's potential alignment with the European Economic Community (EEC), perceives the EEC as a Western-oriented alliance. Soviet leadership harbors concerns that heightened integration with Western institutions could pose a security risk.[/sub]
[sub]Soviet diplomatic overtures exert pressure on Finland to reassess its inclinations, compelling the Finnish government to delicately balance its aspirations for European integration with the imperative of sustaining amicable relations with the Soviet Union. The economic interdependence between Finland and the Soviet Union, particularly in the realm of trade, underscores the latter's significance as a vital economic partner. Soviet apprehensions revolve around potential alterations in trade dynamics that Finnish integration into the EEC might entail, potentially disadvantaging the Soviet economy. While Finland exhibits no immediate inclination to join the European bloc, the prospect resonates with apprehensions on both sides, encapsulating the nuanced dynamics of this diplomatic dance.[/sub]
[list][list][list][spoiler=[sub]Commonwealth of Liberty[/sub]
ELÄKÄÄ SUOMI - SUOMI IKUISESTI
]
Socialist Democratic Republic Romania
The Confederate Prussian Empire
The Kemalist Republic Of Turkiye
[/spoiler][/list][/list]
Rutannia, Paseo, Amsterwald, Nippon-Nihon, Metropolitan Francais, Abessinienreich, New Provenance, Kewtpuff, Maziya, Spain-, Slipway, Mutawakkiliti, Zingium
[list][list][pre]K I N G D O M O F G R E E C E Β Α Σ Ί Λ Ε Ι Ο Τ Η Σ Ε Λ Λ Ά Δ Α Σ[/pre][/list][/list]
[list][list][list]CONCERNS FOR HELLENIC DEMOCRACY : ATHENS SOLIDIFIES GREEK NATIONALISM, CITES DIPLOMACY WITH ANKARA[/list][/list][/list]
[list][list][sub]AN INTRICATE EQUILIBRIUM, Adriatican Islands[/list]
[list][list]JANUARY, 1967[/sub][/list][/list]
| Two and a half years into the royal dictatorship of King Constantine II of Greece saw the nation change for the better. Hellenic nationalism soared, Enosis was achieved, and the Greek economy achieved heights never seen before. This was not without its faults, however, as there were moments when the dictatorship saw dark days. One of these instances was a possibility in which Greece and the Republic of Türkiye ( The Kemalist Republic Of Turkiye ) nearly went to war over Kypros in 1964. This truly tested the capacity of the Greek dictatorship, and thankfully, Athens came over the issue victorious. However, in recent times, the dictatorship has undergone heavy criticism from the populace of Greece. This came after the exit of the People's Confederation of Yugoslavia ( Ranponian ) from the Warsaw Pact. For years, Belgrade had shaped Greece's foreign policy toward the Eastern Bloc, and with Yugoslavia's exit, some questioned the relevancy of a right-wing nationalist dictatorship, as some argued at this point, there was simply no need for it, Greece's embassy had been reopened in Belgrade, citing a positive future between Greece and Yugoslavia. Although yes, most Greeks supported the idea of a right-wing government, what was seen as unnecessary was total control by the military. |
| Following the coup d'état of 1964, Greece had placed several left-wing politicians under house arrest, however slowly but surely, they were no longer under arrest, but heavy surveillance. One of the military's most brutal critics was left-wing politician Andreas Papandreou, son of former Prime Minister Georgios Papandreou. Although a supporter of the King, he had criticised the military-dominated government, questioning its legitimacy and its place in Greek society. On the other hand, Greek moderates had supported the dictatorship to some extent, supporting a powerful anti-communist, military hardline state, especially now as Türkiye began to ramp up its militarism and began military exercises near the Greek border. Hellenic democracy was not necessarily a top concern for most Greeks. Although support for democracy in Greece remained relevant, the true issue at hand was Ankara's aggressive foreign policy against Athens. What was most concerning was Turkish military exercises on the Greek border, however, the Greek military remained confident in its strength. In strictly classified documents regarding Greece's military numbers, the Greek Army had over 600 combat aircraft in inventory, along with well over 2,600 combat tanks. Greece's military might was on par with Ankara, and some may even say superior, as Greece's army had been constantly training and modernising since the 1950s. The Greek Armed Forces serve as Greece's primary form of national pride, and to further bolster this, Defence Minister Georgios Papadopoulos announced the modernisation of the Greek domestic arms industry. The arms industry in Greece had been active throughout the 1940s and 1950s, specifically through tank production, and now it was revived once more through the production of Greece's first domestic production submachine gun based on an older design, the EPK-39. Along with this, it was announced that Greece had partaken in NATO military exercises along the Libyan border, in which Greek troops performed with bravery and combat readiness. |
| It was indeed clear that, although allies with Türkiye through NATO, national opinion on the Anatolian state had tanked. As a result of Turkish militarism, Athens was now increasingly weary of all-out war with Ankara, however, should that happen, Athens was more than ready to take on the Turks. Constantine II had also considered the diplomatic path with Ankara, however, announced that no partition would take place and that whatever happened to be for "the best for the Greek people" leaving some people to ponder on Greece's future as a key player in the Mediterranean. Eventually, the government decided to choose a diplomatic path with Turkish President Ecevit. Although it may seem that Greece was bowing down to Türkiye, in reality, Athens was choosing the path of peace in the Aegean against Turkish aggravation, which would mutually benefit both Athens and Ankara. In these crucial times, Greece had garnered the support of close allies, some over Cyprus, and some over the issues with Türkiye, namely France ( Metropolitan Francais ) and Italy ( Arcanda ), along with seeking the mediation of both the United Kingdom ( Great Britain Gb ) and the United States ( Paramountica ). Greece now found herself in the middle of an intricate equilibrium the perfect balance between national pride and diplomacy. One thing was certain though, what Athens was hoping for was a diplomatic solution that would leave both Greece and Türkiye happy, and possibly pave the way for prosperity and cooperation in the Aegean once more as it had been just two decades ago. |
[list][list][spoiler=[sub]Written for the RMB Screen of the[/sub]
COMMONWEALTH OF LIBERTY
]
Socialist Democratic Republic Romania
The Confederate Prussian Empire
[/spoiler][/list][/list]
Rutannia, Arcanda, Amsterwald, Nippon-Nihon, Metropolitan Francais, Abessinienreich, New Provenance, Kewtpuff, Maziya, Spain-, Slipway, Mutawakkiliti, Zingium
★ UNITED ARAB REPUBLIC ★
[list][list][list][pre]
"Within the Arab circle there is a role wandering aimlessly in search of a hero.
For some reason it seems to me that this role is beckoning to us-to move, to
take up its lines, put on its costumes and give it life"
[/pre][/list][/list][/list]
_________________
[list][sub]POWER PLAYS[/sub]
[sub][sup] February 1967 - ARAB REPUBLIC OF EGYPT[/sub][/sup]
[sub][pre]The final step towards the entrenchment of the Arab Socialist Union as the main institution of political life began as the 'third phase' of reforms were approved by President Nasser. The most important of these reforms was creating the Standing Committee, a 12-man council that resembles Soviet politburos. The Standing Committee, which is in session when the Supreme Executive Council is not, is the premier political organ of the ASU as it composes the most senior members. It would also be the forum from which collective leadership would be established and the political role of Nasser would be reduced to give him a chance to focus on his health. [/pre][/sub]
[sub][pre]However the creation of the Standing Committee has created an effect quite unexpected. Reformist and Liberalist candidates have taken a slight majority at 6/12 of the twelve seats, with hardliners taking another 5 and a swing candidate taking the final chair. A large part is that the 12 man committee is so far exclusively of the original Free Officers, and with the majority of them leaning right. More importantly, the swing candidate has emerged as perhaps one of the more powerful political figure due to his position[/pre][/sub]
[sub][pre]That swing figure is Anwar el-Sadat, who has been quietly building his profile for the last few years in Libya. Sadat while assumed to be more reformist, has proven more so pragmatic, supporting leftist initiatives when needed while also attempting to push light reforms. As a pragamtist and compromiser, Sadat's own cunning has earned him large amounts of influence within the standing committee, and he has become somewhat of a compromise figure when arguments have gotten too heated[/pre][/sub]
[sub][pre]This pragmatism however has also made Sadat somewhat without a voice. His own views hidden and assumed as nothing more than a petty bureaucrat, Sadat has become underestimated by many of his peers, simply just a figure to influence to their side so that their vote would pass. [/pre][/sub]
[sub][pre]However it is clear that the python is bidding his time, just waiting for an opportunity to strike.[/pre][/sub]
[/list]
Rutannia, Amsterwald, Nippon-Nihon, Metropolitan Francais, Abessinienreich, New Provenance, Kewtpuff, Maziya, Spain-, Slipway, Mutawakkiliti, Bobertzimburg, Le Equatoria
[list]April 1967
[sub]The End of an Era[/sub][/list]
[pre]D I E B U N D E S R E P U B L I K[/pre]
GERMANY MOURNS
[sub]FRANKFURT, THE FEDERAL REPUBLIC OF GERMANY, New Provenance - EVENING[/sub]
| At 6:43pm local time, a priority telegram was received by the Office of the Chancellor's Secretary in BONN, the Bundesrepublik's capital. Chancellor Brandt had a relatively relaxed schedule for the day bar an engagement with union leaders earlier that day. The telegram was delivered, and immediately, the Chancellor issued a proclamation lowering all German tricolors to half-mast and organizing an extremely rare one-week period of mourning. Less than an hour prior, a doctor in FRANKFURT confirmed that KONRAD ADENAUER, the 91-year old statesman who had served as the symbolic Federal President of the state since he departed the office of Chancellor, had passed away peacefully in his sleep, two months after he receded from public view and confirmed his intention not to stand for another term as President. Chancellor Brandt made a live television broadcast the next day confirming the passing of the Federal Republic's first chancellor to the nation and to the world, expressing his deep regret and offering his respect for the 'undying legacy' that Adenauer left behind. The Bundestag convened for an emergency session to posthumously grant Adenauer the newly-promulgated Order for Extraordinary Service of the Federal Republic of Germany, which was signed into law by Chancellor Brandt to commemorate the nation's World Cup win last year. Members of all four major parties offered their condolences, and tens of thousands attended his public wake in Frankfurt, one of his homes and a stronghold of his native Christian Democrats. |
| The Christian Democratic Union had been led by Adenauer for a majority of its existence and had seen its governments formed entirely under him. His departure from the political scene in 1959 and now his passing dealt blows to the party. Nonetheless, they would forge on, opposition leader Ludwig Erhard said in a tearful speech from party headquarters. Erhard had served under Adenauer as his Minister for Economy and the two, together, had - it was commonly agreed - singlehandedly revived the German economy and built the German economic miracle into what it is today. The CDU sponsored plans to erect a statue commemorating the Federal Republic's first chancellor. The SPD unveiled a plaque at their headquarters to commemorate the "father of a prosperous Germany". |
| His funeral was attended by many figures both local and international. Adenauer's passing was an event of major importance considering the weight the elder statesman had not only on German politics but on the nation's contemporary history. He had formed the strongest governments in the nation's history and had played a significant role in building the nation's export-focused economy, that allowed for high wages and high employment rates. Across party lines it was broadly accepted that he was the nation's modern equivalent of Frederick the Great of Prussia, who unified Germany into one in the 19th century. The newspapers released their obituaries for his passing some days after the fact, with Suddeutsche Zeitung, one of the most respected German daily newspapers reading: |
[list][pre]"Whether you may be a Christian Democrat, a Social Democrat or Free Democrat, the immense effect Konrad Adenauer had on the bearing our country holds today is unmistakable and indisputable. For better or for worse he built a nation that grew and prospered under the free markets, and stood firmly against the socialist nations to the east. He integrated Germany into the pan-European project and paved the way for Germany to once more rebuild its defensive capabilities. He, it can be agreed, is the chapter of German history that we simply cannot skip over when one is reading of the history of this Federal Republic."[/pre][/list]
| Subsequent commemorations would include the renaming of the CDU party headquarters to the Konrad Adenauer Complex in Frankfurt, as well as the unveiling of plans to construct a new airport in Bonn that would bear his name. A comemmorative coin would also be approved by the Bundestag by unanimous approval later in April, shortly after his funeral, at which he received full honors and a 21-gun salute from the Bundeswehr, the organization he helped fight to create during a time when the world was skeptical of granting Germany the right to self-defense. |
| During his time as Chancellor, Germany saw extensive economic growth and a rise in individual prosperity for families and citizens. The Wirtschaftwunder, they called it; ECONOMIC MIRACLE. The German economy became exports-focused and largely depended on the free market for growth, which became a good bet in a time as hopeful as the 1950s. Germany was at the forefront still of engineering and other fields, and thus benefited greatly from focusing on exports as a source of revenue. There was an economic slowdown in the 1960s shortly before Willy Brandt and the Social Democrats took power, but generally it was understood that was a symptom of the times rather than a long-term effect of Adenauer and, by extension, Erhard's economic policies. Adenauer also invested heavily into national defense and advanced aerospace development, supporting a domestic German space program and investing into advanced missile technology development with the support of the United States. The Bundeswehr was established years earlier than anticipated, and the Federal Republic also joined the North Atlantic Treaty Organization and the European Economic Community under his tenure as Chancellor. |
[spoiler=[sub]Written for the RMB Screen of the[/sub]
COMMONWEALTH OF LIBERTY
]
Socialist Democratic Republic Romania
The Confederate Prussian Empire
[/spoiler]
Rutannia, Amsterwald, Nippon-Nihon, Holy Vatican City States, Metropolitan Francais, Abessinienreich, Kewtpuff, Maziya, Spain-, Slipway, Mutawakkiliti, Bobertzimburg, Le Equatoria, Zingium
14 , JANUARY , 1967
Kota Melaka,Malaysia
Trust The Process: Welcome Back
| Meetings had been delayed by the end of '66. Due to the monsoon season, at the end of the year. Which limited travel between peninsular Malaysia, and the Borneo located Brunei. But with the new year, comes the end of the monsoon season, and travel between peninsular Malaysia, to Brunei could begin once again. Finally back in Kota Melaka Hadif walks into the room with a small smile on his face, only to see Tunku Abdul Rahman with a appearance of someone who had spent quite some time in a stressed mental state. |
| [B]Wondering why. Hadif silently took a seat, and asked the question. Tunku would respond that:
[List][I]" The insurgency in Sarawak, has only gotten worst. Commanding officers in Sarawak are demanding for more men, but men from peninsular Malaysia are refusing to re-enlist back into service. "[/I][/list]
Hadif intrigued would give a proposal:
[List][I]" Brunei could assist to mitigate that issue of manpower. We may not have a large army, but we do have a policy of conscription which resulted in nearly the entire population being in the reserve force. Although I have no intentions of bringing people from the reserve force back into active service. But if push comes to shove, I will do it. "[/I][/list] Tunku would respond, positively to what Hadif said. But gave some information on the status of the Sarawak Insurgency, based on the reports he had been given:
[List][I]" More experienced guerilla fighters, being those from the Malayan Emergency, but this time with a larger force of guerilla fighters. "[/I] |[/list]
| Hadif with a smug looking smirk, on his face says:
[List][I]" So your outnumbered, outplanned, and need all the help you can get. Brunei could lift a slight of the burden off the Malaysian armed forces chest. I'm currently thinking that we will just deploy the [URL=https://www.nationstates.net/page=rmb/postid=53565479]Hindu Regiment[/URL] into Sarawak, if the situation gets dire enough I'll organise the creation of more sole ethnic regiments. To combat in Sarawak. If they don't turn out successful, the Bruneian army proper will enter Sarawak. "[/I] |[/list]
| Tunku Abdul Rahman wanting to change the subject of the conversation. He would ask Hadif, about the democratisation efforts he has done for Brunei. Hadif would explain in full detail about the [URL=https://www.nationstates.net/page=rmb/postid=54203359]Akta Kompromi Demokrasi[/URL]. However Tunku Abdul Rahman, wasn't satisfied with the efforts made. Tunku would tell Hadif his opinions:
[List][I]" From what you've told me, your still head of state for life. There is no system of election to attain the presidency, instead there's a system in place which, you select your successor by seating them in the position of deputy president. Which isn't very democratic, and more inline with a system of succession used by absolute monarchs. Not to mention you still impose your ban on political parties, which are what I believe to be the concrete pillars of a democratic system of governance. "[/I][/list]
Hadif would give his explanation to Tunku Abdul Rahman on why he structured it in the way he did:
[List][I]" If I were to go full speed ahead with the principals of democracy, I would be ousted out of government in a heartbeat, and that's not exactly what you want or need. What you need is a man in the seat of power of the Bruneian government, who's willing to enter talks of entering the Malaysian union. If I were ousted, we cannot guarantee that my elected successor would be wanting to continue, and finalise this agreement we have going on. "[/I][/list]
Tunku slightly embarrassed that this military junta leader, just gave him a slight education on not rushing things forward, for the sake of ideals. Would give his response:
[List][I]" I'll accept that as a reasonable answer. But at the very least, include more minor details into Brunei democracy. Things that would bolster a sense of democracy in the nation, but not weaken your power, and influence. "[/I] |[/list]
| As they both got up from their seats to conclude the meeting. Hadif would say some departing words to his Malaysian counterpart:
[List][I]" Perhaps you should learn to wait for it. Democracy isn't gonna be a one size fits all solution, both of our countries have only experienced democracy in the modern era. We don't have a history of democracies, for all you know the Malaysian experiment will not work, maybe if you learn to sit down, and compromise your ideals, with that of another. Singapore wouldn't need to be forced out of the union. "[/I] |[/list]
[B]| [URL=https://www.nationstates.net/page=rmb/postid=54110684]Part 1[/URL] |
| [URL=https://www.nationstates.net/page=rmb/postid=54167573]Part 2[/URL] |
| [URL=https://www.nationstates.net/page=rmb/postid=54198556]Part 3[/URL] |
______________________________________________
[spoiler=[sub]Written for the RMB Screen of the[/sub]
COMMONWEALTH OF LIBERTY
]
Socialist Democratic Republic Romania
The Confederate Prussian Empire
[/spoiler]
Rutannia, Amsterwald, Nippon-Nihon, Metropolitan Francais, Abessinienreich, New Provenance, Kewtpuff, Spain-, Slipway, Mutawakkiliti, Bobertzimburg, Le Equatoria, Zingium
17/1/1967 | The Democratic Republic of Ghana
_
Nkrumahs Economist, Adjaye assasinated during announcment of the creation of new oppostion party
As political tensions rise with the upcoming Ghaniaian presidential election drawing closer and closer, and as a reformist block within the CPP grows, spearheaded mainly by Adjaye and Nkrumah discord continues to grow within the nation. This evening Adjaye announced his departure from the CPP and the creation of the PLU (The Party of Liberal Unity) which was supposed to stand in opposition to the reigning CPP in the coming election. For the past few years there has not been a single party within Ghana close to rivaling the CPP, Adjaye was looking to change that, with about 5-10% of the CPP joining Adjaye and Nkrumah. Currently it is not clear to authorities who assasinated Adjaye, and there is an ongoing manhut, it is believed that it may have been done by some members within the ruling party, more specifically those from the marxist-leninist/bolshevik wing of the party. Most if not all members of the bolshevik wing have voiced their opinions on Nkrumahs "betrayal/abandonment" of the ideals of the party and the initial goals he had upon the independence of Ghana.
| The PLU's Ideological Departure and Struggles with the Death of Adjaye
The PLU, now grappling with the sudden loss of its leader Kwadwo Ben Adjaye, had positioned itself as a party for change, advocating a fundamental shift from Ghana's socialist legacy. Under Adjaye's leadership, the party fervently championed a departure from the socialist model, proposing a bold transition toward a free-market economy. Adjaye, in his impassioned speeches and policy outlines, articulated a vision of economic liberalization as the catalyst needed to propel Ghana into a new era of development. Central to Adjaye's argument was the assertion that Ghana, despite its aspirations for progress, was not yet prepared for the full embrace of a socialist economic model. He highlighted the necessity of adapting to global economic dynamics, emphasizing the role of private enterprise and free-market mechanisms in fostering innovation, efficiency, and growth. This departure from the CPP's long-standing principles, which had defined Ghana's political landscape for decades, became the primary catalyst for the tragic events surrounding Adjaye's assassination. The untimely demise of Adjaye has left the PLU at a crossroads, grappling with the profound loss of its charismatic leader. The party now faces a critical juncture, unsure whether to press forward with its original plan to stand as a formidable opposition force against the CPP in the upcoming election. The vacuum created by Adjaye's absence raises doubts about the PLU's ability to sustain its momentum and ideological coherence, further complicating the already intricate political landscape of Ghana.
_
In the wake of Kwadwo Adjaye's assassination and the uncertain fate of the Party of Liberal Unity (PLU), tensions continue to rise within Ghana, with less and less tolerance by the CPP for "reformists" and the PLU. The sudden demise of Adjaye, who sought to challenge the status quo and redefine Ghana's political and economic trajectory, has left a void that resonates not only within the PLU but also across the whole opposition. As the PLU grapples with the shockwaves of this unforeseen event, questions linger about the future of the party and the potential implications for the upcoming elections. Ghana, once again, faces a pivotal moment that will shape the course of its political landscape in the months and years to come.
______________________
[spoiler=[sub]Written for the RMB Screen of the[/sub]
COMMONWEALTH OF LIBERTY
]
Socialist Democratic Republic Romania
[/spoiler]
Rutannia, Paseo, Amsterwald, Nippon-Nihon, Metropolitan Francais, Abessinienreich, New Provenance, Kewtpuff, Maziya, Spain-, Slipway, Bobertzimburg, Le Equatoria, Zingium
| ANGELIQUE BANZA ; THE FORCE OF CHANGE |
[sub]February the 3rd, 1967[/sub]
| The new First Representative, ANGELIQUE BANZA has passed through the new budget for this year, but alongside the budget legislation, the National Congress has passed an incredible amount of legislation bills in rapid speed, to many in a dictatorial-manner, with the majority in the National Congress giving very little time for an open debate about the projects. To many politicians and commentators, the new First Representative is showcasing signs of dictatorial-like leadership, but from the radio, newspaper and TV surveys, much of the Zairean population is looking positively at the Miss Banza so far. ANGELIQUE BANZA stated in her recent interview that "...effectiveness is the key, I understand that the opposition wishes to prolong every decision, as they have in the past, but I will not stand for such nonsense...decisions that can change our country positively, must be enacted with immediate effect..." |
[list]The budget foresees the following spendings for 1967;
- $1.23 Billion for HEALTHCARE
- $656.0 Million for EDUCATION
- $620.0 Million for DEFENCE
- $600.0 Million for ECONOMIC INITATIVES & PUBLIC SPENDINGS
- $570.0 Million for WELFARE
- $400.000 Million for ENERGY & INFRASTRUCTURE
- $210.0 Million for AGRICULTURE
- $100.0 Million for LAW & PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION
- $36.0 Million for OTHER[/list]
| The legislation bills that have passed through the National Congress in the space of a month, are astounding and giving a glimpse into the change that ANGELIQUE BANZA wants to bring about in the country. Change that is starting to worry Zairean large corporations, the Zairean Catholic Church and the Tribes Councils. Some suggest that Miss Banza is on her way to making challenging enemies, others praise Miss Banza for her restlessness and clear vision of a country she wants for the people of Zaire. |
[list]ANGELIQUE'S BILL FRENZY;
- DEFENCE & INNOVATION BILL, which has allowed the USA to construct a second base in Zaire, in the East territories; allows the newly created Zairean Defence Industries to work with foreign entities on creating, developing and creating new military equipment; places a larger amount of funding towards the Defence of the country; pours larger funds into the border security across the country.
- CLEAN WATER ACT, which will see the Ministries of INFRASTRUCTURE, ENERGY and NATIONAL INDUSTRIES to collaborate together with funding, people and development projects in order to achieve full access to clean water and electricity in the most impoverished parts of the country by 1970.
- SAFE ABORITION ACT, which has legalised abortion up to 18th Week, for which the National Healthcare System shall pay for and provide on the basis of; the women's life is endangered, the baby's life is endangered, the pregnancy is unwanted, the pregnancy was made through force.
- MOTHERLY PAY, which will pay out mothers a monthly salary for two first years of the child's life; those that are in work or/and in education will have their pay increase accordingly. The program is aimed at larger number of birth-rates by 1971.
- IMMEDIATE REACTION CLINICS, will be developed under the Ministry of HEALTHCARE & INFRASTRUCTURE. The IRC's are aimed to appear around all parts of the country, with at least two being built in each state of Zaire by 1968, furthered by another four to six by 1970. Those clinics will be responsible for quick detection, treatment and analysis of Malaria and other spreadable diseases across the country. They will also act as vaccination centres all year round.
- FAMILY & INDIVIDUAL INSURANCE SCHEME REFORM, will see the FIS act alongside the Income Tax, with all living in Zaire being enveloped under the FIS. One standard rate will be implemented of 10% on all. The FIS will continue its function and give out is benefits as it has since its creation in 1956, as it has been highly effective.
- SHAREHOLDERS BILL, most likely the most controversial bill that has been passed so far. The bill seeks that within the National Industries & Companies, every worker will gain 5% of the yearly profit. In small businesses, that percentage will be 1%, in medium businesses, it will be 2%, in large businesses it will be 2.5%, in mega-businesses within Zaire, that will go up to 3.5%. The initiative is presented by ANGELIQUE BANZA as a real opportunity for the workers of Zaire to gain from the hard-work they are doing. However, the Bill does not include foreign companies in Zaire, with ANGELIQUE BANZA set out for consultations with foreign companies in Zaire about the bill.
- LOWERING BUSINESS TAX BILL, is what probably is saving Miss Banza from business wrath, as the bill introduces lower taxation on all businesses across all fields in order to boost business making. The bill largerly lowers the tax on businesses, large or small, giving a bigger impulse for further investments and business making.
- NURSES & DOCTORS INITIATIVE BILL, is aimed at raising the earnings of doctors and nurses in the country, giving them a pay rise of 12% this year, and adjusting the pay rise by another 10% next year, followed by another 7% in 1969. The Bill also introduces larger amounts of finances into training new doctors and nurses around the country.[/list]
| Furthermore, the new First Representative set out a goal for each Ministry to present a set of reforms in needed fields within their Ministry competence by April of 1967, ones that can be passed and put into immediate effect. The idea behind the MINISTRY REFORM PACKAGE is to change the running of the country, increase investments, create more job opportunities, boost higher education, boost the demographics and create a living standard that is highly anticipated.
But, ANGELIQUE BANZA, is set to be out on a war path with the Matriarch of Zaire, GLORIA BANZA, with rumours circulating that the First Representatives wants to curb the position of the Matriarch to that of only ceremonial, symbolical and charitable. Taking away the right to veto, the responsibility of being the head of the armed forces and the Zairean diplomacy, and push the role of the Matriarch/Patriarch to that of a uniting symbol of the country, rather than a political being. |
| BANZA'S MANSION |
| The mother-daughter relationship in the Banza household was always complicated, not filled with mutual love or respect, but instead grief and rebellion. Now, the situation has worsened even more as the only child of GLORIA BANZA has become one of the most powerful people in Africa, alongside her mother. The problem is more than just political and ideological differences, but also personal history and troubles between two relatives.
The atmosphere is cold, with the two women sitting opposite each other, more like strangers than a loving family. One sipping on her tea, the other sitting with a case of documents by her. Once the last aid leaves the room after bringing the two some sweet fruit, and the doors closing, do the two look up at each other. |
[list][ ANGELIQUE ]: "Ma'am. Thank you for finding time to see me, as I know we have spoke a week ago. Briefly."[/list]
[list][ GLORIA ]: "You don't have to use ma'am to address me. I'm your mother."[/list]
| Angelique would gaze away shaking her head. |
[list][ ANGELIQUE ]: "I do not wish to mix personal relations with public affairs. I wish you will do the same."[/list]
| Hurt by the comment, Gloria would place her tea-cup down and look down. |
[list][ ANGELIQUE ]: "Now. As you know, my government has begun to enact real change in the country, I believe there is no time to waste. Yes, we have made it far, as you and your previous government officials like to suggest, but I don't think we've gone far enough, in the time that was given. My job, is to sort that out, to fix it. I've already begun to do so."[/list]
[list][ GLORIA ]: "Twenty-seven years of independence, we have gone very far for such time. Let's not admonish the success that we have made as a country. One of the largest economies of Africa, one of the quickest developing in the modern world, good ties with the Europeans and the Americans, strong military. These are all big achievements, that must be acknowledged."[/list]
[list][ ANGELIQUE ]: "With all due respect, ma'am. Fifteen percent of the country still don't have access to clean water, most of our East and South is impoverished, except some of the major cities, most people in the countryside and the east don't own a television set; the Northern Congo is a growing issue, the Portuguese War in Angola and our absence from it, the growing problems with the communistic and radical right wingers rising up amongst the working class of our country, which may I say constitutes the majority of our population, the child poverty that is high, especially in the Industrial South, the tribes continuing their barbaric outdated practices in many parts of the country, not to mention a lack of proper infrastructure in the South-East."[/list]
| Gloria looking uneasy, would look out the window. |
[list][ ANGELIQUE ]: "I am here to change, all of that. That is what my government is doing, and will continue to do. Progress has been made, I don't neglect that, I am just saying that we cannot smile and wave knowing that we are not fully developed yet, I will change that."[/list]
[list][ GLORIA ]: "Well, that is your job. You've been elected to do that. Clearly, I've not made enough of an effort."[/list]
[list][ ANGELIQUE ]: "Clearly."[/list]
| Gloria would turn her harsh gaze at Angelique. |
[list][ ANGELIQUE ]: "I say this with no offence intended, but since you have become the Matriarch of this country, you have dissolved into thin air. You were a trailblazer in this country, in Africa. Now, you are no where to be seen. People need you."[/list]
[list][ GLORIA ]: "But?"[/list]
[list][ ANGELIQUE ]: "But, the Zairean government doesn't need you. That is why I am here. I want to propose a bill, in the next session of the Congress that will curb the powers of the Matriarch. Take away the prerogatives over foreign policy, military and the ability to veto bills. To curb your role into that of a symbol, a charitable symbol of this country."[/list]
| Gloria would rise up shaking her head. |
[list][ GLORIA ]: "Curb my powers? To...to become what?! A pretty face, yet again! I don't think so. The system works, the system is based on---"[/list]
[list][ ANGELIQUE ]: "On a faulty principle. I believe that you have to become the symbol of this country, mum."[/list]
| Gloria would look onto Angelique, realising the use of the word, mum. |
[list][ ANGELIQUE ]: "You should be travelling across the country, meeting the ordinary people that once loved you so much. That once saw you as their hope, the whole of Africa did. Now, you've just become a rich spoilt lady of the upper classes."[/list]
| Gloria would begin to find tears in her eyes as she shook her head slightly. |
[list][ GLORIA ]: "The people...they still love me."[/list]
[list][ ANGELIQUE ]: "No. They tolerate you. For now. But what happens, when they don't? This is your last chance to reform, before from the national hero, you turn to its most hated enemy. That is why I hope, you'll do what is right and allow the bill to go through."[/list]
| Gloria would silently sit, looking through Angelique. |
[list][ ANGELIQUE ]: "I shall leave the bill with one of your advisers, so you may take an in depth look at the changes. Thank you."[/list]
| Angelique would get up, as Gloria still sitting would look out of the window. Angelique would gaze on Gloria, before picking her handbag and walking off. As the door shut, Gloria would break out into tears, as she continued to stare out of the window. |
[spoiler="...what I propose might seem revolutionary, might ruffle feathers, but progress has to be made quickly...the people of this country believe in us to deliver that..." - First Representative, Angelique Banza]
Socialist Democratic Republic Romania
The Confederate Prussian Empire
[/spoiler]
Rutannia, Amsterwald, Nippon-Nihon, Metropolitan Francais, Abessinienreich, New Provenance, Kewtpuff, Maziya, Spain-, Slipway, Mutawakkiliti, Bobertzimburg, Le Equatoria, Zingium
[list][list][list][pre]STATUS CIVITATIS VATICANAE
VATICAN CITY STATE
THE HOLY SEE[/pre][/list]
______
SECRETARY OF STATE OF HIS HOLINESS: POPE PAUL VI FOLLOWS IN THE FOOTSTEP OF SAINT THOMAS THE APOSTLE, FINDING THAT "TRUTH ALONE TRIUMPHS"
[sub]VATICAN CITY | ROME, JANUARY MCMLXVII[/sub][/list]
[pre] POPE PAUL VI's PAPAL TOUR OF INDIA 1967 [/pre]
[list]WALKING IN THE FOOTSTEPS OF A MARTYR SAINT THOMAS THE APOSTLE[/list]
[sub]FROM CHENNAI to NEW DELHI, INDIA Kewtpuff[/sub]
[sub]| SECRETARIUS STATUS SANCTITATIS SUAE - | In a regal and divine fashion this week His Holiness Pope Paul VI followed in the footsteps of Saint Thomas the Apostle as he traveled abroad to the thriving city of Chennai, India were the aura of French colonialism can still be felt thirteen years later. India has since grown in all sorts of directions, but the subtle Christian communities have always remained and even though India is vastly a predominant Hindu nation, crowds of thousands were cheering for him as he exited Shepherd 1, the Papal Douglas DC-8-50. "Pope Paul descended to the tarmac of Chennai International Airport as if he were an angel coming down out of the heavens" according to one reporter.[/sub]
[sub]Hundreds of press officials swarmed the area alongside desperate citizens hoping to catch a glimpse at the Holy Father. They remained at bay behind a section of the airport terminal which had been roped off and guarded by men in uniforms of the Indian Armed Forces. The hospitable Indian Government under Prime Minister Indira Gandhi was kind enough accommodate His Holiness' papal motorcade which was conveniently awaiting him at the terminal along with his Indian subordinate Archbishop of Madras and Mylapore Anthony Rayappa Arulappa. Pope Paul was greeted by the Archbishop with a solemn bow and kiss of the Papal ring before the two of them walked amongst the crowd of loving Indian citizens who had come to greet His Holiness. One reporter noted how "the Holy Father's hands went from one face to another as tears flowed at the sight and touch of a man so close to God." Paul made his way through the crowd and back to the motorcade with Father Arulappa. The caravan of vehicles left the airport, making their way through the city of Chennai where thousands more awaited to greet His Holiness. The streets of Chennai quickly became filled with people eager to see the Pope and members of the Noble Guard; the Pope's security team had to walk amongst the crowd in order to ensure the Pope's safety. The crowd seemed to follow them the entire way to St. Thomas Cathedral Basilica where the Pope was scheduled to visit and observe the tomb of Saint Thomas the Apostle which is believed to contain at least some of his remains.[/sub]
[sub]The Saint Thomas Christians of Tamil Nadu and Kerala, India, tell their traditions that Saint Thomas preached the gospel outside of the Roman Empire in what is now India some time around 52 AD, and that he was speared to death in Mylapore, close to Madras, Tamil Nadu, in December of 72 AD. According to the local tradition, he was interred in Mylapore. A few of Saint Thomas's relics were transported to Ortona, Abruzzo, Italy in 1258, and have since been housed in the Church of Saint Thomas the Apostle. Among Christians in India, he is considered their patron saint. Pope Paul VI's visit to the tomb of the Apostle only sparks more curiosity and mysticism amongst Christians who may believe Saint Thomas was buried elsewhere such as Edessa, Kurdistan. The Holy Father led a two hour long prayer outside the basilica which was attended by thousands of Chennai's citizens before returning to the airport and making the flight hop to New Delhi where he was scheduled to meet with Her Excellency Indira Gandhi, the first female Prime Minister of India. The Pope's arrival in New Delhi was met by much of the same fanfare he had seen in Chennai, only on a much grander scale. An Indian military band detaché awaited him at Palam International Airport along with thousands of cheering citizens and the patiently waiting Archbishop of Delhi Joseph Alexander Fernandes alongside India's Ambassador to the Holy See, Vishnuprasad Chunilal Trivedi. Pope Paul and his papal entourage would make their way through the Indian and Vatican flag draped streets of New Delhi, arriving at Teen Murti Bhavan, the Prime Minister's residence by 2:00 PM.[/sub]
[sub]Once inside the Pope and Prime Minister further exchanged formalities as the Prime Minister's staff attempted to make the Pope comfortable in the lavish home which was originally built for the British Commander-in-Chief of the British Indian Army. The grandeur and palatial design was a bit of a stretch from what His Holiness was accustomed to in the ancient corridors and halls of the mystical Vatican City in Rome. The Holy Father made himself comfortable nonetheless, finding a seat across from the Prime Minister and Ambassador Trivedi in the enormous study they had found themselves in. Archbishop Fernandes stuck around only for a few moments before being excused by His Holiness to attend to the affairs of running the vast Archdiocese of Delhi. Pope Paul and Prime Minister Indira Gandhi were left to discuss the issues that concerned themselves such as Gandhi's long list of reforms that she has supported since becoming India's first female prime minister. The Pope found interest in Prime Minister Gandhi's support of equal pay for equal work for both men and women which was enshrined in the new Indian Constitution under the Gandhi administration just last year. The pair seemingly kindled a warming friendship over the extent of their discussions regarding charity, reduction of poverty, and the growth of all faiths in India. His Holiness found the topic of Prime Minister Gandhi's policies to remove poverty from India to be very substantial and in line with the Holy See's own policies to alleviate poverty around the globe. The two even signed a formal agreement in which the Catholic Church and the diocese all across India would participate in a national effort to squash poverty in India through charitable works conducted by the Church and investments in certain infrastructure programs such as schools, hospitals, housing development projects, etc.[/sub]
[sub]The pair of newly established friends wrapped up their discussions with a humble handshake between the two and a promise from Pope Paul to remain in touch, especially in regard to the vast number of social issues close to Prime Minister Gandhi's heart as well as those of the Holy See's interests. Pope Paul would leave India, having found a new love for a place so far from Rome. Perhaps the same kind of love that Saint Thomas had felt when he traveled to India and set about preaching the gospel of Jesus Christ. He left his Indian colleagues with a reminder that "the Church is always readily available to anyone whom should seek it out and will be evermore present to those that need it the most." The Vatican delegation would return to "Shepard One", boarding for takeoff back to Rome. Pope Paul VI would carry with him a new understanding of India and it's wonderful people. An understanding that through faith "Truth Alone Triumphs" just as the national motto of the Indian people states and it is indeed one which Prime Minister Indira Gandhi holds strong and true toward. |[/sub][/list]
[list]______[/list]
[list][list][pre]Gloria Patri, et Filio, et Spiritui Sancto,
Sicut erat in principio, et nunc, et semper, et in sæcula sæculorum. Amen.[/pre][/list][/list]
[list][spoiler=[sub]𝐄𝐌𝐁𝐑𝐀𝐂𝐄 𝐑𝐎𝐌𝐄
𝐂𝐎𝐌𝐌𝐎𝐍𝐖𝐄𝐀𝐋𝐓𝐇 𝐎𝐅 𝐋𝐈𝐁𝐄𝐑𝐓𝐘[/sub]]
Socialist Democratic Republic Romania
The Confederate Prussian Empire
The Kemalist Republic Of Turkiye
[/spoiler]
Rutannia, The Confederation Of Northern Germany, Amsterwald, Sixth French Metropolitan Republic, Nippon-Nihon, Nasrid Algeria, Metropolitan Francais, Abessinienreich, New Provenance, Monaco-, Andorra-, Kewtpuff, Maziya, Spain-, Slipway, Mutawakkiliti, Le Equatoria, Zingium
[list]1967년 01월 22일
[sub]Swirling Rumours[/sub][/list]
[list][sub]A Private Succession Crisis Interrupted[/sub][/list]
[sub]SEOUL, Rutannia[/sub]
| The Palace had become eerily quiet as government functions slowly began to move out to the newly constructed district, the traffic flow to the Governor-General Building had dramatically decreased, the quiet allowed the King to enjoy his gardens more without the constant noise and prying eyes from politicians and staffers alike. Sitting in his usual quiet spot hed light up his cigarette gazing over the views, the city had changed since he was a child, hell it had changed dramatically when he thought back to the days of DPRK troops marching up and down the streets. The quiet solitude was interrupted by the footsteps of his youngest son, Prince Hee-seung, the third prince, a traditionally unforgiving position far from the throne. |[list]
[sub]Prince Hee-seung: Afternoon father, enjoying the gardens I see?[/sub]
[sub]King Hanuel: Indeed. I assume you must be on a break from your work?[/sub]
[sub]Prince Hee-seung: Yes, I have finished my tasks for the day, I thought Id come stroll in the gardens and I spotted you.[/sub][/list]
| Hanuel sensed something was not quite right, he was sure it was a Wednesday, Hee-seung should still be working at this time, as he looked around, something felt entirely off. Shaking his thoughts aside he smiled up to his son. |[list]
[sub]King Hanuel: I trust there is something youd like to bring attention to Hee-seung, its not often you come to me.[/sub]
[sub]Prince Hee-seung: While that is true, I did not expect to find you here, but I do have a question.[/sub]
[sub]King Hanuel: You are permitted to speak.[/sub]
[sub]Prince Hee-seung: The laws of succession are not fixed. You and I both know this, as do my brothers. I am asking you to name me as your successor.[/sub][/list]
| The Kings expression would quickly change to one of curiosity to fury, his youngest son was now making demands of him, had he become this weak, that his youngest would dare make such demands? Overcome with anger hed launch himself at Hee-seung, causing his son to startle, gripping his collar almost lifting the Prince off of the ground. |[list]
[sub]King Hanuel: How dare you? You do not make these demands of me, youre the third prince, and nothing more than that. I fought for this throne, I wont hand it to you with such brazen demands. You know full well how it works, first Cheong and then Jong, then if all else fails, you.[/sub]
[sub]Prince Hee-seung: A sissy and a recluse? Is that what your loins have produced for me to compete with? I am cast in your image, I know the unspeakable things you have done, the strings you pull, dont think I cant take this throne by force, I don't need an army like you, just words.[/sub][/list]
| The pair jostled in the gardens as the King landed a particularly heavy punch on Hee-seungs right cheek causing him to fall back, regaining his composure the Prince would gaze at his father, a smirk plastering his face. Launching himself hed plunge a blade into the Kings stomach. Suddenly the King awoke in the Grand Hall, it was quiet and he was alone, this was definitely the real world as he looked around. The fuzzy edges had vanished and he could see everything clearly. A loud knock at the door would startle him as he tried to ground himself back in reality. |[list]
[sub]King Hanuel: Uh, come in![/sub]
[sub]Servant: The Prime Minister your majesty.[/sub][/list]
| Raising his eyebrow hed motion for him to come in, he had not been expecting Park to visit today. As Park entered the room giving the customary bow in the presence of the King, only to keep up appearances, dropping all formalities as the servant left. |[list]
[sub]King Hanuel: Unexpected Park, I didnt think we had anything scheduled[/sub]
[sub]Park Chung-hee: I know, but things are changing fast. I am here to make a request.[/sub][/list]
| An eerie feeling crept over the King as his mind flashed back to his dream. Park seemed to notice this but did not pry further before speaking again. |[list]
[sub]Park Chung-hee: I am requesting on my advice that you dissolve the National Assembly and call for fresh elections. The numbers have become unworkable, and there are particular parties that are causing a blockage in the timetable.[/sub][/list]
| The King sat in silence caught off guard by Parks request, it wasnt something that had been requested, but by no means was it unreasonable. He simply gave a nod of approval, and with that the wheels had been set in motion for fresh elections. The elections would have to take place within sixty days of the dissolution, and Park intended to use all sixty of those days to grind down his opposition parties. A unified force, the National Democrats relied on no one else for support, and Park intended to make the system work to his advantage. |
| The opposition had been caught completely off-guard, no one was banking on a snap election to occur despite the gridlock in the National Assembly, and panic had set in already within some of the camps. The Workers Party was experiencing a particularly difficult period as many in the more radical camps had begun to view Kim Il-sung as a roadblock rather than a leader, with funding tight the party would have to campaign on a shoe-string budget. March 23rd rang around Kim Dae-jungs brain. Hed recently been appointed an election strategist under Yi Yun-yongs leadership of the SDP; they didnt have time to implement his plans in time. It was time to go on the offensive against the WPK the minor parties, hoping to attract some disgruntled NDP supporters with them, it was time for a social democratic opposition. |
[spoiler=[sub]Written for the RMB Screen of the[/sub]
COMMONWEALTH OF LIBERTY
]
Socialist Democratic Republic Romania
The Confederate Prussian Empire
[/spoiler]
Amsterwald, Nippon-Nihon, Metropolitan Francais, Abessinienreich, New Provenance, Maziya, Spain-, Slipway, Mutawakkiliti, Le Equatoria, Zingium
The Gang of 11
March 1967 - February 1968
As Tanzania began to chafe under the grip of its Red Emperor, A group of 11 high-ranking politicians, conmen, and military officers began to plot in the darkness. Some members were disillusioned with socialism, and the left-wing in general, and others merely looking for a payday.
Oscar Kambona: Julius Nyereres right hand, and closest confidant, Nyerere and Kambona began to split when the former adopted increasingly despotic policies to proceed with his aggressive import substitution industrialization and villagization policies. Kambona is the head of the Gang of 11 and is currently the Minister of Home Affairs, and can ensure his fellow plotters arent caught, as long as he isnt.
Grey Likungu Mataka: News Editor and Chief of the Daily Nationalist, a state-owned newspaper. He began to grow disillusioned after the government forced a hostile takeover of several newspapers in Tanganyika and Zanzibar, forcing Mataka under increased outside scrutiny, and hurting his ability towards impartiality.
Chipaka Brothers: Eliya Dunstan Chipaka and John Chipaka were cousins of Kambona and had their reasons for opposing the United Front of Tanzania. John Chipaka is the General Secretary of the African National Congress Party, which had been forcefully assimilated into the United Front. John chafed under Nyereres political control, especially after suffering numerous electoral humiliations, with the forceful assimilation being considered an unbearable insult.
Johns younger brother Eliya Dunstan Chipaka, is a Captain of the Tanzania Armed Forces, who had been one of the few officers brought back into service after Nyerere dissolved the Tanganyika Rifles following the Dar Es Salaam Mutiny. He and Kambona would become closer after the mutiny because Kambona had been brave enough to drive into the middle of the mutiny and open negotiations with the soldiers. Despite having his position restored, Eliya grew enraged with the increasing political intervention in the military, and the increasing time spent on indoctrination, rather than actual training.
Bibi Titi Mohammed: Bibi Mohammed is the President of the Union of Tanzanian Women, the largest Womens organization in Tanzania. She, like John Chipaka, had been forced into the new United Front of Tanzania and grew upset at the constant meddling by Nyerere. Her agenda to push female rights and protections had been stalled entirely by the Nyerere government who argued the time wasnt right for any womens revolution. This effectively broke her trust in the President, so she willingly joined Kambonas plot.
Michael Marshall Kamaliza: The current Minister of Manpower, Michael Kamiliza had been tasked with drawing up plans for Villagization, and workers rights schemes. A far more cautious planner than Nyerere, he had been on Kambonas side arguing that aggressive resettlement of large parts of the populace would only destabilize the economy. Sidelined by more pro-Nyerere supporters, he is a minister in name only and has willingly sided with the rest of the gang of 11.
William Makbri Chacha: Chacha the former Tanzanian military attache to China, had first-hand experience with Maoism and the collectivization of peasants. It was these experiences that staunchly made him against the TANU being an important member in the suppression of the Dar Es Salaam military and student mutiny. Despite his hopes for a more moderate path, Nyerere plans to forcefully resettle large swaths of the populace pushed him to the plotters.
Alfred Phillip Millinga: Alfred Millinga was unlike the rest of his co-conspirators in the gang of 8. Not personally affronted by anything Nyerere had done. Millinga was also an open supporter of the reduction of the military and increasing state control over it, for this support he was made a lieutenant. When later questioned about his stated reason Millinga would claim he opposed the increasing centralization of power by Nyerere. Many have suspected he merely saw a chance to elevate his status, and wouldve likely been against the conspiracy had he seen a better way in Nyereres government.
Potlako Leballo: Every internal revolution, even one that is non-violent will have its share of conmen. Political malingers, grifters, and miscreants all find their place in the revolution ranks. The so-called Conservative Revolution of Tanzania would be no different. Potlako Leballo was a member of the South African ANC who split to form the Pan-African Congress. As a former member of the ANC, and leader of the PAC, he had a large web of political and business connections. He was entirely corrupt, as is common within the party, being deep in the pockets of every rebel, criminal, and corrupt politician across Southern Africa. His ties also extend further to Ghana, Northern Korea, and even Cambodian Communists. Widely despised by the rest of the plotters, Leballo only joined once Nyerere cut funding to the PAC. Its likely if Leballo sees a better deal, he will gladly turn against his supposed allies.
Otini and Mathiya Kambona: Otini and Mathiya had never wanted to be a member of the conspiracy. Both had been good men, low-ranking politicians with past service in the military. Yet they each had one fatal flaw, they were brothers to Oscar Kambona. So, when the Cultural Revolution began attacking dissenters, they not only attacked Oscar but his entire family as well. So Otini and Mathiya were left with a choice, either protect their families against the rising tide of radicalism and violence or allow themselves to be at the mercy of the rioters. For the two, it was no choice at all.
Paramountica, Rutannia, Amsterwald, Nippon-Nihon, Metropolitan Francais, Abessinienreich, New Provenance, Maziya, Spain-, Slipway, Mutawakkiliti, Le Equatoria
Yemenis in African Cultural Festival
ـــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــ
[list][sup]United Arab Republic
November 1966[/list][/sup]
[sup]The Yemeni Ministry of Culture sent a delegation of Yemeni youth to attend the 1st Pan-African Cultural Festival, the delegation included members of the National Youth Organization affiliated with the Yemeni National Union Party. also youth from South Yemen. Although Yemen does not belong to Africa, the Yemen Arab Republic believes that its relationship with Africa is close and important. The youths participation was fruitful, as the Yemeni youth made many friendly relations. With the Arab and African youth, the most important of which was friendly relations with the Palestinian delegation, while the head of the Southern Youth Group had a mission, which was to contact the government of the United Arab Republic and deliver a message from the Command Council of South Yemen Liberation Army, which is the United Organization of Armed Struggle Groups in the South. The message was to request more Equipment, weapons, and some material support, and also starting a radio program on Al-Sawt Al-Arab Radio, Let it be the voice of the Yemeni struggle.[/sup]
[spoiler=[sub]Written for the RMB Screen of the[/sub]
COMMONWEALTH OF LIBERTY
]
Socialist Democratic Republic Romania
[/spoiler]
Paramountica, Rutannia, Amsterwald, Nippon-Nihon, Vancouver Straits, Metropolitan Francais, Abessinienreich, New Provenance, Maziya, Spain-, Slipway, Le Equatoria, Zingium
[list][list][list][pre]REINO DE ESPAÑA[/pre][/list]
______
Preparation for the Spanish General Election of 1967
[sub]KINGDOM OF SPAIN | MADRID, NOVEMBER 1966[/sub][/list]
[sub]It has been three years and soon it will be time for the General Election in July where the people of Spain will elect new members for Congress of Deputies. Many political parties are choosing their different candidates to run for the seat in the Congress and get their chosen representatives to become MP in the house. For years since the restoration of the monarchy, Spain been dominated by the Conservative Alliance (AC) with Prime Minister Luis Herrera leading the parties and the faces of the conservative and catholic groups. However the opposition consist of many socialist and communist parties with the communist Spanish Socialist Workers' Party (PSOE) being the largest parties in the group are hoping to oust the conservatives from power in the upcoming election. Here are the current political parties that are participating in this year election.[/sub]
[sub]- The Conservative Alliance (AC)[/sub]
[sub]- The Liberal Party (PL)[/sub]
[sub]- The National Union (UN)[/sub]
[sub]- The Carlist Party (PC)[/sub]
[sub]- The People's Democratic Party (PDP)[/sub]
[sub]- The Union of the Democratic Centre (UCD)[/sub]
[sub]- The Republican Left (IR)[/sub]
[sub]- The Republican Union (UR)[/sub]
[sub]- The People's Socialist Party (PSP)[/sub]
[sub]- The Spanish Socialist Workers' Party (PSOE)[/sub]
[sub]- The Communist Party of Spain (PCE)[/sub]
[sub]- The Basque Nationalist Party (PNV)[/sub]
[sub]- The Republican Left of Catalonia (ERC)[/sub]
[sub]Only time will tell which of these parties will come out on top in the upcoming election.[/sub]
[list]______[/list]
[list][list][pre]VIVA EL REY!
VIVA ESPAÑA!
VIVA LA IMPERIO![/pre][/list][/list]
[list][spoiler=[sub]Our hope is in Christ;
this little mountain will be
the salvation of Spain
and of the people of the Goths;
the mercy of Christ will free us
from that multitude.
Pelayo de Asturias, King of Asturias[/sub]
COMMONWEALTH OF LIBERTY
]
Socialist Democratic Republic Romania
The Confederate Prussian Empire
[/spoiler]
Paramountica, Arcanda, The Confederate Prussian Empire, Amsterwald, Nippon-Nihon, Vancouver Straits, Metropolitan Francais, Abessinienreich, New Provenance, Adriatican Islands, Maziya, Slipway, Mutawakkiliti, Le Equatoria, Zingium
[list][list]January 1967
[sub]An Attempt Foiled[/sub][/list]
[pre]I R A N[/pre]
THE SHAHS LIFE THREATENED
[sub]Anglo Channel[/sub]
[pre]A countrys king can never be at peace.
The fears and trials he faces never cease.
The Persian Book of Kings[/pre]
[sub]Each morning the Shah and the crown prince Reza strolled hand in hand from their residence in the Ekhtessassi Palace in central Tehran across the road to the Marble Palace, the Shah's office, from where the Shahs eldest son was cared after by a governess. But on this day, the crown prince had left earlier. The change in routine prompted the Shah to drive instead of walk to work, and the decision saved his life. As the Shah exited his car and walked toward the palace's main entrance, a young soldier opened fire on him with a small M3 machine gun. At the first sound of shots two sentries on duty abandoned their posts and ran for cover. An attempt by a valet to close the door failed, with the gunman in hot pursuit the Shah dashed inside, up the stairs, and into his office, where two lightly armed bodyguards mounted a courageous last stand. Colonel Kiomars Djahinbini, the head of the Shah's security detail, ran to the scene after hearing the attack over his walkie-talkie.[/sub]
[sub]During the final shoot-out a bullet crashed through the Shah's office door, whistled over the desk, where he took cover, and thudded into the chair he usually sat in to do paperwork. The final spray of automatic gunfire was followed by an ominous silence. The Shah opened the door alive and incredibly, one of the bodyguards had managed to stop the would-be assassination attempt. Word of the assassination plot reached the rest of the royal family with the telephone ringing when the Shahbanu was attending to her morning routine. "Oh, my God, Farah, darling!" Queen Mother Taj ol-Moluk sobbed on the line. Do you know what has happened? Someone has fired on the King!" On hearing this news the Shahbanu gasped and finally, after repeating the words over and over as though in a daze, her mother-in-law had the presence of mind to tell Farah that her husband had survived the attack. [b["Do not worry, all is well," she said and abruptly hung up. Shahbanu Farah went into shock. "I continued putting on my makeup, like an automaton, chanting, 'Thank you, God! Thank you, God!" Then it dawned on her that only Reza's change of routine had saved the lives of both her husband and her son. She ran to her husband's office suite, where courtiers, family, and friends stood gathered around the bodies. They watched with astonishment as the Shah went back to work, displaying his usual sangfroid in times of crisis. Four times in my reign I have been threatened seriously, and four times my life has been spared," he had recently told a visiting Turkish delegate. I must confess that I am beginning to have a mystical sense about my job. I am reaching the conviction, anyway, that I must be here for something!"[/sub]
[sub]His bodyguards could not afford the luxury of believing in a higher power or expecting a sixth miracle-they knew that luck and not divine intervention had prevented a palace massacre. The Special Protection Unit was comprised of three hundred volunteers from the elite Eternals division of the Imperial Guard. New rules were laid down.From now on no regular army soldiers were allowed onto the palace grounds. Colonel Djahinbi-ni's men had their revolvers replaced with automatic weapons and were sent to the United States to receive training from the Secret Service. They also started wearing earpieces for easier communications. The security cordon around the Shah, Shahbanu, and their children was tightened to the point where casual interactions with the public became rare. The most obvious result of the tragedy was the decision to move the Pahlavis away from the crowds and bustling streets of downtown Tehran. The Ekhtessassi Palace was too small anyway for the imperial family, and construction of a new guesthouse for foreign visitors was already under way in the fashionable neighborhood of Niavaran, to the north. Now the decision was made to transform it into a temporary residence for the Imperial Pahlavis until a new, more secure palace could be built elsewhere in the capital. The Shah accepted these strictures without complaint, though he insisted he still drive himself everywhere, but was overruled by the security apparatus, now determined to heighten security for the face of Irans progress and imperial stature.[/sub]
[spoiler=[sub]Written for the RMB Screen of the[/sub]
COMMONWEALTH OF LIBERTY
]
Socialist Democratic Republic Romania
The Confederate Prussian Empire
[/spoiler]
Paramountica, Arcanda, Amsterwald, Nippon-Nihon, Metropolitan Francais, Abessinienreich, New Provenance, Kewtpuff, Adriatican Islands, Maziya, Spain-, Slipway, Mutawakkiliti, Le Equatoria, Zingium
[ The Death of Salazar: Part 3 ]
[ Lisbon Portugal: December 1966 ]
| Following the official announcement of the death to Salazar to the country itself, the government found itself at an impasse on whom to elect to be the next prime minister of the nation. Silva and his co-conspirators had been successful in stopping the government from making the deciding vote for the last couple of months, despite many threats and other issues that followed. During this time, the co-conspirators had been in secret talks with the last surviving members of the Braganza royal family. All of the men, including Silva himself, believed that in order to truly revive patriotism and progress in their country was by bringing back the monarchy of Portugal itself. The last royal of the Braganza household to hold power was Manuel II, whom had unfortunately died at the age of 42. Silva himself had been able to speak with one of the cousins of Manuel II, a member of the family that had gone into a self-imposed exile after the death of Manuel and the rise of the former regime in Portugal itself. Frederico Braganza was the mans name, and was currently at the age of 30. The man had been living in exile in Angola, going under the false name of Alfonso while he was conducting his business of being a lawyer in the colonial territory. He had been raised into the royal family and of course knew all the customs and traditions, while having the savvy of understanding Portuguese law. The plan was to wait until the new year of 1967, to wait until the government had to force a vote for the new leader and then that would be when Silva and the others made their claim. While the idea itself was indeed bold to be sure, there was still a heavy amount of support in Portugal for any form of change at all. Many within the government did not see it, but those that were in the military or the intelligence field did. Talks of change and even revolution could be heard on the streets or in nearby pubs, leaving Silva and the others only a small amount of time before civil war broke out.
Slowly but surely, over the course of the last couple of months, Silva and the others have been able to garner more and more support amongst the military officers. Which if it came down to it, they could force the reinstatement of the monarchy by force if necessary. While this was not the most ideal scenario, the civilian government officials themselves truly would not be able to do much at all. Especially if a majority of the leaders within the military were on their side, and on the side of the king. Silva himself had truly always been a monarchist or a believer in returning the monarchy to the country of Portugal, as the country itself seemed to have more pride in itself. This was of course his own opinion on the matter, but it would hopefully bear fruit in the next month or so when the new king was brought out of hiding. Frederico was not currently in Angola, but had been brought to Lisbon under his false name to avoid any detection by the secret police of the old regime. Currently, he was meeting with Silva and the other conspirators in the wine cellar of Almeidas villa outside of Lisbon. The future king of Portugal was dressed in a simple suit, standing at the head of a wooden table as those around him informed him even more of the ongoing events in the country. Everything from the war in the colonies to the economic stagnation, and it was becoming increasingly clear to him that bureaucracy was the last thing that Portugal needed in order to progress, especially the bureaucracy of a semi-fascist regime or a democratic one that couldnt make up its mind. |
[ Frederico Braganza: ] The more I listen to you gentleman, the more it seems that Portugal is on a knifes edge. Nearly on the brink of civil war, the economy hasnt truly grown at all either. This seems like a powder keg ready to explode, and we must be the ones to stop it. Frederico would state as he lights a cigarette while looking over various papers, from military contracts to the false contracts for the oil rigs off the coast of Angola.
[ Alexandre Silva: ] Unfortunately your majesty, this is only the tip of the knife. More and more of these false contracts exist, never meant to be put into action. The words from Silva cause the soon to be king to breath out a heavy cloud of smoke, clearly in frustration. The main body of the government has been creating these for the last few years, in order to keep the populace silent.
[ Mateus Ramos: ] Ive seen some of the results of these contracts, especially for those of the navy, your majesty. New ships were meant to be built but the designs never touched, or even considered. The military contracts barely make up half of it, the civilian ones are worse. No new factories, no new trade deals or talks. Without any of that, we cant hope to maintain the state as it is. Frederico raises his hand to the man to calm down, as its clear he is becoming very agitated the more he speaks. Snuffing out the cigarette hed stare at more and more of the papers as all was silent, clearly thinking to himself.
[ Frederico Braganza: ] I believe that the time for action, the right time, will be on the 30th of January. Fonseca has informed us that is when the government will decide on its vote, and if we have enough officers and troops to ensure the peace, then it will be bloodless and painless. May god bless our endeavors gentlemen, for the fate of Portugal lies in our hands. The remark has all of them nodding their heads, no truer words could be said. Despite how things looked from the outside to the rest of the world, Portugal itself was in great need of political change and reform. Even if it was at the hands of a reintroduced monarchy, it was deeply needed.
[spoiler=[sub]Written for the RMB Screen of the[/sub]
COMMONWEALTH OF LIBERTY
]
Socialist Democratic Republic Romania
The Confederate Prussian Empire
[/spoiler]
Paramountica, Nippon-Nihon, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Kewtpuff, Adriatican Islands, Maziya, Spain-, Slipway, Mutawakkiliti, Le Equatoria, Zingium
[pre]Sustainment - Why The Liberation Struggle Calls for Terror[/pre]
(aka I forgot about the deadline and now I'm splitting my discussion of ground operations and air operations into two posts)
The extreme increase in the tempo and intensity of American and ARVN operations over the last few months has severely hampered the implementation of Hanois long-term strategic plans. After a series of rapid, well-executed advancements for the cause of Vietnamese liberation; reversal and annihilation seem now to be the order of the day. The sudden, large-scale destruction of NLF forward operating positions by fast moving American and ARVN ground forces has forced NLF forces into a holding pattern. In these wide-ranging campaigns Hanoi-aligned forces made a good accounting for themselves in many cases, especially against ARVN-led operations and those unsupported by American air power. Despite this, most engagements resulted in the withdrawal of NLF personnel and in several cases the destruction of bases and weapons caches. For the foreseeable future, many active large-scale operations of the NLF and PAVN cadres have been cancelled and a defensive posture adopted.
Presently, the majority of these ground operations have been targeted towards the far south of the country, the vicinity of Saigon as well as the central coast provinces. Since the beginning of the Peoples War these have been the most hotly contested regions of the country and their liberation is a vital necessity to the realisation of Vietnamese nationhood. A forced reduction in operations across these provinces represents a considerable setback. However, under the auspices of South Vietnamese Peoples Liberation Army Commander Colonel General Trần Văn Trà, this reorientation of the conflict has come to be seen as a potential opportunity in the long-term process of Vietnamese liberation. Utilising the military theory of Võ Nguyên Giáp, Trần and his staff have begun the implementation of a far more explicitly asymmetric and conservative approach to strategic sustainment. While this would necessitate a partial abandonment of open combat as a means of rapidly concluding the war, against unyielding American strength it may provide the only realistic strategic programme.
Importantly for General Trầns intentions, the focus on Saigon and the central coast implies a lack of American and ARVN knowledge of the means by which cadres are supplied between PAVN logistics stations north of the 17th parallel and their forward operating positions. This partial failure of intelligence and the success of supply networks based on close relationships with local villages will allow the reorientation of NLF focus as needed, with cadres being repositioned away from zones of high activity and melting into the civilian population. From this more reliable position, NLF and PAVN units will be able to utilise flexible networks of tunnels, caches and strongpoints to extend and retract their operational capacity across provinces as needed. While elements of these forces will be designed to engage ARVN and American forces directly if necessary, the majority of NLF forces have been arranged to operate in far smaller cells than previously. The spreading of these troops will allow them to be far less conspicuous and along with their practice of being openly active near-exclusively at night, will enable the spread of fear across American and collaborationist troops with minimal personnel and materiel commitment.
Successful raids and t*rroristic actions have been undertaken with increased regularity since the widespread engineering and adoption of this new tactical approach, including several attacks on American logistics hubs and air bases. To adapt the liberation struggle in the face of American terror bombing and overwhelming firepower, a permanent commitment to moral terror in the minds of the occupier is of utmost importance.
[spoiler=Written for the RMB Screen of the
COMMONWEALTH OF LIBERTY
]
Socialist Democratic Republic Romania
The Confederate Prussian Empire
Virnall[/spoiler]
Paramountica, Amsterwald, Nippon-Nihon, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Kewtpuff, Adriatican Islands, Maziya, The Kemalist Republic Of Turkiye, Spain-, Slipway, Le Equatoria, Zingium
[list][list]SHOWA 42 | FEBRUARY 1967[/list]
[list][list]佐藤万歳!
[pre]SATO BANZAI![/pre][/list][/list]
[pre] T E N T H E L E C T I O N [/pre]
[list][list][sub][pre] オー・スネイル 富士山に登ろう でも、ゆっくり、ゆっくり
O Snail; Climb Mount Fuji But slowly, slowly![/pre][/sub][/list][/list]
TOKYO, TOKYO BAY MORNINGTIME
[sub]THE LAND OF THE RISING SUN, Nippon-Nihon[/sub]
| Japans election laws are so complex that candidates must read a 200-page manual on what to do and what not to do during elections. If he campaigns by car, he can only say Please vote for me. He can only use one boat if he campaigns by sea or river. He will only be able to make 60 speeches, no more than three of them on the radio. He cannot serve anything stronger than tea and light cookies. It's not exactly a diet for the Diet, but it seems more than appropriate for the countrys 63,500,000 eligible voters. As Japans election approached, they were getting some fresh food for thought. When Prime Minister EISAKU SATO dissolved the Diet, it appeared that the main issue of the campaign would be the allegations of corruption that had shrouded his Government in the BLACK MIST. Not so. Japans newspapers and public opinion were keeping an eye on recent events in Red China. Campaigning from northern Honshu and Shikoku, SATO responded: |
[list]| EISAKU SATO, [sub]THE PRIME MINISTER[/sub] | We should never follow our neighbors example. They have no freedom, and without freedom, how could anyone find a life worth living? This is why you should never trust your vote to parties like the Socialists or Communists.[/list]
| All of this should have infuriated Socialist Leader KOZON SASAKI, as his party represents Japans second-largest party. SASAKI only responded with his standard attacks on the U.S., and demands for Japanese neutrality, with many references to corruption. The most exciting thing was the debut of Komeito, the political arm of Soka Gakkai. Competing for 32 seats, Komeitos candidates were young and had a lot of energy to spare. The estimate on the eve of the elections was that SATO and the Liberal Democrats would win, but could suffer slight losses due to their maximum of 294 seats in the last legislature. |
Paramountica, Amsterwald, The Great Expanses, Israelli, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Kewtpuff, Adriatican Islands, Maziya, Spain-, Slipway, Mutawakkiliti, Gelcia, Le Equatoria, Zingium
[list][list]JULY 1966
[sub]Mossad Chief Emeritus[/sub][/list]
[pre] E R E T Z I S R A E L Y A F A ¹[/pre]
GIVAT RAM MORNINGTIME
[sub]JERUSALEM, Israelli[/sub]
| Among Israels most esteemed citizens, ISSER HAREL stands out, director of Mossad for the last 15 years, the clandestine intelligence agency. Following his retirement in 63, the government naturally extended an invitation to the intelligence chief to continue offering his services as an advisor. When it came to issues of national security, HAREL became LEVI ESHKOL, Prime Minister of Israels personal advisor last year. At Mossad, HARELs secretive successor, MEIR AMIT, vehemently resisted any interference with the agency and twice threatened to step down. When the PRIME MINISTER was in a bind, he would usually settle with keeping HAREL at a desk with nothing to do with him to sustain the separation between the old and new intelligence guard. In return, HAREL resigned his post in a furious display, sidelined from Jerusalems most urgent security discussions. |
| At HEBREW UNIVERSITY of JERUSALEM however the former Mossad chief made his sentiments known before an assembled crowd of college graduate-level students. |
[list]| ISSER HAREL, [sub]Former Mossad Chief[/sub] | I feel that I am, as of now, a worried citizen over the management of our Israel by the Eshkol government and its cabinet ministers. However my concerns remain far more serious than the politic alone.[/list]
| While HAREL did not provide any major information in an interview with a publication, HAARETZ, he did say that he was present in Argentina in 1960 to oversee the operation to bring Eichmann to trial here in Israel. After news of HARELs university speech spread to government circles, speculation grew that much had come from DAVID BEN-GUIRON, who left Eshkols government to form Rafi, as Mapai party leaders theorized, such ponders let to a circulation of a plethora of replacements, such as Foreign Minister GOLA MEIR or Finance Minister PINHAS SAPIR. The speculation hurt ESHKOLs reputation at a time when the economy was in a slump and unemployment was on the rise, however Bands of terrorists based in Syria had been launching terror waves at the Israeli border towns for over a week. Amidst the Sea of Galilee, The PRIME MINISTER unleashed a volley of supersonic warplanes that zipped eight kilometers into Syria as retaliation. The Israeli air force successfully shot down a Syrian MIG-21 in the subsequent combat, making it the first incident of its kind. The IDF Mirage was manufactured in France United Nations monitors were quick to respond after Israel sent a message to the Security Council however the HAREL-RAFI sentiments remained, although subsequently tampered as the nation turned once again to affairs of military focus. |
__
[sub]¹ A Series: ERETZ ISRAEL YAFA Stories from inside Israel during the 1950s, alternate in nature with Israels 1948 establishment as per IC canon establishment.[/sub]
Paramountica, Amsterwald, Nippon-Nihon, Metropolitan Francais, Abessinienreich, New Provenance, Kewtpuff, Adriatican Islands, Maziya, Spain-, Slipway, Mutawakkiliti, Le Equatoria, Zingium
[list][list]OCTOBER 1966
[sub]McNamara at Joint Andrews[/sub]
[pre] V I E T N A M ¹ [/pre][/list]
[list][sub][pre]Less Likely, Four Enclosed Walls, The Forever Rain.[/pre][/sub]
[pre]Yet another fact-finding mission to Saigon . . .[/pre][/list]
MILITARY AIR TRANSPORT SERVICE (MATS), SKIES ABOVE AFTERNOON
[sub]CONTINENTAL AIRSPACE, Paramountica[/sub]
| The Air Force MATS Boeing 707 soars over continental America, en route to Joint Andrews Air Force Base, on the outskirts of Washington D.C. On board, important U.S. Government & Pentagon officials are seated comfortably, all lead by Defense Secretary, ROBERT McNAMARA on his 8th fact-finding mission to Vietnam Sv. We focus on DANIEL ELLSBERG, in a tweed suit, a Pentagon and RAND Corporation analyst, who traveled along with the team, seeing the action first hand on the battlefield jungles of Vietnam. ELLSBERG stares out of the cabin window beside his seat, in a gaze, thinking, as a man leans over to him, nearly shouting by now. |
[list]| DoD STAFFER, [sub]Military Air Transport Service[/sub] | Dan? Dan. DAN![/list]
| ELLSBERG turns to face him, finally acknowledging him. |
[list]| DoD STAFFER, [sub]Military Air Transport Service[/sub] | Secretary would like a word. You wanna follow me?[/list]
| ELLSBERG rises from his seat, following the man to the front of the aircraft, passing row after row of seats, only a dozen or so seated, not many on board. They finally reach the front of the aircraft, behind a makeshift oak paneling and light blue-gray curtain. The only area with a table before the seats. ELLSBERG turns to his left, where he sees the Defense Secretary McNAMARA, who has served as Defense Secretary since the Kennedy Administration, now in the Johnson Administration, known for his IBM Computer mind and Mr. ROBERT KOMER, interim National Security Advisor after McGEORGE BUNDY departed the White House, leaving KOMER to deal with the Administrations Vietnam pacification campaign. McNAMARA, in his light gray suit and dark blue tie is clearly annoyed at KOMER as ELLSBERG enters the area. |
[list]| ROBERT McNAMARA, [sub]Defense Secretary[/sub] | Well, you can say what you want to the President Ive read every one of Ellsbergs reports and Im telling you, it's just not the case Dan, you know Mr. Komer.[/list]
| He relaxes for a moment, as he introduces ELLSBERG to KOMER whom they both nod to each other. |
[list]| ROBERT McNAMARA, [sub]Defense Secretary[/sub] | Hes been discussing the war with the President, and well, his sense is that weve made real progress over the past year, but Ive been doing my own review, and it seems to me . . . that things have gotten worse. But neither of us have been in the field. You have, youre the one who knows. So what do you say? Are things better or worse?[/list]
| ELLSBERG takes a moment, thinking. Behind him, a few Pentagon BRASS COMMAND STAFF are seated on a bench-style seating area directed toward the table area. |
[list]| DANIEL ELLSBERG, [sub]Rand Corporation Analyst[/sub] | Well, Mr. Secretary . . . what Im most impressed by is how much things are the same.[/list]
| McNAMARA rises to his feet, energized. |
[list]| ROBERT McNAMARA, [sub]Defense Secretary[/sub] | You see! Thats exactly what Im saying.[/list]
| McNAMARA goes to close the curtain thus separating the area from the rest of the jet cabin. His remarks are directed at KOMER now. |
[list]| ROBERT McNAMARA, [sub]Defense Secretary[/sub] | We put another 100,000 troops into the field, things are no better. To me, that means things are actually getting worse![/list]
| McNAMARA turns to ELLSBERG who is still there. |
[list]| ROBERT McNAMARA, [sub]Defense Secretary[/sub] | Thank you, Dan.[/list]
| That is ELLSBERGs cue to leave, as McNAMARA goes to take his own seat and continue the discussion with the Pentagon advisors and Defense Department staff. |
ANDREWS AFB, MARYLAND, Paramountica AFTERNOON
| Holding onto his briefcase, with his tan overcoat on, Defense Secretary McNAMARA is the first to disembark from the aircraft by the airstair. Confident, he smiles to the PRESS CORE who are on the tarmac. McNAMARA proceeds to the waiting stand of microphones, no podium. |
[list]| NEWS PRESSMEN, [sub](Nearly in unison)[/sub] | MR. SECRETARY! MR. SECRETARY! SIR! How was your trip, sir?[/list]
| As the attending PRESS clamor to get a word. Behind him, the rest of the aircrafts passengers, Defense Department STAFFERS, Pentagon OFFICERS in their uniforms, disembark and walk away from McNAMARA and his crowd of NEWSMEN. |
[list]| ROBERT McNAMARA, [sub]Defense Secretary[/sub] | Good afternoon, gentlemen. I dont have any prepared remarks, but Id be very happy to take your questions one at a time. Mark.
| MARK, [sub]The New York Times[/sub] | Mr. Secretary, Im wondering if the trip left you optimistic or pessimistic about our prospects in this war and our ability to win it.
| ROBERT McNAMARA, [sub]Defense Secretary[/sub] | He asked whether I was optimistic or pessimistic. Today, I can tell you that military progress over the past 12 months has exceeded our expectations. Were very encouraged by what were seeing in Vietnam. In every respect, were making progress.[/list]
| The press reporters all begin to ask questions all at once yet again, all trying to get the Defense Secretarys attention. |
[list]| ROBERT McNAMARA, [sub]Defense Secretary[/sub] | And I'm pleased to have had Bob Komer along for the trip. So he could see for himself that weve been shown great improvement in every dimension of the war effort.[/list]
| ELLSBERG having disembarked from the aircraft, now afar, as McNamara continues to lie to the Press Core reporters, glancing over, he sees McNAMARA smile as he points to another reporter to answer yet another question. |
[pre]Yet another fact-finding mission to Saigon . . .
. . . By October 1966, General WESTMORELAND commanded approximately 325,000 personnel in South Vietnam, including around 200,000 members of the U.S. Army.[/pre]
__
[sub]¹ A Series: VIETNAM Ongoing American activities in South Vietnam, an Epic Tragedy of sorts that sought to sustain the Republic of Vietnam from northern Communist encroachment.[/sub]
Amsterwald, The Great Expanses, Socialist Democratic Republic Romania, Nippon-Nihon, Metropolitan Francais, Abessinienreich, New Provenance, Kewtpuff, Adriatican Islands, Maziya, Spain-, Slipway, Mutawakkiliti, Le Equatoria, Zingium
5th of February 1967
Marrakeshi International Newspaper
The end of Morocco's post Civil War peace, and the effects of it.
| A year after the end of the national ceasefire in Morocco, Morocco has seen much improvements. These improvements include, reconstruction of many cities, further rights to Berbers, a restructuring of the governance systems, and a rise in literacy. The Moroccan Civil War has been remembered for many things, namely the level of damage it caused. The full extent of casualties caused by the war is beginning to be uncovered, as more and more people seek to understand what really happened during and after it. |
| Meanwhile, in the World Cup Balafrej and Mohammed V showed their immense pride in the Moroccan team, as it made it all the way to the round of 16. They both watched many games played by the team, and even congratulated the best of the players in person. Balafrej has offered a large expansion in funding for the team, allocating millions of funds towards the national team. Along with this, is the training of both Berber and Arab players, to include people of all groups within Morocco to become players representing Morocco out on the playing field. |
| In Moroccan politics, with the new era of peace, many political parties have started rising in prominence. With elections coming soon, many expect incumbent Ahmed Balafrej to continue serving, while many hope to see a new political party be elected instead of him. What everyone is hoping is that with these new elections it will not cause another period of mass instability. Communist and Socialist activity continues in the nation, while many hope that neither of these come to further prominence, there is a growing percentage that wishes to see these parties be elected provincially. All the while, military officials begin to become more and more politically active, much to the distaste of the prime minister and the king. |
| In other news, Moroccan industry has boomed in the last few years under Balafrej and the new government. The Moroccan economy has seen great improvement reaching above pre civil war levels. Balafrej has much more respect and admiration from the average Moroccan thanks to this, as many attribute these successes to him and Mohammed V. Mohammed V has helped encourage industrialization, and closer relations with other nations, especially ones aligned to the west. This is a purposeful act in a mass movement of anti socialism/anti communism in the nation, and in many countries allied to the west. |
| In closing regards, the Marrakeshi International Newspaper, is excited to see what is to come for the future of Morocco, and hopes the world is ready to watch. Coming up after this is the planned documentation of what really happened in the Moroccan Civil War, with the true extent of the casualties and crimes. As well as, recent acts done by the military, being thought of by many people to be pushing Morocco down a very bad path. |
Paramountica, Amsterwald, Socialist Democratic Republic Romania, Nippon-Nihon, Metropolitan Francais, Abessinienreich, New Provenance, Kewtpuff, Adriatican Islands, Maziya, Spain-, Slipway, Mutawakkiliti, Gelcia, Le Equatoria, Zingium
[list]September 1966
[sub]Erlanders Party[/sub][/list]
[pre]ERLANDER WINS LEADERSHIP ELECTION & BECOMES PRIME MINISTER![/pre]
FOLKETING
[sub]COPENHAGEN, Canovia MORNING[/sub]
[sub]As beloved party leader and prime minister Einar Gerhardsen departed parliament for the last time the question of leadership for both the party and the nation came into question. As many members within the Social Democratic Party considered putting in their bids for the leadership only three candidates stood out to replace Gerhardsen as both party leader and prime minister. In his resignation speech, Gerhardsen made clear his visions for the future of the party and the nation wanting a new generation of leadership to take over rather than the old time politicians taking his place. Nonetheless, three candidates would place their bids and wait several months as members of the party in government and the general SDP voters would cast their votes on who should become the next Secretary General of the Social Democratic Party of United Scandinavia.[/sub]
[sub]As Deputy Prime Minister and Deputy Secretary of the SDP Tage Erlander, one of the founding fathers of United Scandinavia would temporarily become Secretary General and Prime Minister of the United Scandinavia until a new leader could be elected. As one of the three candidates to place his bid for the leadership, Erlander has been Gerhardsens right hand man since his first term with many believing that he would be the successor to Gerhardsen if he had resigned in the past. But seen as an old remnant of the party and the nation as a whole, many young SDP voters saw his candidacy as stagnant. His commitment to fully aligning Scandinavia with the west and hopeful chances of Scandinavia joining the European Community earned him much support for those who supported Scandinavias entry into the EC.[/sub]
[sub]Someone from the younger generation of the SDP, Sven Olof Palme was recently appointed as Minister of Communications in 1965 during the last few months of Gerhardsens final term. Although new in the cabinet his political career was noticed by many of the higher levels of government earning him much respect within the SDP. A rising star Olof Palme offered a visionary and ambitious approach towards Nordic Politics, wanting to steer Scandinavia towards an independent domestic and international policy. A pacifist at heart Palme, although privately opposed US involvement in Vietnam calling it unnecessary violence and a disappointment of human rights and nature. Sceptical of the European Community, Palme preferred a more neutral approach to politics and international affairs wanting to focus more on domestic issues and closer Nordic cooperation between neighbors Iceland and Finland.[/sub]
[sub]Lastly, Otto Krag Minister of Foreign Affairs would be the third candidate to place his bid for the leadership. Representing Scandinavia on behalf of the Prime Minister since 1958 he too was considered an old remnant of the nations political past and was too a person who Gerhardsen would not consider fit to govern the nation. Although an old timer he was most experienced within the international community, which his position to increase interactions with the west, integrate with the European Community and to shape Scandinavias foreign policy into his direction, with a more aggressive approach towards the Soviets in regards to more NATO cooperation and military spending.[/sub]
[sub]After weeks of voting it would be decided that Tage Erlander would be elected as party leader, with Olof Palme coming in a close second. With Erlander becoming the new Secretary General of the SDP, his position would automatically make him become Scandinavias second prime minister.[/sub]
[spoiler=[sub]Written for the RMB Screen of the[/sub]
COMMONWEALTH OF LIBERTY
]
Socialist Democratic Republic Romania
[/spoiler]
Paramountica, Rutannia, Amsterwald, Nippon-Nihon, Metropolitan Francais, Abessinienreich, New Provenance, Kewtpuff, Adriatican Islands, Maziya, Spain-, Slipway, Le Equatoria, Zingium
[pre]|1966|[/pre]
[list][list][list][pre]PRC ★ PEOPLES REPUBLIC OF CHINA
中华人民共和国 |[/pre][/list][/list][/list]
THE THIRD FIVE-YEAR PLAN :
THE THIRD FIVE-YEAR PLAN LAUNCHES ALONGSIDE COMRADE MAOS GLORIOUS CULTURAL REVOLUTION!
第三个五年计划:
第三个五年计划与毛泽东同志光荣的文化革命同时启动!
[sub]Everything under Heaven is in utter chaos; the situation is excellent! - 一 天地万物一片混乱;情况非常好! - Mao Tse-tung[/sub]
[pre]| With a backdrop of one the greatest cultural changes in human history occurring across China the goals of the Chinese Communist Party in terms of economic development stayed dead set regardless of the distractions of civil upheaval. The independence of the Chinese economy and industrial capabilities was paramount to Mao and the Party alongside the continued modernization of industry, agriculture, national defense, and technology! This plan was originally planned to be enacted in 63 but the dislocated beast that was the Chinese Economy in 63 prevented this from being feasible in the mind of the Party. The ambition of China continues to go up even with the backdrop of mass civil upheaval! |[/pre]
[pre]| Threats of war have come to China with the Vietnam situation, Soviet Social Imperialism, and the Rebellious Province of Taiwan. The need for a strong independent Chinese Military was paramount to preserving the accomplishments of the Chinese Communist Party! The Gulf of Tonkin Incident pushed the priorities of developing heavy industries and Defense industries especially in the interior of the Nation. The threat of Imperialists invading China grew day by day as the United States continued to wage war against the people of Vietnam! |[/pre]
[list][list][pre]SERVE THE PEOPLE![/pre][/list][/list]
[list][list][pre]为人民服务![/pre][/list][/list]
[spoiler=[sub]Written for the RMB Screen of the[/sub]
COMMONWEALTH OF LIBERTY
]
Socialist Democratic Republic Romania
[/spoiler]
Paramountica, Rutannia, Amsterwald, The Great Expanses, Socialist Democratic Republic Romania, Nippon-Nihon, Metropolitan Francais, Abessinienreich, New Provenance, Kewtpuff, Adriatican Islands, Maziya, Spain-, Slipway, Mutawakkiliti, Le Equatoria, Zingium, Nieu Holland
The Anti-Nyerere Plot
March 1967 - October 1969
The Gang of 11 met in the coffee shops of Dodoma, and began to plot how they would remove President Nyerere. Two camps formed within the plotters themselves, those who wanted Nyerere dead, and those who wanted him politically neutralized.
On the side of those who wanted Nyerere dead, William Chacha would be the most powerful rallying voice. Chacha had been attached to the Peoples Republic. He argued that the Chinese had not assassinated Mao, and as such he was able to thunder back and reassert his authority in the devastation of the Cultural Revolution. Drawing parallels Chacha pointed out that Nyerere too had started his own cultural revolution as an imitation of Mao, and would like him to be a threat, even if he was removed from power. Chachas separation of emotion from the desires to have Nyerere assassinated, made the position of those on his side seem rational, level-headed, and non-retributive.
Meanwhile, Kambona rested with those who wanted to see Nyerere politically weakened but unharmed. Arguing that while Nyerere had done unconscionable things, that this did not mean they should respond with the same brutality. To Kambona and those like the Chipake brothers, political violence should be avoided, and suppressed. An alive Nyerere, who was resigned to his fate, could do much to mend fences and prevent a civil war, especially by the radicalized Green Guards.
After extensive debate, Kambona and his faction would win out, with assassination of President Nyerere being reserved only for if absolutely necessary. For Vice President Abeid Karume, both sides mutually agreed to have him killed. Karume was a repugnant man, known for forcing himself onto women, and then arresting, and disappearing their families if they refused. His death would be one no one defended, no one protested, and no one shed a single tear over.
Phase 1: The Media Circus
The plan to get rid of President Nyerere would be one of stirring public discontent against him, and for this they would need the long arm of the Daily Nationalist, the state-owned news media that had readers all across the United Republic. Next they would need the stories. Instead of going with a single event, Grey Mataka head of the Daily Nationalist would compile a list of the recent crimes of the Nyerere Presidency.
In this list would include the massacres that were carried out to force the villagization of the rural populace. This would include the forced settlement of the Datooga people, formerly largely nomadic peoples that Nyerere had tried to forcefully settle. Their numbers as a tribe had shrunk and their culture withered under the abuses of the state in the last decade.
The crimes of the Cultural Revolution would also be written about in its totality. From the mini-skirt war, to the attacks on political moderates, and the numerous murders, and sexual attacks.
Most important to all of these crimes would be reports, and pictures, both of which would be compiled and released by Kambona, whos Ministry of Home Affairs was responsible for the suppression of this information.
Phase 2: An Army Reminded of Their Duty
The next important step would be to secure the support of the armed forces and the police. Eliyah Chipaka and Alfred Millinga would be tasked with this job. This would not be a very difficult task, both were relatively popular within their respective circles, and both could convince local garrisons to not openly suppress, or shoot protestors who were simply using their constitutional rights. Moreover, they would secure protest permits from the Ministry of Home Affairs, and the Chief of Police in multiple districts. Both would convince local garrisons and the police to help ensure peaceful accordance with the law was upheld. This meant indirectly they would target any of the Green Guards who were likely to show up and try to attack protestors for their actions.
Phase 3: Womens Hold Up Half the Sky
As pressure would mount from the protests, Bibi Mohammed would encourage women who were a part of the Womens Union of Tanzania to go on the march. The point of this protest would be barbed criticisms of delaying protections for women in divorce and the workplace, denial of equal rights, and failure to afford protection against female genital mutilation, and forced marriages. Mobilizing most of the women of the party against Nyerere, who had rendered women subservient, would further pressure the party to topple the President
Phase 4: A Conservative Smychka.
As a final blow Michael Kamaliza would contact the National Trade Union Congress of Tanzania, the trade union center of Tanzania, and the one all local trade unions were centralized under by President Nyerere. Despite being largely sidelined by the Nyerere government, Kamaliza still was the Minister of Manpower, so he would organize the NTUCT to launch a massive strike. Kamaliza would also contact peasants in the newly created New Model. The only positive of these new villages is that they were connected to the central government, meaning any protests would be easier to organize, and faster for news to reach the government.
Phase 5: Hitting Them in Their Wallets and Filling Ours
While avowedly a socialist organization, the United Front still relied on friendly businesses for money, and support. An important step for this would be weakening the ties between businessmen and the party. Lucky for the gang of 11, most businesses remained bound to the party out of fear rather than genuine support. The corporate-government-labor triangle began to rapidly break down as the government adopted increasingly anti-business policies.
Labour market rigidity, high tariffs, and an overvalued currency had not delivered the desired funds necessary to industrialize over the past 8 years of Nyereres time as leader. Despite this rounded denunciation of Import Substitution Industrialization, Nyerere had openly refused trade, refused to cut tariffs, and refused to open to further foreign investment citing the state of nations like Cote dIvoire, and Cameroon. This was the beginning of a wedge between businessmen, and the President, that only grew more pronounced after his doubling down at Arusha. While the economy grew, it was nowhere near the path of South Africa, Yugoslavia, or the fabled eastern economies of Singapore, Thailand, and Korea.
Using this to their advantage, the conspirators would establish ties with businessmen, providing bribes from American, and English sources, while promising a free trade regime, and loosening bureaucratic strangling, and SOE incompetence.
Phase 5: The Final Leap of Faith
With every fabric of society in open protest of the governments actions, the military and police having signed off on the protests, and the women of the party rebelling against it, the final act of the scheme would fall to one man, John Chipaka. Despite having been the leader of the Tanzanian section of the African National Congress, he would still be considered on the senior leaders of the United Front of Tanzania. With this senior status he would float a simple action, the only power still reserved to the legislature, the Impeachment of President Julius Nyerere. Under the charges that he had betrayed his oath to the constitution, extralegally sidestepped the powers of the judiciary and legislature, and inflicted untold amounts of death, and misery upon the populace as a whole.
This was by far the most risky part of the scheme. Even if large sections of society joined the protests there would be an even larger sect who were apathetic at best, to openly against them at worst. Tanzanian culture and society generally rejected liberal democracy, and veered towards a well ordered, and at best authoritarian democracy. Any new government would have to take into account the desires of the silent majority.
Kambona, who was already selected to be the head of the new government would promise to any backers he could meet, a reduction of state totalitarianism, cutting down on media and assembly restrictions, while keeping a firm grip on ethnic nationalists, race-baiters, and communist subversion. For all those who couldnt be convinced by Kambona, or threatened by the rising tide of protests, there was a single final option, and it was one Kambona did not want to use. Potlako Leballo the grifter, and conman, would be employed to use his tricks. Bribery, and blackmail using his wide web of outer and inter-state connections. It was certain that with his help, the remaining men would be compelled to fall into line.
With the plan in motion the Gang of 11, began their move forward, but of course the largest question hung above their heads: What if Nyerere refused to resign?
Paramountica, Nippon-Nihon, Metropolitan Francais, Abessinienreich, New Provenance, Kewtpuff, Maziya, Spain-, Slipway, Mutawakkiliti, Le Equatoria
FEBRUARY , 1967
Bandar Tutong,Brunei
Akta Kompromi Parti
| With the last [URL=https://www.nationstates.net/page=rmb/postid=54249215]meeting[/URL] between Hadif Rayyan, and Tunku Abdul Rahman. Resulting in a dud, as Tunku Abdul Rahman demanded for more democratic principles to be put in place within Brunei. Hadif would spend time writing up his next act of democratisation of the nation. The Akta Kompromi Parti, an act designed to bring back political parties but still limit them, so political entities won't have the same amount of freedom as they did back during the era of the Maziyan republic's. |
| The new act, contains the following points:
[List][I] There can be an infinite amount of political parties, but only the two most popular parties can serve in government.
The two most popular parties can only gain positions under the term People's Power that was established in the [URL=https://www.nationstates.net/page=rmb/postid=54203359]'66 Akta Kompromi Demokrasi[/url]. Meanwhile other parties, that didn't reach the height of popularity required, cannot gain any form of government positions.
All recognised parties would be placed into a ballot for people to vote on, to determine popularity.
A recognised party is a party that has been approved by the government. How a party can gain recognised status, is that a party leader has to send a letter to be reviewed by a government official. The letter has to contain the party name, and a description of their ideology.
The one who will grant recognised status is gonna be a newly established position. The rasmi of people's politics, like other rasmi positions. The president will select the individual who will hold the position, due to all rasmi's being part of the presidential cabinet.
ideologies that wouldn't be accepted, are ideologies that are described as being anarchic, those that don't separate religion from state, and those on the extreme left. Ideologies that are described as having bits of leftism is considered acceptable. [/I] |[/list]
| Hadif would talk with his deputy president, Azim Hani. Hadif had called in Azim to ask him who he thinks would fit best, to become the rasmi of people's politics, but Azim changed the subject to tell him [I](Hadif)[/I]:
[List][I]" Tunku Abdul Rahman will never be satisfied. Your being naïve to think, that he would actually accept Brunei into the union. "[/I][/list]
Hadif would bite back by telling Azim:
[List][I]" I'd have to be naïve, to set aside the possibility of him having an insidious plot. There's still a million things I haven't done, but just you wait, just you wait. "[/I][/list]
Azim would just roll his eyes, as they get to the topic at hand, and decide on having Farhad Akhbar Khan as the rasmi of people's politics. Due to Farhad's popularity among the majority Malay population, and the more moderate Islamist. |
| Farhad, and Hadif would meet face to face for the first time. Farhad not wanting to miss his chance to regain relevancy in politics, would accept the job offer to become the rasmi of people's politics. Like [URL=https://www.nationstates.net/page=rmb/postid=53776433]Kesar-Taj Rhyan Saige[/URL], Farhad also made the same oath to the president. |
| With the new act, having been enacted. The first batch of recognised parties were formed. With those parties being:
[List][I]i. Parti Khemah Besar, led by Briane Ricuelmae James
ii. Parti Nasionalis Melayu-Brunei, led by Farhad Akhbar Khan
iii. Parti Kǔnist, led by Low Khar Khooi
iv. Parti Rakyat Brunei, led by A.M. Azahari
v. Parti Tindakan Nasionalis, led by Aisy Rayyan[/I] |[/list]
______________________________________________
[spoiler=[sub]Written for the RMB Screen of the[/sub]
COMMONWEALTH OF LIBERTY
]
Socialist Democratic Republic Romania
The Confederate Prussian Empire
[/spoiler]
Paramountica, Rutannia, Amsterwald, Nippon-Nihon, Metropolitan Francais, Abessinienreich, New Provenance, Kewtpuff, Spain-, Slipway, Mutawakkiliti, Le Equatoria
Post by Svalandia suppressed by Paramountica.
Hello!
[list][list][pre]✰ DEMOCRATIC REPUBLIC OF CONGO ✰
~ THE CONGO CRISIS ~[/pre][/list][/list]
[pre]After the fall of Stanleyville in early August, the People's Republic of the Congo was immediately proclaimed with Gizenga at its head. Remnants of the ANC fled west to establish a rival government in Lisala. As tensions escalated, neighboring countries and international actors became increasingly involved in the conflict. Western countries provided diplomatic and military support to General Kishimura and the army in the west, while others backed the PRC and offered limited military assistance to Simba militias in the east. Sudan emerged as a key player, allegedly facilitating arms trafficking from Yambo village to the Simbas, raising questions about whether it was a coordinated effort by the Sudanese government or driven by corrupt army officers seeking personal gain. The United Arab Republic also showed its support for Gizenga by acting as their contact with most of the outside world. Cairo would also assist financially and provide material aid under the table. For the ANC, the bulk of their support during the war came from two main sources: the French and the Zairians. France was by far the biggest foreign player during the conflict, providing military training, weapons, and logistical support to the ANC. The French government saw the conflict as an opportunity to maintain influence in the region and protect its economic interests. Additionally, the Zairians, led by Banza, provided crucial support to the ANC by supplying them with resources such as foodstuffs and munitions. Lastly, the French had another card to play: the deployment of Les mercenaires, a group of highly skilled and experienced soldiers of fortune.[/pre]
[pre]France, having just won out over the Algerian War, was not interested in direct military involvement in the Congo. Thus, it was contended by army minister Pierre Messmer that the best course of action was indirect involvement. That indirect involvement is the Groupe Commando Volontaire (Voluntary Commando Group). The GCV is a collection of mostly French military veterans acting as a covert mercenary group to carry out operations in the region without attracting international attention or scrutiny. Notably, some non-French were also recruited into the GCV, specifically British, Rhodesian, Belgian, and South African mercenaries. In late August, the GCV was brought to Lisala from Zaire for the counterattack. Colonel Bob Denard, a highly experienced and renowned mercenary with a history of serving in African conflicts, was appointed as General Kishimura's military advisor due to his strategic expertise. Alongside the regular army, the GCV mercenaries were divided into four main units: the 4th Commando, the 5th Commando, the 6th Commando, and the 10th Commando. America also intervened on behalf of the Congolese army by providing aircraft and Cuban-exile pilots to assist in the fight against the rebels. Mercenaries were not just limited to the west, as the PRC employed its own mercenaries in support of the rebels. Most of these tended to consist of Sudanese bushmen, some Arabs serving as advisors or technical support, and Cubans under the command of Che Guevara fighting alongside the Simba militias.[/pre]
[pre]The ANC offensive, Operation Dragon Noir, began on September 1st, 1964. The 6th Commando, led by Bob Denard, and the Congolese 22nd Light Infantry Brigade fought their way east. The 10th Commando, led by Colonel René Faulques, conducted an airborne raid on Ubundu with the assistance of the Zairian Air Force. From September to late November, the ANC and the Mercenaries quickly retook ground from the Simba militias. Culminating in the liberation of Stanleyville on the 25th of November after the Congolese army and the mercenaries pushed the Simba's out. The liberation of Stanleyville marked a significant turning point in the conflict, as it severely weakened the Simba militias and boosted morale among the ANC. Following their victory, the ANC and Mercenaries continued to push eastward, reclaiming more territory from the remaining Simba strongholds. Effectively, the last major battles took place in early 1965 as the command and logistical structure of the Simba's collapsed, leading to a rapid decline in their power and influence. With their strongholds being reclaimed by the ANC, the Simba militias were left scattered and disorganized, further diminishing their ability to mount any significant resistance. Gizenga himself would once again flee in exile to Sudan before settling in the UAR, where he and other leaders of the PSA would continue to advocate for the Simba cause and seek support from other African nations. Despite their scattered state, pockets of Simba resistance would persist for several more years, but without centralized leadership or resources, they were unable to pose a significant threat to the advancing forces. Ultimately, the defeat of the Simba rebellion marked a turning point in the Congolese civil war and paved the way for a period of relative stability in the region. By December of 1965, the military government had declared an end to all major operations. However, there was still unfinished business, and with Léonard Mulamba emerging as the hero of the east during the crisis, he began to plot to overthrow General Kishimura from power.[/pre]
[list][list][spoiler=[sub]Written for the RMB Screen of the[/sub]
COMMONWEALTH OF LIBERTY
]
Socialist Democratic Republic Romania
The Confederate Prussian Empire
[/spoiler]
Paramountica, Rutannia, Amsterwald, Metropolitan Francais, Abessinienreich, New Provenance, Kewtpuff, Maziya, Spain-, Slipway, Mutawakkiliti
Post self-deleted by Nippon-Nihon.
[B]TROUBLE IN PARADISE!
[sub]| 30 May5 June 1967 | Associated State of St. Christopher-Nevis-Anguilla, British Leeward Islands |[/sub]
Troubles and turmoils had been boiling within the tripartite associated state since at least 1966. Nevis and Anguilla equitably resented their place under subjugative jurisdiction of the much larger St. Christopher. Representing them from the capital, Basseterre, Robert L. Bradshaw, a Kittitian, presided over all three with a degree of near impunity. Public subsidies, infrastructure projects, and even tourism were seemingly relegated through St. Kitts above all else, with most of it never reaching the other two isles in the conglomerated state. Despite heavy opposition from Anguillans and Nevisians, Bradshaw cared little for their concerns, and even less for their eventual disaffection. Whilst St. Kitts expands it's urban landscape, with all the modern amenities one could find in most other countries, Anguilla and Nevis are left devoid of electricity and plumbing. In the case of Nevis, electricity was brought to the island for the construction of it's first radio station on Saddle Hill about 8km northeast of Charlestown in 1954. On the other hand, Anguilla only had a single traffic stop-light located in The Valley's main square. Insultingly, funds allocated by Britain for the construction of a new pier in Anguilla were usurped by Premier Bradshaw who then had "Anguilla" Pier built instead on St. Kitts.
Subsequently, Anguillan subordination to the central government of St. Christopher lasted but three months, promulgating the Anguillan Revolution on 30 May 1967, during which the island of less than 6,000 took to protest in the streets of their capital, The Valley. Their call; To be free from the union state of St. Christopher-Nevis-Anguilla, and return to the autonomous self-governance it previously enjoyed as a seperate crown colony. As part of a wider sub-set of demonstrations that day, a furious mob of Anguillans purported to be armed and led by a local revolutionary, Tennison K. Dover, crowded the capital police precinct, a force wholly comprised of constables from St. Kitts, making hand-delivery of an ultimatum to it's commissioner demanding they vacate all personnel from the island by first light. By 04:32 the next morning, Wednesday, 31 May 1967, every last Kittitian officer was sent off to Basseterre with a message from the leaders of Anguilla's Revolution, Saint Christopher presided over them no longer. Later that same day, Anguillan rebels under T.K. Dover raided the precinct and a small storehouse nearby, getting hold of what arms and munitions they could. Emboldened, Dover's mob patrolled the dusty roads of The Valley wearing a hodge-podge of civilian clothing with army helmets and bandolier pack belts, straddling M1 Garand rifles and dated police-issue Webley revolvers. Days later, this newfangled group of armed revolutionaries declared itself simply the "Anguillan Militia".
On the other side of this revolution stands another perspective behind [sub]The Honourable[/sub] Ronald Webster, who ostensibly advocates the return of former colonial status, where Anguilla could once again become a self-governing colony, rather than full independence from the United Kingdom, as Dover contrarily stressed. These differences of opinion over the future of their island would only serve to fracture the Revolution at hand, as well as manufacture a modicum of uncertainty amongst the people as to the direction of their putsch. Many locals found themselves choosing sides in a revolt which began initially as a unified front against Bradshaw's abuse of authority and the misappropriation of funding to St. Kitts overall.
[spoiler=[sub]O LANDS OF BEAUTY![/sub] ] Adriatican Islands Amsterwald Anglo Channel Arcanda Cascadla Cheezaslovakia Connomia East Germany Ddr Greater Adriatican State Great Britain Gb Greater Kurdistane Israelli Kewtpuff Kotakuan Ii Ma-Li Maziya Metropolitan Francais Mutawakkiliti Neepal Nevbrejnovitz Newauroria New Provenance Nileia Nippon-Nihon Osivoii Paramountica Paseo Peking Zhongguo Pontianus Provenancia Ranponian Rio De La Plata Argentina Rutannia Saudi Arabiyah Socialist Democratic Republic Romania Spainard Sudesam The Confederate Prussian Empire Vancouver Straits Victoria Harbor Virnall [/spoiler]
Paramountica, Rutannia, Arcanda, Amsterwald, Nippon-Nihon, Metropolitan Francais, Abessinienreich, New Provenance, Kewtpuff, Adriatican Islands, Maziya, Spain-, Mutawakkiliti, Le Equatoria
[list][list]SHOWA 42 | FEBRUARY 1967[/list]
[list][list]幸運のお守り
[pre]LUCKY TALISMAN[/pre][/list][/list]
[pre] D A R U M A [/pre]
[list][list][sub][pre] オー・スネイル 富士山に登ろう でも、ゆっくり、ゆっくり
O Snail; Climb Mount Fuji But slowly, slowly![/pre][/sub][/list][/list]
NAGATACHO AFTERNOON
[sub]TOKYO, Nippon-Nihon[/sub]
| When the Japanese want to get lucky, they make a wish on a one-eyed doll inspired by the Buddhist monk Daruma, the founder of the Zen tradition of Buddhism. If his wish is granted, he completes the Darumas eye as a form of gratitude. At his party headquarters, Prime Minister EISAKU SATO, 65, dipped his brush into an inkstone and, with quick strokes, painted Darumas right eye. The Liberal Democrats entered the Japanese election with the expectation of a setback. The government was being accused of corruption and questioned about rising consumer prices by a hostile press. Furthermore, there was concern about the reaction of a pacifist nation to SATOs support for the U.S. position in Vietnam. Many conservatives expected losses of up to 40 seats in the Diets lower house. But when the elections came, the Liberal Democratic Party held 285 seats seven more than last December. The Socialists barely held their own level from the last House. The rising Buddhist-backed Komeito Party the arm of the Soka Gakkai won 25 seats, emerging as a new force in Japanese politics with which the Liberal Democrats could eventually ally. As a result of Januarys elections, Japan can now count on many more years of the sort of relatively reasoned and reasonable government that made its economy stable. |
| With Japan ranked as the worlds fifth industrial power, the country is by far the richest nation in Asia. Its gross national product of $100 billion has shown constant annual growth of 10%, which has varied little since 1950. Japanese entrepreneurs followed their own commercial path throughout Southeast Asia. In Hong Kong, there are pink, blue, red, and green signs advertising Sony and Daimaru, Minolta and Canon. In Jakarta, the gray-white slabs of Japanese-funded hotels and office buildings stand out with ultramodern exuberance from the weathered red roofs of Dutch-style neighborhoods. Since the signing of the 1965 Korean-Japanese Normalization Treaty, the Japanese presence in Korea has only increased: there are Japanese tourists all over Seoul, and Japanese Corona taxi-cabs now assembled in Korea are everywhere. In Taipeis hostelries, theres a queue for bus tours to the Japanese-style inns that dot Taiwans green coastline. One of the PRIME MINISTERs measures was to join regional groupings. One organization that has Japans participation is the Asian Development Bank, based in Manila, whose first president is TAKESHI WATANABE, a 60-year-old former government finance adviser. With its $200 million financing for the $1 billion capitalization of the bank of 28 countries, Japan matched the U.S. contribution. |
[list]| EISAKU SATO, [sub]The Prime Minister[/sub] | We are all laying the cornerstone to establish a new era for the entire Asian continent.[/list]
[list][list]私たちは皆、アジア大陸全体に新たな時代を築くための礎を築いています。[/list][/list]
| The Mutual Security Treaty between the U.S. and Japan comes up for renewal in 1970, and although Sato does not anticipate a repetition of the 1960 riots, he cannot give ammunition to the Japanese left by committing his nation to open support of the U.S., let alone a combat role in what most Japanese consider should be an internal Vietnamese war. Next year the country will celebrate the centenary of the Meiji Restoration, the year in which Japan abandoned feudalism and entered the real world. The four islands of Nippon have gone from an era of samurai to one of supertankers and transistors. Reserved and calculating, the PRIME MINISTER keeps his own counsel in a way that would please LYNDON JOHNSON. When he finds himself involved in political battles, his timing is as precise as a karate black belt. SATOs toughness and calculation aim at consensus, an achievement of the most vital need in a nation whose political parties are factional and whose social fabric is stitched from feudal loyalties. Recent events make Japans stability look better. Having inherited only the best traditions of its neighbor wisdom and confidence Japan can remain ahead of China for the rest of the century, perhaps even longer. The Japanese could teach China and other countries a lesson in adaptability and patience. These are qualities that all of Asia, if not the world beyond, urgently needs to learn. |
Paramountica, Rutannia, Amsterwald, Metropolitan Francais, Abessinienreich, New Provenance, Kewtpuff, Adriatican Islands, Maziya, Spain-, Slipway, Le Equatoria
Post by Trovokia suppressed by Paramountica.
Hello I heard there was some cool RP here, may I ask how does it work? Also can I become a citizen without a WA nation in the region as that is used up currently
[list][list][list][pre]RÉPUBLIQUE FRANÇAISE
FRENCH BUREAUCRACY
MINISTÈRE DES SCIENCES ET DE LINGÉNIERIE[/pre][/list]
______
MINISTRY OF SCIENCE & ENGINEERING: IS EAST AFRICA THE NEXT OIL AND GAS FRONTIER?
[sub]VTH REPUBLIC | PARIS, FEBRUARY 1967 [/sub][/list]
[pre] AN OIL AND GAS BONANZA WAITING TO BE TAPPED [/pre]
[list]INDIAN OCEAN MOZAMBIQUE CHANNEL FRENCH EEZ[/list]
[sub]COMOROS ISLANDS, FRENCH TERRITORY, NEAR TANZANIA, Zingium[/sub]
[sub]| HELM OF EXPÉRIMENTATION, MINISTÈRE DES SCIENCES ET DE LINGÉNIERIE - | According to local lore, French travelers as early as the late 19th century suspected that oil might lie beneath parts of East Africa after noticing a thick, greasy sediment wash up on the shores of Madagascar. However these French travelers were more interested in finding cheap labor, as they had little use for oil. Almost half a century later, it turns out that the French travelers were right. Seismic tests over the past 20 years have shown that countries up and down the coast of East Africa have natural gas in abundance.[/sub]
[sub]Early data compiled by industry consultants also suggest the presence of massive offshore oil deposits. Those finds have spurred oil exploration teams from Total S.A. and Perenco Petroleum to start dropping more wells in East Africa, a region they say is an oil and gas bonanza just waiting to be tapped, one of the great frontiers in the hunt for more hydrocarbons. "I and a lot of other people in oil companies working in East Africa have long been convinced that it's one of few remaining real high-potential areas in the world that hasn't been explored," says Hubert Perrodo, chief executive of Perenco Petroleum, an oil tycoon and France's youngest billionaire. It appears that more than anything else, it has been disregarded during the past few decades for a number of geopolitical reasons. Currently, the majority of those obstacles are being decreased or have completely vanished with the French overseas governments of the Comoros and Seychelles islands as well as Mayotte being more than happy to play host to a potentially astronomical economic discovery. Few have wanted to pay the cost of searching for oil or gas in the region, or risk drilling wells in volatile countries such as Tanzania, Mozambique or Somalia. However advancing technology, lower risk in some countries and a fast growing global demand for oil in recent years have changed the equation.[/sub]
[sub]In the last couple years, a number of industry heavyweights and wildcards have made their way to East Africa, including the previously mentioned Total S.A., Perenco Petroleum, and now Elf Aquitaine and Algerfranc Energy Company. Much of East Africa's hopes are focused on a fault line running from Somalia to Madagascar known as the Davie Fracture Zone. It's there that French naval contractor and seismography specialist Gérard Bertagne's analysis of sea-floor mapping originally intended for use by French submarines, has prompted speculation about oil deposits rivaling those of the North Sea or Middle East. There's still a lot that's unknown: North Africa has seen over 5,000 wells sunk over the past few decades, while drillers have sunk roughly 1,000 wells in and off the coast of West Africa. In East Africa, the total is about 50 wells. What is known by the French benefactors is that France's exclusive economic zone in the Indian Ocean covers over 3 million square kilometers, more than Somalia, Kenya, Tanzania, Mozambique, and Madagascar's EEZs combined. Therefore the possibility of oil and gas within that vast holding is exponential. |[/sub]
[list]______[/list]
[list][list][pre]VIVE LA RÉPUBLIQUE!
VIVE LA FRANCE!
VIVE LEMPIRE![/pre][/list][/list]
[list][spoiler=[sub]𝐄𝐌𝐁𝐑𝐀𝐂𝐄 𝐅𝐑𝐀𝐍𝐂𝐄
𝐂𝐎𝐌𝐌𝐎𝐍𝐖𝐄𝐀𝐋𝐓𝐇 𝐎𝐅 𝐋𝐈𝐁𝐄𝐑𝐓𝐘[/sub]]
Socialist Democratic Republic Romania
The Confederate Prussian Empire
The Kemalist Republic Of Turkiye
[/spoiler]
Paramountica, The Confederation Of Northern Germany, Amsterwald, Pontianus, Sixth French Metropolitan Republic, Nippon-Nihon, Holy Vatican City States, Nasrid Algeria, Abessinienreich, New Provenance, Monaco-, Andorra-, Kewtpuff, Tallahan, Adriatican Islands, Maziya, Spain-, Slipway, Mutawakkiliti, Svalandia
Cold Fires
[East Berlin, Deutsche Demokratische Republik]
February 1967
Three days ago, four firefighters perished in the early hours of the morning having responded to a blaze in a residential area of the city. Today, Secretary Walter Ulbricht spoke at a small memorial service.
You were all unable to put out the fire, and as a result you lost your lives. It will be difficult to replace you, but your cohorts will need to learn lessons from your mistakes. Stated East Germanys leader, without breaking either his emotionless tone or his blank facial expression. As a man with an obnoxious, high pitched voice he was no more suited to being an orator than the crows dotted around the service.
As Ulbricht left the service, he was photographed speaking to the mourning families. He offered no words of sincerity and, like with everything else he did, left no lasting impression. The leader was more concerned with nationalisation projects that he believed would fix the ongoing economic problems that the state was facing, but he had to meet his obligations.
He failed to acknowledge his deputy, Karl Schirdewan, whom he loathed. The two travelled in separate cars and sat separately at the service, acting like estranged relatives at a family gathering. Painfully ironic for men who were representing the Socialist Unity Party.
The service summed up Ulbrichts rule in East Germany. Unremarkable, distant and an endless line of formalities that never actually resulted in anything meaningful.
"Proletarier aller Länder, vereinigt Euch!"
Socialist Democratic Republic Romania, Nippon-Nihon, Metropolitan Francais, Abessinienreich, New Provenance, Kewtpuff, Tallahan, Maziya, Spain-, Mutawakkiliti
Helnet (Hello in svalandian) hazburg,
Would you like some support from rebuilding from the fire? I would love to send diplomats for an alliance, construction workers to help rebuild, and financial aid to help get those citizens back onto their feet. If you need anything else to help, then contact me in my telegrams.
Viel het Svalandia! (Long live svalandia in svalandian)
From
Vladostok, chansler of Svalandia
Kewtpuff
[list][pre]March 1967[/pre]
[sub][/sub][/list]
[list][list][list][pre] T Y V E S T Ä P U U H U N N O U S T A A N [/pre][/list][/list][/list]
[list][pre]Intricacies of Nordic Diplomacy: The Helsinki Treaty and President Kekkonen's Strategic Triumph in the Finnish Presidential Elections
[/pre][/list]
[list][sub]In the nascent 1950s, the Soviet Union posited the conception of a European security conference, a strategic response to the post-World War II security conundrums pervading Europe. The gestation of this notion matured in the 1960s, coinciding with a collective yearning within both the Western and Eastern blocs to assuage geopolitical tensions and cultivate amicable collaboration. The seminal juncture materialized with the formalization of the Helsinki Treaty on March 23, 1962a document whose enforcement commenced on July 1, 1962marking a pivotal epoch in the annals of Nordic cooperation involving Finland, Iceland, and Norden.[/sub]
[sub]Within the treaty's preamble resonated a resolute commitment to fortify the organic unity shared among the Nordic populace, delving into the spheres of culture, jurisprudence, and societal fabric. It articulated an unequivocal resolve to promulgate standardized laws traversing the Nordic realm, while concurrently accentuating a fervent desire to rejuvenate and amplify collaborative efforts, especially in response to the escalating Nordic engagement in the broader European environs.[/sub]
[sub]The nucleus of this collaborative enterprise lay in the Nordic countries' collective pursuit of economic ascendance. Through the impetus of innovative initiatives, the objective was to streamline commercial channels and facilitate unhindered travel for denizens across the tripartite nations. President Urho Kekkonen, harboring aspirations for reelection in the imminent January, assumed a pivotal role in this stratagem. His advocacy for the maintenance of robust economic ties with Scandinavian counterparts was underscored, envisioning this dialogue as a diplomatic conduit poised to temper the frigid relations between the antagonistic Eastern and Western blocs.[/sub]
[sub]Yet, President Kekkonen's diplomatic forays, distinctly anchored in economic pragmatism, did not elude critical scrutiny, particularly from the opposition, spearheaded by the prominent Vennamo. The accusation levied was that Kekkonen's approach bespoke an undue reliance and subservience, particularly towards the Soviet Union. As the unfolding political panorama attested, the impending election loomed as a crucial crossroads, poised to sculpt the contours of Finland's foreign policy amidst the intricate tapestry of global dynamics. The impending electoral horizon in the following year loomed ominously for President Kekkonen. His two adversaries, the representative of the center-right National Coalition Party, Director of the National Commercial Bank Matti Virkkunen, and the populist helmsman of the Finnish Rural Party, Veikko Vennamo, lambasted his purported governance as excessively autocratic.[/sub]
[sub]In the lead-up to the 1962 presidential elections, opposition factions, coalescing under the Honka-liitto banner, endeavored to endorse Chancellor of Justice Olavi Honka as a non-partisan challenger against Kekkonen. Astute to this consolidated front against him, Kekkonen meticulously orchestrated a stratagem to disband the Honka-liitto alliance. His calculated maneuver involved the initiation of an early parliamentary election, a calculated gambit intended to compel his adversaries into internecine competition whilst fostering a veneer of collaboration.[/sub]
[sub]However, the political landscape underwent an unexpected alteration in October 1961 when the Soviet Union issued a diplomatic note intimating the necessity for military "consultations" in adherence to the Finno-Soviet Treaty. In response to this geopolitical gambit, Chancellor of Justice Olavi Honka judiciously withdrew from the presidential race. This judicious retreat bestowed upon Kekkonen a substantial advantage, culminating in a resounding majority of 199 out of 300 electors in the 1962 elections.[/sub]
[sub]The endorsement of Kekkonen's candidacy transcended partisan boundaries. The Swedish People's Party and the Finnish People's Party, a diminutive bastion of classical liberalism, threw their considerable weight behind his incumbency. Furthermore, despite the absence of an official presidential candidate post-Honka's withdrawal, the conservative National Coalition Party covertly extended its support to Kekkonen. This intricate web of political machinations and unforeseen diplomatic nuances crystallized into a discernible trajectory of triumph for Kekkonen, consolidating his political ascendancy and steering the course of Finnish politics during a pivotal juncture in the historical continuum. President Kekkonen's potential for securing re-election in the imminent polls would scarcely startle the nation, considering the annals of his tenure.[/sub][/list]
[list][list][list][spoiler=[sub]Commonwealth of Liberty[/sub]
ELÄKÄÄ SUOMI - SUOMI IKUISESTI
]
Socialist Democratic Republic Romania
The Confederate Prussian Empire
The Kemalist Republic Of Turkiye
[/spoiler][/list][/list]
Amsterwald, Nippon-Nihon, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Kewtpuff, Adriatican Islands, Maziya, Hatzburg, Spain-, Slipway
The President travels for Hajj
ـــــــــــــــــــــــــــــــ
[list][sup]Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
March 1967[/list][/sup]
[sup]President Hassan Al-Zaidi travels to the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia in order to perform the Hajj. The President was accompanied by Prime Minister Judge Abdul Rahman al-Hamdani, Minister of Security Brigadier Ali al-Mahdi, Has promoted to Brigadier at the beginning 1967, Minister of Tribal Affairs Ali al-Qardai, and businessman Engineer Othman al-Arif. There was no official reception from Saudi Arabia, nor did any official contact take place with the Saudi government, which He emphasizes that relations remain as they are and this visit is only to perform Hajj.[/sup]
[spoiler=[sub]Written for the RMB Screen of the[/sub]
COMMONWEALTH OF LIBERTY
]
Socialist Democratic Republic Romania
[/spoiler]
Amsterwald, Nippon-Nihon, Metropolitan Francais, Abessinienreich, New Provenance, Kewtpuff, Tallahan, Adriatican Islands, Maziya, Spain-, Slipway
[pre]|FEBRUARY 25TH, 1967 - 25 FÉVRIER 1967|[/pre]
[list][list][list][pre]RSC ★ REVOLUTIONARY STATE OF CAMEROON
ÉTAT RÉVOLUTIONNAIRE DU CAMEROUN ★ ÉRC|[/pre][/list][/list][/list]
THE COUP OF TWO MINDS SUCCEED :
A GUERILLA FIGHTER AND YOUNG OFFICER OVERTHROW THE AHIDJO REGIME WITH A MIX OF GUERRILLAS AND DISLOYAL UNITS OF THE CAMEROONIAN ARMED FORCES!
LE COUP D'ESPRIT RÉUSSIT :
UN GUÉRILLA ET UN JEUNE OFFICIER RENVERSENT LE RÉGIME AHIDJO AVEC UN MÉLANGE DE GUÉRILLA ET D'UNITÉS DÉLOÏALES DES FORCES ARMÉES CAMEROUNAISES!
[sub]The March towards a free Africa has only just begun! - La marche vers une Afrique libre ne fait que commencer ! - Director of the Nation Ernest Ouandié[/sub]
[pre]| Ernest Ouandié and René Claude Meka both found themselves on opposing sides during the Bamileke War with Ouandié a guerrilla against the Ahidjo regime and Meka a quickly rising Officer in the Cameroonian Armed Forces. This cat and mouse rivalry was steadfast until Meka grew disenfranchised by the Ahidjo regime and its lack of action against Colonial forces in Africa. Meka found a way to get into correspondence with his former rival and a secret revolutionary comradery built between the two as Meka grew tired of chasing down his African brothers. In 64 when the Bamileke War came officially to an end and it seemed the Ahidjo regime was set in stone the minds of Ouandié and Meka combined to begin plotting a Coup détat against Ahidjo. The group would spend 3 years painstakingly earning the trust of former guerrillas and the young officers of the Cameroonian Armed Forces building a mass base of support across the armed groups of Cameroon. |[/pre]
| TARGETS AND GOALS OF THE COUP OF TWO MINDS - CIBLES ET OBJECTIFS DU COUP D'ESPRIT |
[pre]Capture and Execution of President Ahmadou Babatoura Ahidjo[/pre]
[pre]Capture and Execution of fifteen high ranking Cameroonian Officers[/pre]
[pre]Capture of the Palace of Congress and the Unity Palace[/pre]
[pre]Activation of Units loyal to the new administration to prevent counter-coup and civil arrest across the nation[/pre]
[pre]Immediate passing of the New constitution[/pre]
[pre]Dissolve the Cameroonian Armed Forces and establish the Revolutionary Cameroonian Peoples Army. Soldiers of staff of the Cameroonian Armed Forces not partaking in the initial liberation of Cameroon will be integrated into the Revolutionary Cameroonian Peoples Army (RCPA) if they wish or held in custody for 30 days to assess risk of counter-revolutionary thought[/pre]
[pre]Dissolvement of the Republic Of Cameroon and establishment of the Revolutionary State of Cameroon under the strong guiding hand of Director Of The Nation Ernest Ouandié and Vice Director René Claude Meka[/pre]
[pre]Abolishment of All political parties[/pre]
| THE EXECUTION OF THE COUP OF TWO MINDS - L'EXÉCUTION DU COUP D'ESPRIT |
[pre]| Ouandié and Meka would lead a force of 350 Cameroonian Soldiers into the City of Yaoundé while 1,000 soldiers of the Revolutionary Coalition encircled the city to prevent any Ahidjo Loyalist forces from quickly entering the city. Initial resistance from police was minimal until reaching the grounds of the Palace of Congress and Unity Palace where they met the most loyal regime soldiers. The firefight lasted 12 and 14 hours with armor being used on both sides and approximately 48 dying in the fighting. As soon as radio and television stations were captured by the Coup forces a message declaring the end of the corrupt republic of Cameroon and the end of the Ahidjo regime. This was the message to activate the Coup loyal forces across the nation into action leading to battles between the Ahidjo Loyalist and Ouandié-Meka Loyalist Units of the Cameroonian armed forces. The Ouandié-Meka Loyalists would be assisted across the country by a number of guerrilla groups loyal to Ouandié easing the battles against Ahidjo Loyalists. After 72 hours of intense fighting across the country 90% of Ahidjo Loyalists surrendered after news of Ahidjo capture and execution by the Ouandié-Meka Loyalists in the streets of Yaoundé. All border crossings were now under the control of Ouandié-Meka Loyalist forces, a mixture of organized forces and guerrillas. |[/pre]
| THE OUANDIÉ-MEKA GOVERNMENT ESTABLISHES ITSELF IN THE FORMER HOME OF THE CORRUPTED REPUBLIC! - LE GOUVERNEMENT OUANDIÉ-MEKA S'INSTALLE DANS L'ANCIENNE MAISON DE LA RÉPUBLIQUE CORROMPUE ! |
[pre]| As people were seen back on the street cleaning up from the violence of the past week so too would Ouandié-Meka succeed in empowering themselves and establishing a coherent new government with brand new ideals for the Cameroonian People. |[/pre]
- Positions and Organs of Government in the Revolutionary State of Cameroon -
[pre]Director of the Revolutionary Peoples Security Council: The Head of State and Head of Government with de facto rule by decree using his position as head of the Revolutionary Peoples Security Council. Holding this position is Ernest Ouandié colloquial; the position will be referred to as Director of the Nation.[/pre]
[pre]Vice Director of the Revolutionary Peoples Security Council: The second highest ranking official in the new government, the Vice Director works with the Director of the Nation to appoint the 25 members of the Revolutionary Peoples Security Council. The current holder of this title is René Claude Meka. The Vice Director is also able to propose laws directly to the Director of the Nation without dealing with slow down within the Council.[/pre]
[pre]Revolutionary Peoples Security Council: A 25 member council the now sole legislative made up of 20 members from the Revolutionary Cameroonian Peoples Army and 5 civilian politicians all of them appointed by the Director and Vice Director of the RPSC.[/pre]
[pre]National Revolutionary Court of Cameroon: The NRCC presides over the Cameroonian Justice system with its 10 members appointed by the Director of the Nation.[/pre]
| THE REVOLUTIONARY CAMEROONIAN PEOPLES ARMY ESTABLISHED OUT OF THE OUANDIÉ-MEKA REBEL COALITION! - LARMÉE POPULAIRE RÉVOLUTIONNAIRE CAMEROUNIENNE ÉTABLIE À PARTIR DE LA COALITION REBELLE OUANDIÉ-MEKA! |
[pre]| As the purging of Ahidjo loyal officers and high ranking staff of the Cameroonian Armed Forces and the reeducation of willing enlisted men continued with gusto and a forgiving heart the new military of Cameroon would be born. The Revolutionary Cameroonian Peoples Army would be made up of 5 branches.[/pre]
[pre]The Revolutionary Cameroonian Ground Forces [RCGF]: Consisting now of 50,000 Professional soldiers made up from the coalition of former trained Cameroonian Armed Forces personnel and the higher ranked and the more advanced trained portion of the Guerrilla forces involved in the coup[/pre]
[pre]The Revolutionary State Militia [RSM]: Containing 30,000 soldiers this force is made up of mostly less trained Guerrilla fighters from the Rebel coalition. This force would act as a trained reservist force able to be called upon in times to assist police or military forces when the government deems it necessary.[/pre]
[pre]The Civil Guard Units [CGU]: The new gendarmerie force made up mostly unchanged from the former Gendarmerie except for the purging of Ahidjo loyal officers and soldiers. 5,000 would be the starting force of the CGU and under the control of the Director of the Nation.[/pre]
[pre]The Revolutionary Cameroonian Air Force [RCAF]: A small force with few aircraft but ready to defend and gather intelligence on all enemies to the Revolutionary State.[/pre]
[pre]The Revolutionary Cameroonian Navy [RCN]: A force of 1,000 personnel including 300 Naval infantry. The RCN is made up mostly of leftover French patrol boats and has very limited capabilities in all ways against forces acting more as a reconnaissance and transportation for the rest of The Revolutionary Cameroonian Peoples Army.[/pre]
[pre]| Cameroon has been born again, ideologically incoherent in many ways, but a new principle has been established in the Cameroonian government and soon the Cameroonian people We are not free, until Africa is free |[/pre]
[list][list][pre]PEACE WORK FATHERLAND![/pre][/list][/list]
[list][list][pre]PAIX TRAVAIL PATRIE![/pre][/list][/list]
[spoiler=[sub]Written for the RMB Screen of the[/sub]
COMMONWEALTH OF LIBERTY
]
Socialist Democratic Republic Romania
The Confederate Prussian Empire
[/spoiler]
Amsterwald, Nippon-Nihon, Metropolitan Francais, Abessinienreich, New Provenance, Kewtpuff, Tallahan, Adriatican Islands, Maziya, Hatzburg, Slipway, Mutawakkiliti, The United States Of Africa, Nieu Holland
[pre]| MARCH 1967 - MARS 1967 |[/pre]
[list][list][list][pre]RSC ★ REVOLUTIONARY STATE OF CAMEROON
ÉTAT RÉVOLUTIONNAIRE DU CAMEROUN ★ ÉRC|[/pre][/list][/list][/list]
GUERILLAS, PARAMILITARIES, AND REVOLUTIONARIES:
NEW FORCES GROW IN A CAMEROON FILLED WITH SEASONED GUERRILLAS AND YOUTHFUL REVOLUTIONARIES!
GUÉRILLA, PARAMILITAIRES ET RÉVOLUTIONNAIRES :
DE NOUVELLES FORCES SE DÉVELOPPENT AU CAMEROUN, REMPLIES DE GUÉRILLA EXPÉRIMENTÉES ET DE JEUNES RÉVOLUTIONNAIRES !
[sub]It is ones duty to defend their home, defend their community, and defend their country! We have now defended our home, community, and country through liberation! It is now our duty to defend our continent! - Cest le devoir de chacun de défendre sa maison, de défendre sa communauté et de défendre son pays! Nous avons maintenant défendu notre maison, notre communauté et notre pays grâce à la libération! Il est désormais de notre devoir de défendre notre continent! - Director of the Nation, Ernest Ouandié[/sub]
[pre]| As new political thought and the determination to free African brothers and sisters across the continent became paramount to those in the military and political sphere so too would the growth of government sponsored and some state funded groups to form to help export this goal across the continent. Urban youth found great pride in participating in these groups with cafes becoming a hot spot for these groups alongside rural youth organizing rallies in the fields looking for a way out of the countryside other than the rigid military structure of the Revolutionary Cameroonian Peoples Army. The search for weapons to arm these new groups would be difficult as the RCPA search to just arm itself knowing its revolutionary thought will make it a target for imperialist powers. |[/pre]
| THE CAFE GROUPS - LES GROUPES CAFÉ |
[pre]The Sons and Daughters Movement [SDM]: A group of 500 Students from Yaoundé. Training in sabotage and small arms combat in alongside the Revolutionary State Militia.[/pre]
[pre]New Mindset Movement-African Liberation [NMM-AL]: A group of 50 students from Bafoussam who train in guerrilla fighting and educate rural populations in anti-colonial thought and Pan-Africanism[/pre]
[pre]The African Dignity Front [ADF]: A force of 20 students who have tasked themselves with hunting down those against the new government and those who collaborated with imperialists. The group is believed to have assassinated 5 people since the coup ranging from former military officers and politicians.[/pre]
| STATE FUNDED MILITANT GROUPS - GROUPES MILITANTS FINANCÉS PAR L'ÉTAT |
[pre]The Revolutionary Black Army For African Salvation [RBA-AS]: A force of 3,000 former Guerrillas and CAF soldiers who will be tasked with acting abroad without official Cameroonian boots on the ground as information on the group is kept close to the Government. The group is very ideologically charged and reports directly to the Director of the Nation for orders.[/pre]
[pre] The International Brigades for African Liberation [IB-AL]: A force whose ranks will be open to foreigners from any country who look to oppose imperialism and exploitation in Africa. Right now it is small with 100 Cameroonians training within its ranks as recruitment campaigns are sent abroad to Africa, North America, South America, and Asia to bring foreigners into its ranks with different expertise and knowledge.[/pre]
| NON-STATE FUNDED MILITANT GROUPS - GROUPES MILITANTS FINANCÉS PAR L'ÉTAT |
[pre]The Peoples Army for African Liberation [PA-AL]: A marxist group of 2,000 training and operating near the Nigerian border. The groups ideology is allowed in the nation and a tentative acceptance between the Government and Marxist groups has been the precedent as long as they avoid confrontation with the government.[/pre]
[pre]| These forces, unlike the RCPA sole goals, are the liberation of Africa from the Imperialists that continue to exploit and exploit its people with no remorse. These groups soon to be trained not only in theory but in battle against greater foes then bandits and other rebels. They will be feared by the occupation forces and a champion for Africa at all costs!|[/pre]
[list][list][pre]PEACE WORK FATHERLAND![/pre][/list][/list]
[list][list][pre]PAIX TRAVAIL PATRIE![/pre][/list][/list]
[spoiler=[sub]Written for the RMB Screen of the[/sub]
COMMONWEALTH OF LIBERTY
]
Socialist Democratic Republic Romania
The Confederate Prussian Empire
[/spoiler]
Amsterwald, Nippon-Nihon, Metropolitan Francais, Abessinienreich, Kewtpuff, Tallahan, Adriatican Islands, Maziya, Slipway
DISPATCH
Homepage: Reino de España | BIENVENIDO.
https://www.nationstates.net/page=dispatch/id=1971605
[spoiler=[sub]Our hope is in Christ;
this little mountain will be
the salvation of Spain
and of the people of the Goths;
the mercy of Christ will free us
from that multitude.
Pelayo de Asturias, King of Asturias[/sub]
COMMONWEALTH OF LIBERTY
]
Socialist Democratic Republic Romania
The Confederate Prussian Empire
[/spoiler]
Arcanda, Amsterwald, Socialist Democratic Republic Romania, Nippon-Nihon, Metropolitan Francais, Abessinienreich, New Provenance, Tallahan, Adriatican Islands, Maziya, Slipway, Mutawakkiliti
[list][list]SHOWA 42 | MARCH 1967[/list]
[list][list]大山宏
[pre]HIROSHI ŌYAMA[/pre][/list][/list]
[pre] N I P P O N S E I N O K U R U M A [/pre]
[list][list][sub][pre] オー・スネイル 富士山に登ろう でも、ゆっくり、ゆっくり
O Snail; Climb Mount Fuji But slowly, slowly![/pre][/sub][/list][/list]
IMPERIAL PALACE MORNINGTIME
[sub]TOKYO, Nippon-Nihon[/sub]
| Recently, Nissan Motor Co.s President KATSUJI KAWAMATA delivered an elegant limousine to the EMPEROR HIROHITO finally ending the imperial dependence on foreign brands. Standing next to the car, well-dressed, wearing white gloves and a hat, is Mr. HIROSHI ŌYAMA, the chauffeur driver of the EMPEROR. He has worked for the Imperial Family since 59 and is proud of it. To prioritize the EMPERORs safety, ŌYAMA drives at low speeds. The EMPEROR will retire his old ROLLS ROYCE brand car and will only use his new Japanese-made car. 1966 was the year in which Japan overtook Britain, now occupying third place, behind the U.S. and West Germany, in global car and truck production. Japanese automakers produced 2,286,585 cars and trucks in 66, which was a 360% increase over 60, the year in which the industry saw a huge increase in production. The top ten Japanese manufacturers estimate a 32% increase this year, to 3,024,000 cars, and aim to overtake West Germany within the next year or two. |
[list]| HIROHITO, [sub]H.I.M. the Emperor[/sub] | Japan has been very successful in developing its automobile industry, which is a source of national pride.[/list]
[list][list]日本は国家の誇りである自動車産業の発展に大きな成功を収めてきました。[/list][/list]
| More and more Japanese can join the 1-in-48 group with a car (compared to the U.S.1-in-2.4 ratio). Even now, the streets of Japanese cities are full of cars. Tokyo citizens cannot buy a car unless they can prove they have a place to park it. Due to industrial air pollution, Tokyo traffic cops combat the effects of self-exhaustion fumes by breathing bottled oxygen kept at police stations. The giants of the Japanese auto industry Toyota Motor Co. and Nissan, which account for 70% of Japans total production are both leading the charge into international markets. Attempts to export the low-powered, stiffly sprung cars built for Japans potholed roads were unsuccessful. Japan sold 266,000 cars and trucks from Kenya to Korea. The best customer, of course, was the U.S., where Toyotas $2,000 Corona and Nissans $2,300 Datsun are among the new arrivals on the road. The Japanese fear that foreign automakers, particularly Detroit, will soon try to return the compliment in force. Foreign companies have had difficulty doing business in Japan due to high tariffs on automobile imports and a strict capital investment law that limits foreign ownership to 50% of any new ventures and 15% of any existing Japanese company. There has been strong global pressure for Japan to relax this law and FORD is said to be looking for permanent residences for its men. |
Paramountica, Amsterwald, Metropolitan Francais, Abessinienreich, New Provenance, Tallahan, Maziya, Spain-, Slipway
[list][sub]THE ETHIOPIAN EMPIRE ✧ መንግሥተ ኢትዮጵያ ✧ March 1967[/sub]
[list][list][sub]Ethiopia Stretches Her Hands unto God [Psalms 68:31][/sub][/list][/list]
𝐉𝐢𝐦𝐦𝐚, 𝐊𝐚𝐟𝐟𝐚 𝐏𝐫𝐨𝐯𝐢𝐧𝐜𝐞 - | - 𝐓𝐚𝐝𝐞𝐬𝐬𝐞'𝐬 𝐆𝐫𝐢𝐞𝐯𝐚𝐧𝐜𝐞𝐬
____________________________________________________________
The Past.
| Tadesse Birru, born 1921 in Salele - beside the Muger River, the same river PM Gebremariam was born. His father, Birru, went off to fight the Italians during the Second Italo-Ethiopian war. Tragically, he was killed by poison gas the Italians deployed against defenseless Ethiopian troops, his mother would die out of grief only three months later. Fueled with vengeance, Tadesse joined his uncle, Beka, in the Arbegnoch, a guerrilla army resisting Italian occupation in Ethiopia. Following his capture by Italian troops, he received a life sentence with forced labor in Mogadishu, Somalia, until the British liberated the city in 1940. Tadesse then underwent military training in Kenya and returned to Ethiopia in 1941. He attained the rank of second lieutenant in 1942 and became an instructor at the national military academy in Holota. In 1954, he rapidly rose to the rank of lieutenant colonel and transitioned to the deputy commissioner imperial police, where he focused on modernization as part of PM Habte-Wold's program to reform the Imperial police. Tadesse later assumed command of the "Fetno-Derash" special forces and chairman of the National Literacy Campaign. The Fetno-Derash is the special forces branch of the Imperial Ground Forces. During the Witreti Crisis Tadesse remained loyal to the Emperor, and played a key role in the negotiations and political compromises between the Democratic Nationalists and the Imperial Guard. This has led him to become beloved by Selassie, remarking him as a "true patriot of the Empire". |
[list] ➠ Although Tadesse initially dismissed the nationalist sentiments prevalent among some of the Oromo people, his perspective underwent a transformation following a conversation with PM Habte-Wold [Prime Minister of Ethiopia from 1957 1962]. In a modest office in Jimma, Tadesse Birru sits across from PM Habte-Wold...[/list]
╒═════════════════════════════════════════════════════
[list]
Aklilu Habte-Wold: General Birru, your work with the National Literacy Campaign is commendable. We must ensure education reaches all of our people.
Tadesse Birru: Thank you, Prime Minister. Education is pivotal for progress and unity.
Aklilu Habte-Wold: Speaking of unity, it's crucial to consider our military's recruitment strategy. We must be vigilant about who we bring into our armed forces.
Tadesse Birru: Of course, sir. We aim for the most capable individuals.
Aklilu Habte-Wold: Exactly, but some communities do not align with our goals for stability. For instance, the Oromoseducating or recruiting them might not serve the country well. Those...barbarians.
Tadesse Birru: [Pauses, visibly shaken but maintaining composure] Sir, I understand your concerns. However, merit should be the sole criterion for military service. Oromos, like any other group, possess capable individuals who can contribute significantly to the Empire.
Aklilu Habte-Wold: [Unaware of Tadesse's heritage] I appreciate your perspective, General. But history has shown... tendencies. If you know what I mean... Also - I've noticed your literacy programs in Kaffa and Arsi, they must be shut down.
Tadesse Birru: Prime Minister, it is important that all Ethiopians are able to become literate, the Emperor outlined it himself in his decree.
Aklilu Habte-Wold: If you want to please the Emperor so much then stop what you're doing. You're teaching them too much, we dont want the Oromos educated.
Tadesse Birru: But why is that sir? It is vital-
Aklilu Habte-Wold: [Interrupting Tadesse] I don't want to hear that progressive sh*t. The Oromo are unloyal, ungrateful subjects that should be kept in their place, you know this General. You served in the Arbegnoch, you know what the Oromos did with those Italian dogs...traitors they are.
Tadesse Birru: But sir, those were only Muslim radicals-
Aklilu Habte-Wold: [Interrupting Tadesse AGAIN] It doesn't matter, we ought to focus on educating and recruiting our people first, there is no time for this Idealism.
Tadesse Birru: [slowly nods] Yes, I know your right sir, it must be getting this from reading all that liberal stuff from the Americans. [slowly chuckles]
Aklilu Habte-Wold: [smirking] We must proceed cautiously... [he lends out and firmly shakes Tadesse's hand.]
[As the conversation draws to a close, General Tadesse stands, offering a respectful nod to the Prime Minister. He moves towards the door, then pauses.]
Tadesse Birru: Prime Minister, before I leave, there's something you should know. [He shuts the door gently] I am Oromo.
Aklilu Habte-Wold: General, I-
[The Prime Minister is taken aback, realizing his remarks. But he slowly gets up from his chair and washes his hands.]
[/list]╘═════════════════════════════════════════════════════
| The Mecha and Tulema Self-Help Association, named after two prominent Borana Oromo clans, was initially founded in 1960 as a self-help club with the aim of fostering Oromo self-identity and improving basic infrastructure for the Oromo people, such as schools, health facilities, roads, and water supplies. It is said this very conversation influenced Tadesse to join the organization. The General played a crucial role in enhancing the reputation of the association, using his image to elevate it from a self-help organization to a widespread pan-Oromo movement. His organizational skills and leadership abilities were Instrumental in this transformation. Tadesse Birru advocated for Oromo empowerment through education and self-reliance, setting an example that inspired numerous Oromo military officers, civilian officials, professionals, businessmen, and religious leaders to join the association. Many of these individuals had previously concealed their Oromo identity like Tadesse, viewing their involvement in the association as a reaffirmation of their heritage. However, the organization faced accusations of engaging in acts of terror, according to Habte-Wold, who sought to suppress the emerging Oromo National Movement. Tadesse Birru swiftly emerged as a political rival to Habte-Wold in this context. Despite these radical accusations, the Emperor remained idle throughout its formation, and Tadesse still held his positions and the PM was virtually powerless, at one point Imperial Police aligned with Habte-Wold would break up an Oromo political gathering however these officers were immediately accused of mutiny by Tadesse and were swiftly crushed or arrested. These various incidents placed Tadesse as a direct rival to Habte-Wold as the General had grown to become his main critic and contender. |
The Present.
| As political parties became more commonplace in Ethiopia the Mecha and Tulema Self-Help Association would transform into the Oromo Democratic Party, Tadesse would become less directly involved within the party, with party leadership going to Elemo Qiltu a prominent Oromo businessman. Much more charismatic than Tadesse, he has risen in popularity, advocating for civil rights. However radical proponents within the party advocate for self-determination and to establish Oromia as an autonomous state within the Empire until the Amhara aristocracy dies off. So far some radical Oromos within the Ethiopian student movement have advocated for Oromo independence. However, the ODP is known to be dominated by Christian Oromos, with the Muslim Oromos expressing their discontent with the lack of representation within the party. For now, at least, the ODP has no seat within Congress but has been winning local elections in southern Shewa, Kaffa, and rapidly rising in Hararghe. The main roadblock to ODP political power is that there are already Oromos within parliament in all three major parties, and furthermore, many Oromos are consumed by the sectionalism happening between these parties. Qiltu views the ODP as an "awakening" for the Oromos to seize their freedom. The three main parties have largely ignored the rise of the ODP, pretty much busy competing with each other rather than paying attention to a minor party. Will this change? Only time will tell... |
The Future.
📝 Subject: Strengthening National Unity through Collaboration
[list][sub]To: Prime Minister Gebremariam[/sub][/list]
[list]➠ I extend this letter with a shared vision for a harmonious Ethiopia.[/list]
➤ In the spirit of unity, I propose a collaborative effort between the Oromo Democratic and Vanguard Parties. We propose that the ODP work closely with your government to promote the ODP's initiatives for national unity and greater Oromo representation, civil rights, and education. By emphasizing the positive aspects of Oromo history, culture, and contributions to our nation, we can create a narrative that encourages patriotism and unity between both the Amhara and Oromo.
Furthermore, in an effort to safeguard the principles of national unity, I am willing to deploy the Imperial Police to address any threats posed by the Imperial Union and Democratic Nationalist paramilitaries if you agree to our proposal.
To facilitate this collaboration, I propose a meeting between our respective delegations to discuss the detailed framework and guidelines in the mountains around the city of Gelemso. My men will spot your delegation and take them to the meeting place. Together, we can set in motion a series of actions that will propel Ethiopia towards a future characterized by prosperity. Your Addis Zemen would be finally embraced.
I eagerly await your response and the opportunity to work hand in hand for the greater good of our beloved nation.
[list][list][list][sub]Sincerely, General Tadesse Birru[/sub][/list][/list][/list]
-
[list][sub]Education brings dignity, and it makes ones nation proud.[/sub]
[list]― Memar Yaskebiral, a children's song made in honor of Tadesse[/list][/list]
____________________________________________________________
[list][spoiler=[sub]𝑺𝑼𝑩𝑳𝑰𝑴𝑬 𝑺𝑶𝑳𝑶𝑴𝑶𝑵𝑰𝑪 𝑺𝑻𝑨𝑻𝑬
𝑪𝑶𝑴𝑴𝑶𝑵𝑾𝑬𝑨𝑳𝑻𝑯 𝑶𝑭 𝑳𝑰𝑩𝑬𝑹𝑻𝒀[/sub]]
Socialist Democratic Republic Romania
The Confederate Prussian Empire
[/spoiler]
[/list][/list]
Paramountica, Arcanda, Amsterwald, Nippon-Nihon, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Tallahan, Maziya, Spain-, Slipway, Nieu Holland
[list]
маршировать
1 9 6 7
[list]
[sub]UZBEK SOVIET SOCIALIST REPUBLIC
Ўзбекистон Совет Социалистик Республикаси[/sub][/list][/list]
| ONTOWARDS THE PATH OF TECHNOLOGY |
[list][sub][sup]Tashkent, Uzbek SSR[/sub][/sup]
[list][sub]| The "Foton" enterprise was one of the many enterprises first established in the Russian SFSR that was moved to Central Asia on the onset of the Great Patriotic War. Like the other enterprises moved there, it brought with it labour, industry, and economic growth to the formerly agrarian lands of Uzbekistan. Foton in specific was unique, in that it was the first consumer electronics (at the time limited mainly to radios) enterprise to be established in Central Asia. Since its inception in 1942, Foton has grown leaps and bounds and has become one of the premier light industry enterprises in the republic. |[/sub]
[sub]| While the Foton company was growing, Tashkent also saw the birth of the Tashkent University of Information Technologies, the first (and currently only) vocational and higher education institute dedicated to the training and education of technology students. Starting with only a sole department focused on telegraphic communications and phone technology, soon it grew to encompass a Radio and Broadcasting Faculty. In 1960 it grew to have departments for all kinds of general-technical specializations such as theoretical fundamentals of radio engineering, radio receivers, radio transmitters, broadcasting, telephony, telegraphy, communication lines, telecommunication, and power supply of communication enterprises. |[/sub]
[sub]| The development of Tashkent's consumer electronics industry, and the prestigious and highly developed nature of the Tashkent Institute of Information Technology has made Uzbekistan sorta of a technological hub of Central Asia. It is in this context that ideas of developing the industry of Uzbekistan further has been brought about by the new technocratic government recently taking power. This focus on a quite emerging market, one that the Soviet Union would also benefit from, is an attractive prospect especially as First-Secretary Rashidov has been seeking ways of transitioning the Uzbek SSR into a modern republic. |[/sub]
[sub]| As is the case with most things however, most steps are going to be taken slow, and so far the breeding ground for any development has been Tashkent's technological institutes. Organized by the Ministry of Electrical Industry, the Tashkent Institute of Information Technology, the Academy of Sciences of Uzbekistan, and the Computational Center of the Tashkent State University have all been brought together to conduct research and development of a feasible path towards the production of cybernetics in the Uzbek SSR, the feasibility of scientific economic planning through cybernetics, and finally its sustainability in the grander scheme of the Socialist economic direction. |[/sub]
[sub]| So far work has been slow, the Soviet Union in general lacks behind in terms of capabilities from the Western-Capitalist sphere, however to the benefit of the Uzbek researchers, many of their theoretical contributions are sound, and a wealth of science and pool of researchers exists within the republic, as many from the other Central Asian republics flock to Tashkent to pursue knowledge that their origins don't usually allow. For the future however, it seems that there perhaps might be a path towards modernity. |[/sub]
Paramountica, Arcanda, Amsterwald, Nippon-Nihon, Metropolitan Francais, Abessinienreich, New Provenance, Tallahan, Maziya, Hatzburg, Spain-, Nieu Holland
From the shadows
[East Berlin, Deutsche Demokratische Republik]
March 1967
East Germanys desire to industrialise was well known. However, for all the bluster of its government, there was little to show in the way of success. Modernisation had become a slow and agonising process that very few people benefitted from. Everyone agreed that modernisation and advancement in industry were good things, but this wasnt compatible with the East German model of stumbling down whatever path the Soviets had previously taken, no matter the consequences.
Deputy Leader Karl Schirdewan had been handling affairs for over a fortnight, whilst Walter Ulbricht recovered from an undisclosed illness. Those within the Socialist Unity Party had barely given Ulbricht a second thought. This wasnt because Schirdewan was particularly remarkable, but because it opened up the floor to a more popular candidate.
Erich Honecker, a former Politburo starlet, was making waves. With Schirdewan already burnt out and preparing to step away, Honecker was likely the next man to lead the troubled nation.
For Ulbricht, who was being drip-fed information on his sickbed, this all felt as if it had come from the shadows. The stress of the job had already taken a toll on his body, and now he faced even greater struggles in his immediate future. For Ulbricht, there was only one route left to go down and that was to woo the Soviet elite and ensure that Honecker would lose his place in the spotlight. For Honecker, now was the time to come out of the shadows and lead the German Democratic Republic.
The average East German man didnt care who stood at the podium. East Germans wanted shorter queues for supplies, less waiting times for new washing machines and a way to see their loved ones in the West. Though, with the Stasi lurking, the public consensus had to be that everything was fine, even though everyone could sense an incoming storm.
"Proletarier aller Länder, vereinigt Euch!"
[spoiler=[sub]Written for the RMB Screen of the[/sub]
COMMONWEALTH OF LIBERTY
]
Socialist Democratic Republic Romania
The Confederate Prussian Empire
[/spoiler]
Paramountica, Arcanda, Amsterwald, Socialist Democratic Republic Romania, Nippon-Nihon, Metropolitan Francais, Abessinienreich, New Provenance, Tallahan, Maziya, Spain-
Argentina, the Worlds Breadbasket
[sub]1967[/sub]
From the very origins of the Argentine nation, agriculture has been one of, if not the most important economic and cultural staple. For more than three centuries, agriculture formed the backbone of the Argentine economy and the vast majority of Argentines worked the fields across the country. Even as the nation gained independence from the Spanish Empire, the majority of its people engaged in some form of agriculture whether it be for mere subsistence or for sale. Cash crops like sugar cane and coffee became some of the prinary exports during the colonial period, but as the countrt attained independence, a significant portion of agricultural output was shifted toward staple crops instead.
Even the Spanish had realized eadly on that the soil of Argentinas vast territories was fertile, well-irrigated, and the temperature temperate enough to welcome most crops year-round. Most agriculture is centered in the Pampas and Chaco lowlands, where the soil is perfect for all sorts of crops which are in high demand even today. For decades, farmers have exploited Argentinas rich soil, turning to crops such as wheat and soybeans to sell not only at local level but also internationally. In fact, the rich lands of Argentina are the main producers of some of the worlds most important crops, feeding millions not only at home but also abroad.
In the immediate post-civil war period, efforts were made to modernize agricultural practices and in the 1920s, mechanization of agriculture such as the introduction of trucks and tractors revolutionized how farmers managed their fields. Agricultural output nearly doubled during the 1930s and as World War II began, Argentina served as one of the main breadbaskets of the allies. Tons of grains were shipped across the Atlantic to Europe to feed Allied troops fighting against the Axis powers. While many of these shipments became victims of German U-boat attacks, they nevertheless served the purpose of providing subsistence to fighting troops.
The post-WWII economic boom brought about new reforms which focused on industrializing farming. Under Presidents Perón and Frondizi, agriculture became one of the governments priorities. Controversially, Frondizi distanced himself from the strictly protectionist stance of the Peronist government and dismantled the cartels that had formed around products such as wheat, milk, beef, pork and poultry. In fact, Frondizis government focused on encouraging competition between Argentinas various medium-sized farms, which came to dominate the agricultural market during the Peronist era. The dismantling of the cartels caused a collapse in prices however and a massive surplus nearly plunged the nation into a food crisis. Despite the looming issues, the Frondizi government was able to stabilize the situation by buying up surplus produce and crops and selling them abroad before re-investing the earnings into the farming sector.
In the modern age, the Frondizi government has focused their efforts on export of Argentine crops and produce. With government assistance, many farms across the country have gained access to vital tools such as tractors, pesticides, and investments for modern irrigation, significantly increasing their product output. However, with the introduction of more modern techniques, the prices of many crops and produce have begun to rise in accordance with rising costs of labor. As agriculture became less labor intensive and as Argentines sought better paying jobs in the cities agriculture became a much smaller part of the nations economy. This has led to a trend in the importation of foreign cheap labor, particularly from Brazil, the Andes, and from countries in Central America. Farmers have also lobbied for more lax labor laws for foreigners, allowing them to make more efficient use of imported labor.
As of 1967, Argentina is one of the worlds largest producers of wheat, soybeans, grapes, citrus, poultry, beef, and pork. Its agricultural sector is substantially mechanized in comparison with its neighbors, and has been able to grow its output year by year thanks to government support. President Arturo Frondizi, who has focused on supporting local industry, has assisted Argentine farmers in promoting their products abroad while at the same time protecting them from foreign competition like producers in the United States, Europe, the Soviet Union and China. More recently, Frondizi has announced plans to make Argentina a leader in the production of key grains, particularly wheat and poultrg which are highly sought worldwide.
Despite the strong focus on crops like wheat or beef, Argentina is one of the worlds most prolific and famous producers of wine. Argentine grapes, many of which began as varieties bred by Italian migrants have become famous for their quality and taste. While red wine is more prolific, Argentina also produces white wines and other grape derivatives. Wine has become Argentinas most famous luxury export, representing the largest share of exports of this kind. In response, the Argentine government tightly regulates wineries, with an office within the Ministry of Agriculture dedicated to certifying the authenticity and quality of Argentine wines.
As the 60s decades nears its end, Argentina continues to climb in the rankings of the worlds top agricultural producers. Even when agriculture becomes a smaller and smaller percentage of Argentinas total GDP, the rise of efficiency and increased output has allowed it to slowly make its way to the top rankings, making Argentine farming more widely available to the global market and a much larger percentage of it.
Paramountica, Arcanda, Amsterwald, Socialist Democratic Republic Romania, Nippon-Nihon, Metropolitan Francais, Abessinienreich, New Provenance, Tallahan, Maziya, Hatzburg, Spain-, Slipway
[list][list][sub]𝙸𝙸.1967[/sub]
[sub]VIAGGIO A GRECIA[/sub]
VOYAGE TO GREECE[/list]
[list][list][pre]A rebellious heir and a far-right delegation,
To Athens with dark plans.
[/pre][/list][/list]
[sup]ΑΘΗΝΑ, ΒΑΣΙΛΕΙΟ ΤΗΣ ΕΛΛΑΔΟΣ[/sup]
ATHENS, KINGDOM OF GREECE
[sub][nation=flag]Adriatican Islands[/nation][/sub][/list]
[list]| The sun was shining and the wind was blowing in Prince Vittorio Emanuele's blonde hair as he stepped on Greek soil for the first time. Donning sunglasses and a smart outfit made by the royal tailors in Turin, he would advance towards the Greek delegationanxious to meet a man he much admired. King Konstantinos was not even thirty, an age already reached by the thirty-year-old Vittorio Emanuele, and yet he had achieved much of what had been on the mind of the royal heir. His official voyage to Greece has been sanctioned at his request by his father, King Umberto II, who approved it seeing the opportunity to further Rome's support for Enosis while also giving Vittorio a chance to grow into his future role as monarch. He would be accompanied by a small number of Italian officials, among whom Renzo Rocca and Giovanni de Lorenzo, as representatives of the SIFAR and the armed forces, who were scheduled to hold talks with their Greek counterparts, sans the Prince, deemed too removed from those affairs. Officially, Prince Vittorio and Princess Elisabetta of Yugoslavia would then tour the nation along with members of the Greek royal house, with famous sights along the Peloponnese planned for a week. In reality, however, the Prince and his Greek hosts had planned a much different path... |
| Meanwhile, a strange coincidence would unfoldbut one that would not escape the eyes of the SIFAR or, indeed, any other intelligence in Italy or Greece. The '64 Coup had emboldened and revivified an entire generation of Italian nationalistsno matter their creed: Neo-fascists, radical royalists, Catholic integrists alike, for the royal coup that occurred four years ago in Athens, and what followed, embodied their very hopes and dreams for Italy. A young heir carried aloft by the military and a swell of popular support; the crushing of the communist subversives; the rapid expansion of a potent Navy and military along economic vitality; and the Enosis with Kypros: These were a template for their aspirations, and nearly all challenges that the Greek King and his supporters had successfully dealt with for the past four years were, in their eyes, very much alive and in need of correction in Italy. Now, despite the Royal Dictatorship dealing with new challenges, they felt obliged to pay a visit to the men they have come to respect, in stark contrast to where both nations stood some thirty-five years ago. A cohort of some twelve men would arrive in Athens a few days before the King: one SIFAR operative would note the presence of Mario Giorgini, an acquaintance of the "Black Prince", as well as Giorgio Almirante, influential MSI leader, and Stefano Delle Chiaie of the Avanguardia Nazionale. All will meet, in the most secret of manners, with high-ranking military officers and nationalist political activists. The goal of the visit is twofold: First to tighten fraternal bonds with Greek nationalists against Communism, second to learn the ropes from those who have been able to exercise power for the past four years. Whether or not Prince Vittorio and those men would see each other during their stay would remain muddy to most. Many would presume, however, that some form of contact is on the agendait is no secret that the Prince has been a regular host for a long list of names associated with the military, the SIFAR, neo-fascism and anti-communism. An increasingly porous mélange of men and factions with dark plans. |
[list][list][list][spoiler=[sub]Commonwealth of Liberty[/sub]
EVVIVA L'ITALIA!
]
[nation]Adriatican Islands[/nation]
[nation]Al-Oman[/nation]
[nation]Amsterwald[/nation]
[nation]Arcanda[/nation]
[nation]Brazil Toucan[/nation]
[nation]Cascadla[/nation]
[nation]Cheezaslovakia[/nation]
[nation]Connomia[/nation]
[nation]East Germany DDR[/nation]
[nation]Great Britain GB[/nation]
[nation]Greater Kurdistane[/nation]
[nation]Israelli[/nation]
[nation]Kewtpuff[/nation]
[nation]Kotakuan II[/nation]
[nation]Ma-li[/nation]
[nation]Maziya[/nation]
[nation]Metropolitan Francais[/nation]
[nation]Neepal[/nation]
[nation]Nevbrejnovitz[/nation]
[nation]Newauroria[/nation]
[nation]New Provenance[/nation]
[nation]Nileia[/nation]
[nation]Nippon-Nihon[/nation]
[nation]OsivoII[/nation]
[nation]Paramountica[/nation]
[nation]Paseo[/nation]
[nation]Peking Zhongguo[/nation]
[nation]Pontianus[/nation]
[nation]Provenancia[/nation]
[nation]Ranponian[/nation]
[nation]Rutannia[/nation]
[nation]Saudi Arabiyah[/nation]
[nation]Socialist Democratic Republic Romania[/nation]
[nation]Spainard[/nation]
[nation]Sudesam[/nation]
[nation]Turkiye 1st[/nation]
[nation]Vancouver Straits[/nation]
[nation]Victoria Harbor[/nation]
[nation]Vietnam SV[/nation]
[nation]Virnall[/nation]
[/spoiler][/list][/list]
Paramountica, Amsterwald, Nippon-Nihon, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Tallahan, Adriatican Islands, Maziya, Hatzburg, Spain-, Slipway
[list]1967년 03월 18일
[sub]Snap Election[/sub][/list]
[list][sub]1967 Election - The Battle for Second[/sub][/list]
[sub]SEOUL, Rutannia[/sub]
| The campaign had been short compared to other elections in Korean history, but by no means was it lifeless. The unexpected calling of the election had caught all parties off-guard, including that of the Prime Minister, the ruling National Democratic Party was about to face its first set of elections since it was formed through merger. The timing of the election had caused some headaches, with new boundaries in place for the single-member districts since the boundary commission had recommended that each single-district comprise of 150,000 electors, and thusly parties now had to move sitting AMs around the districts and select far more candidates than previous with the chamber now consisting of 249 district AMs and 249 regional list AMs. Fortunately the constitutional court had ruled that a new threshold of two percent be set nationally in order to qualify for regional seats, avoiding the issue of having no threshold at all. |
| The campaign had become bogged down in the argument over which party was going to place second in the election, as opinion polls indicated a close race between the Social Democrats and the Workers Party, meanwhile the NDP seemed unstoppable with their lead varying from 20-30 percent. The Social Democrats had focused much of their attention on the regional votes while concentrating on 25-30 single-member districts in order to make their vote more efficient. The Workers Party on the other hand had entered the election on the back foot having very little cash-in-hand for campaigning, and thus had to get creative with their campaign. The party had been in a steady decline for some time, and the emergence of the Social Democrats had seen the party slowly fall from its former high. The smaller parties including the Peoples Party; the Democratic Republicans; and the Chondoist Chongu Party focused heavily on one to two target seats while campaigning intensely in the larger urban areas in order to meet the two percent threshold for regional seats. For the Peoples Party their anti-Japanese sentiment had already garnered them attention from some circles in the Korean populace. |
| For the first time a scheduled election night programme had been put on by KBS1, the programme began thirty minutes before polls closed and would air until five oclock the next morning when the regular news schedule began. The night itself was filled with a mixture of unease and tension, the NDP were hoping that the gamble would pay off both with the merger and the snap election. Park himself was confident that his gamble would bear fruit and he could easily continue in power until the turn of the decade; meanwhile the opposition parties were holding their breath and they awaited the first results to trickle in. |[list]
[sub]Head Reporter: We are getting the results from Mokpo, the seat is currently held by the Workers Party with a slim majority, just one hundred and twelve votes in it. Interestingly enough the SDP candidate is Kim Dae-jung, the partys election strategist. The Workers Party candidate is Kim Yong-ju, the brother of Kim Il-sung, hoping the high profile will keep the seat for them.[/sub][/list]
| The camera would flicker over to one stationed in the counting hall for a handful of the seats in Pyongyang, showing candidates standing around an official who was speaking into a microphone. |[list]
[sub]Election Official: . . . Kim Yong-ju, Workers Party. Forty-seven thousand, six hundred and forty-two. Kim Dae-jung, Social Democratic Party. Forty-nine thousand and two. . .[/sub][/list]
| Huge cheers would erupt from the hall as the two candidates shook hands briefly before Choi cheered to the crowds bowing to his supporters, being quickly joined by his wife who gave him a long and joyful hug. The camera would quickly flicker back to the television studio where the presenter was now joined by several other guests. The programme continued on through the night as more and more results began to roll in; it became clear that the Workers Party were having a bad night, but not as bad as polls had indicated, while the SDP had made some significant progress, unseating some big names in the process. |[list]
[*] Korean National Party - 국민민주당
[sup]Leader: Park Chung-hee[/sup]
45.82%, 177 seats
[*] Workers Party of Korea - 조선로동당
[sup]Leader: Kim Il-sung[/sup]
22.75%, 27 seats
[*] Korean Social Democratic Party - 조선사회민주당
[sup]Leader: Min Jin-Sang[/sup]
15.54%, 24 seats
[*] Peoples Party - 국민의당
[sup]Leader: Kim Hong-il[/sup]
8.53%, 8 seats
[*] Democratic Republican Party - 조선사회민주당
[sup]Leader: Chung Il-kwon[/sup]
4.68%, 5 seats
[*] Chondoist Chongu Party - 천도교청우당
[sup]Leader: Kim Jong-ju[/sup]
1.15%, 2 seats[/list]
| As the results of the single-districts were finalised, it became clear that although the SDP had fallen short of expectations in terms of raw votes, it had more efficiently targeted districts, finishing three seats behind the Workers Party. Although in the regional ballot the emerging trend was that the SDP had performed significantly better, outpacing the WPK by 5-10 points in many urban areas, although falling short of such a feat in Pyongyang. The minor parties had fared well by targeting one or two key seats, with the DRP managing to hold all but one of the seats they gained from defections. The Peoples Party had successfully held all of its seats and gained the seat of Chang Myons private secretary. |[list]
[*] Korean National Party - 국민민주당
[sup]Leader: Park Chung-hee[/sup]
38.18%, 274 seats (+77*)
[*] Korean Social Democratic Party - 조선사회민주당
[sup]Leader: Min Jin-Sang[/sup]
24.81%, 87 seats (+40*)
[*] Workers Party of Korea - 조선로동당
[sup]Leader: Kim Il-sung[/sup]
20.44%, 79 seats (-27*)
[*] Peoples Party - 국민의당
[sup]Leader: Kim Hong-il[/sup]
7.25%, 26 seats (+26)
[*] Democratic Republican Party - 조선사회민주당
[sup]Leader: Chung Il-kwon[/sup]
5.49%, 18 seats (+9*)
[*] Chondoist Chongu Party - 천도교청우당
[sup]Leader: Kim Jong-ju[/sup]
2.42%, 8 seats (+8)[/list]
| By the time the regional ballots had been counted and seats assigned the NDP had successfully secured a majority in the National Assembly increasing their seat total as a percentage compared to the pre-dissolution, although they had lost seats as a percentage when looking at the combined totals for the NDP and KNP after the 1965 election. The biggest story of the night was the success of the Social Democrats in the regional ballot who managed to vastly outpace the Workers Party, taking their seat total above that of the WPK. The SDP will now hold the position of main opposition garnering themselves more funding and allotted media time. It is rumoured that Kim Il-sung is considering stepping back from the main leadership of the party but continue in some other capacity within the party. |
| Now that Park Chung-hee had secured a third term as Prime Minister, a term that will take him into the next decade, many on the left had begun to ask whether Park was defeatable. The infighting between the Workers Party and the SDP had seen the left-wing vote split, with many campaigns claiming to be the best candidate to defeat the NDP candidate. Some in the more left-wing circles were calling for the two parties to unify in order to defeat Park, something both parties had flatly rejected. The new Assembly Session is expected to begin on April 3rd with the opening of the session by the King, a very gleeful looking Park had made his way to the Palace earlier this morning in order to inform the King of the result and ask to form the new government. |
[spoiler=[sub]Written for the RMB Screen of the[/sub]
COMMONWEALTH OF LIBERTY
]
Socialist Democratic Republic Romania
The Confederate Prussian Empire
[/spoiler]
Paramountica, Amsterwald, Nippon-Nihon, Metropolitan Francais, Abessinienreich, New Provenance, Tallahan, Maziya, Hatzburg, Spain-, Slipway
[list][pre]JUNE of 1967[/pre][/list]
[pre]THE UNION OF SOVIET SOCIALIST REPUBLICS
Союз Советских Социалистических Республик[/pre]
[pre]SOVIET ARMY FORCES MARCH WESTWARD TO ESTABLISH WARSAW PACT-ENDORSED MILITARY BASES AS PART OF NEW BLOC SECURITY MEASURES[/pre]
[pre]ПОДРАЗДЕЛЕНИЯ СОВЕТСКОЙ АРМИИ НАПРАВЛЯЮТСЯ НА ЗАПАД ДЛЯ СОЗДАНИЯ НОВЫХ ВОЕННЫХ БАЗ ВАРШАВСКОГО ПАКТА В РАМКАХ МЕР БЕЗОПАСНОСТИ НОВОГО БЛОКА
[/pre]
| [sub]After the withdrawal of the Yugoslav state from the Warsaw Pact, the Soviet Union immediately organized for several summits of Warsaw Pact leaders to discuss the future of the Soviet-led military alliance designed to unite socialist states against the threat of capitalism. Over the next several months preliminary discussions were held, and summits delayed, but in June of 1967 a final summit was held with all Warsaw Pact heads of state attending, from Bulgaria to Romania, to top members of the Soviet bureaucracy. General Secretary Alexei Kosygin led the summit naturally, and Presidium of the Supreme Soviet Pyotr Lomako was also a key figure present. The Soviet delegation brought forward a wide-ranging list of proposals, including:[/sub] |
[list][pre]- Frequent biannual large-scale military exercises on land, air and sea, to be hosted by a rotating list of Warsaw Pact member states
- Greater cooperation on defense, space, and advanced technology development; sharing of technologies and academic knowledge
- Early introduction of the Interkosmos program to take place directly alongside the introduction of the 3-man Soyuz spacecraft; each Warsaw Pact member state will be given the opportunity to participate in Interkosmos
- Establishment of a joint economic committee comprised of the finance and economy ministers of our various nations on the discussion of possible pathways to bolster Warsaw Pact industries from the 1970-1980 time period; this committee shall also recommend potential policy changes to facilitate accelerated economic growth for Warsaw Pact citizens (CMEA)
- Establishment of a tighter pathway for departure from the Warsaw Pact to encourage Pact unity and compromise over petty squabbles
- Implementation of biannual Warsaw Pact summits to be hosted by a rotating list of Warsaw Pact member states
- Formulation of a comprehensive Warsaw Pact trade agreement to boost inter-Pact trade, imports, exports, etc., to provide Pact member states with equipment and products needed to bolster economic strength and confidence (CMEA)
- Strengthening of student exchange programs between Warsaw Pact member states (limited number of students per year)
- Strengthening of cultural and technological exchange programs between Warsaw Pact member states[/pre][/list]
| [sub]Concerns by the Romanian delegation were brought up and swiftly implemented. The summit ended with a face of strong unity and determination in the face of hardship. Photographs were taken of the Warsaw Pact leaders standing arm in arm, confident and smiling. Speaking with Pravda, the state newspaper, General Secretary Kosygin expressed "great confidence" at the future of the alliance and of the Soviet Union's diplomatic standing. He expressed optimism at what was agreed at the summit and what will be agreed on in future summits. Another major part of the discussions was a proposal by the Soviet government to deploy an additional 1,500 Soviet troops to each Warsaw Pact nation for the establishment of new forward military bases that would supplement the military capabilities and training capacities of Warsaw Pact member states. It was an extension of a hand of cooperation, to allow Warsaw Pact member states to redirect their focus to the development of services for the proletariat while Moscow provided for a part of their defense. This already was the case, partially at least, with the USSR serving as a major arms exporter to the members of the Warsaw Pact.[/sub] |
| [sub]The proposal faced initial resistance from the reform-minded Romanian delegation, but this was overcome with agreements with Bulgaria to allow for joint stationing of Soviet military forces alongside Bulgarian forces. The proposal was then brought forward once more to the full summit body for deliberation and with no objections, the proposal was adopted and immediately implemented. The maneuver had as much been a bid to restore the confidence of the Warsaw Pact in the Soviets' ability to defend them and keep the alliance together, as a bid to reinforce the image of Soviet supremacy. The alliance was very much a Soviet-led one like how the North Atlantic Treaty Organization was very much an American-led one. While a pragmatist and a diplomat at heart, Kosygin understood the unique needs of his situation as leader of the Soviet Union. Firmness would be required. With that and the need for solidarity and alliance unity in mind, Kosygin issued a proclamation directing the Soviet general staff to begin planning for the movement of several Soviet Army divisions westward.[/sub] |
| [sub]Two well-trained, well-equipped Soviet Rifle Divisions supplemented by several air squadrons from the Soviet Air Force would board their trucks and trains and embark westward to their new deployments in Poland, Czechoslovakia, Hungary, Romania, Bulgaria, the German Democratic Republic, and the Lithuanian Soviet Socialist Republic, which was also considered for the purposes of this as a territory in need of bolstered military security. The force size would be small, with 1,500 infantry along with supporting officer corps, medical corps and supplementary personnel, and with two air squadrons of 12 jet aircraft each accompanying them. The infantry force would also be accompanied by trucks to allow them to partially enter a mobile configuration, as well as infantry fighting vehicles. In coordination with Warsaw Pact member states these forces would separate and cross their respective borders, coordinating with the respective national governments to establish a location for the new Soviet bases they would reside in. General Secretary Kosygin backed up their deployment with the moving of two additional Rifle Divisions of 9,300 men each into Byleruthenia and Ukraine, along with new air defense systems and air squadrons.[/sub] |
| [sub]The forces' primary objective would, of course, be the training of fellow Warsaw Pact military forces, so the new bases that would be established in the near future would facilitate this. Training facilities and broad barracks areas would be planned at the strategically-placed sites across the Eastern Bloc. Soviet infantrymen would engage in regular and permanent exercises with their Warsaw Pact counterparts. Soviet officers would train and work with their Warsaw Pact counterparts to devise new strategies, share knowledge and bolster interoperability between Warsaw Pact forces. These new units would only be a part of the strong Soviet presence, but they would bolster the presence nonetheless.[/sub] |
| [sub]Combined with new programs to bolster the armaments of Soviet ground forces and boost their overall manpower numbers, these new efforts to strengthen the Soviet bloc would become a priority policy for General Secretary Kosygin as he approaches his first year in office.[/sub] |
____
[spoiler=[sub]Written for the RMB Screen of the[/sub]
COMMONWEALTH OF LIBERTY
]
Socialist Democratic Republic Romania
The Confederate Prussian Empire
[/spoiler]
Paramountica, Amsterwald, Nippon-Nihon, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Tallahan, Maziya, Hatzburg, Spain-, Slipway
БЪЛГАРСКО НАЦИОНАЛНО РАДИО
Козлодуй, област Враца, НРБ
28 март 1967 г
------------------------------------
Kozludoy Selected as Site for Bulgaria's First Nuclear Power Plant
Козлудой избран за площадка за първата българска атомна електроцентрала
In a groundbreaking announcement today, the Committee for the Peaceful Use of Atomic Energy revealed that the town of Kozludoy has been chosen as the site for Bulgaria's inaugural nuclear power plant. This significant stride towards harnessing atomic energy is set to transform the nation's energy landscape and is a result of collaboration between Bulgaria and the Soviet Union.
The decision to embark on this ambitious project was solidified after the Bulgarian Communist Party expressed its unwavering commitment to a nuclear-powered future. This commitment traces back to the successful nuclear chain reaction achieved at the Sofia Nuclear Research and Experiment Base in 1961. Since then, Bulgaria has actively sought to join the global atomic energy community, with today's announcement marking a pivotal moment in the nation's history.
Faced with the continual depletion of fossil fuels and a growing concern for the environmental impact of traditional energy sources, Bulgaria has strategically turned its focus towards atomic energy. The move towards nuclear power is seen as a sustainable solution to meet the country's rising energy demands while minimizing the environmental impact.
The collaboration with the Soviet Union further cements Bulgaria's commitment to the nuclear cause. The Soviet Union has pledged its support by providing engineers, scientists, and essential equipment to assist the People's Republic of Bulgaria in realizing its nuclear ambitions. This cooperative effort underscores the strength of the diplomatic ties between the two nations and highlights the shared vision for a nuclear-powered future.
Minister of Construction Pencho Kubadinski has been appointed to lead the ambitious nuclear program. His role will be pivotal in overseeing the construction of the nuclear power plant in Kozludoy. The plant is designed to accommodate seven individual reactors, with construction planned in stages over a period of at least 20 years.
Each VVER reactor acquired from the Soviet Union is expected to produce around 1,000 megawatts of power, a significant contribution to Bulgaria's energy grid. The phased construction approach will allow for careful monitoring and evaluation, ensuring the safety and efficiency of the nuclear power plant.
As Bulgaria takes this momentous step towards a nuclear-powered future, the world watches closely, recognizing the nation's commitment to sustainable and innovative energy solutions. The selection of Kozludoy as the site for Bulgaria's first nuclear power plant marks the beginning of a new era in the country's history, one powered by the boundless potential of atomic energy.
Paramountica, Nippon-Nihon, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Tallahan, Maziya, Hatzburg, Slipway, Mutawakkiliti, Zingium
Radiodifusora Nacional de Colombia
Cayambe, Cantón Cayambe, República de Colombia
28 de marzo de 1967
---------------------------------------
Saving History: Preserving the Kichwa Language in Colombia
Salvando la historia: preservando la lengua kichwa en Colombia
In the heart of the Cayambe Canton, nestled amid the breathtaking landscapes of Southern Colombia, lies the city of Cayambea haven of cultural richness and historical significance. Today, we delve into the unique efforts to preserve the Kichwa language, a linguistic treasure that echoes the ancient roots of the indigenous people who call this city home.
Cayambe is home to a distinct group of indigenous people, among the last true indigenous communities in Colombia. Descendants of the Kayampi people, who predated the Inca civilization, they have maintained a resilient cultural identity despite the tumultuous chapters of conquest and colonization. Their ancestors valiantly resisted Huayna Capac, the eleventh Sapa Inca, during a brutal two-decade conflict before ultimately succumbing.
What sets the people of Cayambe apart is their steadfast commitment to the Kichwa language, an ancient tongue predating the arrival of the Spanish conquistadors. Still spoken as the lingua franca in rural hamlets, Kichwa was officially recognized as one of Colombia's official languages in the 1940san essential step toward acknowledging the nation's indigenous heritage.
Kichwa, a dialect of Quechua spoken in the Andes, exhibits unique characteristics, including subdivisions such as Inga, Chimborazo, Imbabura, and Cañar Highland Quechua. Notably, Kichwa's syntax has undergone grammatical simplification compared to Quechua, a phenomenon attributed to the partial creolization of pre-Incan languages in Colombia.
Efforts to promote and sustain Kichwa are gaining momentum across Colombia, particularly in the southern regions where the language remains prevalent. The introduction of bilingual teaching in select areas is a key initiative, with independent schools in Cayambe Canton at the forefront of this educational transformation.
Dolores Cacuango, a prominent figure in the preservation of the Kichwa language, spearheads several independent schools in Cayambe. Her dedication to safeguarding this linguistic heritage has earned her a place as one of the driving forces behind the language's preservation.
The National Board of Intercultural Bilingual Education has assumed the responsibility of preserving Kichwa in Colombia. This strategic initiative aims not only to protect the linguistic diversity of the region but also to foster a deep appreciation for the cultural legacy embedded in the Kichwa language.
As the echoes of Kichwa resonate through the valleys and hills of Cayambe, Colombia stands at the forefront of a cultural renaissanceone that cherishes its indigenous past and safeguards a linguistic treasure for generations to come. The efforts in Cayambe serve as a testament to the resilience of a people determined to ensure that the echoes of their ancestors' voices continue to shape the cultural landscape of Colombia.
Paramountica, Amsterwald, Nippon-Nihon, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Kewtpuff, Tallahan, Maziya, Spain-, Slipway, Mutawakkiliti, Zingium
[list][list]SHOWA 42 | APRIL 1967[/list]
[list][list]日曜日の朝
[pre]SUNDAY MORNING[/pre][/list][/list]
[pre] S Ō D A I H A R U ¹ [/pre]
[list][list][sub][pre] オー・スネイル 富士山に登ろう でも、ゆっくり、ゆっくり
O Snail; Climb Mount Fuji But slowly, slowly![/pre][/sub][/list][/list]
HONGŌ CAMPUS EVENING
[sub]TOKYO, Nippon-Nihon[/sub]
| In cities like New York, London, and Paris, citizens frequently use public transport on their daily journeys to work. Tokyo is no different. Tired of this chaotic life in the big city, 25-year-old college lady YOUKO HARA, wearing a beautiful flowered dress and carrying some books, dreams of living in a calm and peaceful place in a coastal city, but her obligations come first. YOUKOs parents asked her to go to college because one day she would inherit the familys small restaurant and since then she has kept her grades high, studying day after day. But that would change. On a day like any other at college, her best friend invited her to travel to a seaside town. This was an opportunity for YOUKO to escape the big city, but she refused, giving the excuse that she needed to focus on her studies. |
[list]| KYOKO HATTORI, [sub]University Student[/sub] | I know you need to focus on your studies, but sometimes you need to relax from time to time.[/list]
[list][list]勉強に集中する必要があるのはわかりますが、時にはリラックスすることも必要です。[/list][/list]
[list]| YOUKO HARA, [sub]University Student[/sub] | Obligations come first.[/list]
[list][list]義務が第一です。[/list][/list]
[list]| KYOKO HATTORI, [sub]University Student[/sub] | And secondly, comes the fun?[/list]
[list][list]そして第二に、楽しみは来るでしょうか?[/list][/list]
| As KYOKO laughed, her friend YOUKO looked at her with a serious look. |
[list]| YOUKO HARA, [sub]University Student[/sub] | Wrong! In second place are extracurricular activities.[/list]
[list][list]間違っている! 2位は課外活動です。[/list][/list]
| KYOKO, however, insisted once again that YOUKO travel with her to the familys summer home. |
[list]| KYOKO HATTORI, [sub]University Student[/sub] | Lets go with me on this trip, please! I would hate to go to the beach without my best friend.[/list]
[list][list]この旅に一緒に行きましょう、お願いします! 親友なしではビーチに行くのは嫌です。[/list][/list]
[list]| YOUKO HARA, [sub]University Student[/sub] | You win, I will travel with you! But I need to call my parents.[/list]
[list][list]あなたが勝ちます、私はあなたと一緒に旅行します! でも両親に電話しなければなりません。[/list][/list]
[list]| KYOKO HATTORI, [sub]University Student[/sub] | I knew you would change your mind! This trip will be fun, believe me.[/list]
[list][list]あなたが考えを変えるだろうと私は知っていました! この旅行は楽しいでしょう、信じてください。[/list][/list]
[list]| YOUKO HARA, [sub]University Student[/sub] | I will help pay for travel expenses.[/list]
[list][list]旅費を補助します。[/list][/list]
| After her best friend left the room, YOUKO called her parents to tell them that she would be traveling with some friends to a coastal town. Her parents didnt like the idea, but they didnt ban her from traveling either. The next day, she and her friend woke up early, got ready, and called a taxi to take them to the airport. YOUKO was fulfilling a dream, she would finally spend time away from the big city. After spending hours stuck in Tokyos chaotic traffic, YOUKO and her friends finally arrive at Tokyo airport. While clumsily taking her suitcases out of the cars trunk, YOUKO accidentally drops one of her suitcases. Not far from her, a friendly 30-something police officer walks towards her to help her, with a smile on his face, he picks up her suitcase. |
[list]| YOUKO HARA, [sub]University Student[/sub] | Thanks for helping, Im very clumsy.[/list]
[list][list]助けてくれてありがとう、私はとても不器用です。[/list][/list]
[list]| ICHIRO NOMURA, [sub]Police Officer[/sub] | Youre welcome, its every police officers duty to help those in need.[/list]
[list][list]どういたしまして、困っている人を助けるのはすべての警察官の義務です。[/list][/list]
| YOUKO noticed that he had a beautiful smile, and suddenly her heart began to flutter slightly. After ICHIRO finished speaking, YOUKOs face started to blush. Then her friend appears to warn her to hurry, but as the two walk, KYOKO looks back and sees the police officer. |
[list]| KYOKO HATTORI, [sub]University Student[/sub] | Come on, tell me now! Why was that handsome police officer talking to you?[/list]
[list][list]さあ、今すぐ教えてください! なぜあのハンサムな警察官があなたに話しかけてきたのですか?[/list][/list]
[list]| YOUKO HARA, [sub]University Student[/sub] | He just helped me get my suitcase. Now stop wasting time, we need to hurry so we dont miss our flight.[/list]
[list][list]彼はただスーツケースを持ってくるのを手伝ってくれただけです。 時間を無駄にするのはやめて、飛行機に乗り遅れないように急ぐ必要があります。[/list][/list]
TANESASHI COAST MORNINGTIME
[sub]HACHINOHE, Nippon-Nihon[/sub]
| When the plane landed at Aomori Airport at 10:05 a.m., the two college ladies and their other friends got off the plane. When leaving the Airport, they rented two Toyota Corollas (E10) because the trip from Aomori to Hachinohe was long. But before leaving, they took a break to eat rice, miso with vegetables, sardines, tamagoyaki, bacon, and sausage. After more than an hour of travel, they finally arrive at KYOKOs summer home in Hachinohe. This trip left KYOKO tired, but YOUKO still had energy to spare. |
[list]| YOUKO HARA, [sub]University Student[/sub] | Im going to take a walk around the city to see it, I heard that there are some very beautiful beaches here.[/list]
[list][list]それを見るために街を散歩するつもりですが、ここにはとても美しいビーチがいくつかあると聞きました。[/list][/list]
[list]| KYOKO HATTORI, [sub]University Student[/sub] | I will stay at home and rest from the trip, as I am exhausted.[/list]
[list][list]疲れているので、旅行は家で休みます。[/list][/list]
| With KYOKO and her other friends settling in at the house, YOUKO then went for a walk around the city. She called a taxi to go to TANESASHI COAST, to visit one of the beaches. |
[list]| YOUKO HARA, [sub]University Student[/sub] | How beautiful the sea is![/list]
[list][list]海はなんて美しいんだろう![/list][/list]
| When the taxi arrived at its destination, YOUKO was surprised at the price she would have to pay the driver, but she paid it. When she stepped onto the beach sand, the wind began to ruffle YOUKO's hair, but she walked without caring about the wind. So she found a big rock, sat on it, and enjoyed the fresh sea breeze. Suddenly a bird appeared walking on the beach, it was a green pheasant. YOUKO got up from where she was and went to approach him and tried to pet him but was stung, she tried a second time and was stung again. |
[list]| YOUKO HARA, [sub]University Student[/sub] | That hurts![/list]
[list][list]それは痛い![/list][/list]
[list]| HARU, [sub]Pheasant[/sub] | Dont touch my feathers![/list]
[list][list]私の羽に触れないでください![/list][/list]
| With an alarmed expression, YOUKO started screaming because she had never seen a talking animal before and then ran towards a crowd of people. A few minutes later YOUKO decided to return to the place where she saw the talking pheasant, but it wasnt there. She thought it would be better to go home, but this time it would be by bus. Waiting at the bus stop, YOUKO was reading a magazine she bought at a newsstand, and suddenly the pheasant appeared right next to her. |
[list]| HARU, [sub]Pheasant[/sub] | The next bus doesnt appear until 1:30 p.m.[/list]
[list][list]次のバスは午後 1 時 30 分まで来ません。[/list][/list]
| YOUKO was a little scared, but she didnt scream, instead, she spoke to the pheasant. |
[list]| YOUKO HARA, [sub]University Student[/sub] | Thats surprising, you speak like a human![/list]
[list][list]驚くべきことに、あなたは人間のように話します![/list][/list]
[list]| HARU, [sub]Pheasant[/sub] | If I told you the real reason that allows me to talk to a human, you wouldnt believe it.[/list]
[list][list]私が人間と話せる本当の理由を話しても、あなたは信じないでしょう。[/list][/list]
[list]| YOUKO HARA, [sub]University Student[/sub] | Ill believe you, Im talking to a talking animal. Now I believe in anything.[/list]
[list][list]信じます、私は話す動物と話しています。 今では何でも信じています。[/list][/list]
[list]| HARU, [sub]Pheasant[/sub] | Okay, so Ill tell you why I talk to humans, it all started . . .[/list]
[list][list]さて、それでは私が人間と話す理由をお話しますが、すべては始まりました...[/list][/list]
| The two talked until the bus arrived. If YOUKO had given up going to the beach and chosen to stay at the summer house with her best friend, she wouldnt have met her friend HARU, but luckily she chose to go to the beach. |
__
[sub]¹ A Series: SŌDAI HARU A Japanese college lady, who lives above her parents restaurant in Tokyo, one day goes to the beach with some college friends. There she meets a talking green pheasant (Japans national bird), at first, she tries to run away from him because she is frightened by a talking animal, but later the two become friends.[/sub]
Paramountica, Arcanda, Amsterwald, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Kewtpuff, Tallahan, Maziya, Spain-, Slipway, Zingium
[list]June 1967
[sub]The Automobile Spark[/sub][/list]
[pre]D I E B U N D E S R E P U B L I K[/pre]
THE BEATING INDUSTRIAL HEART
[sub]FRANKFURT, FEDERAL REPUBLIC OF GERMANY, New Provenance - MORNING[/sub]
| KARL SCHILLER, Federal Minister of Economics, and his superior, WILLY BRANDT, Federal Chancellor, toured a Volkswagen VW plant in Frankfurt, one of the central industrial centers of the nation, in June, to commemorate the passage of new federal subsidies for the German automobile industry, which was aiming for ambitious expansion and growth in the 1970s amid growing competition from countries like Japan, whose automobile industry was facing a massive boom. Schiller and Brandt were received at the plant by top VW officials, including its board of directors, and they held several meetings to discuss cooperation between the German government and the massive German automobile industry. Since before the Federal Republic's establishment, automobiles had been a big part of German industry. Volkswagen, BMW and Daimler were among the strongest automobile giants in the world, and they played a big role in accelerating the German economic miracle ("Wirtschaftwunder") in the 1950s. The 1960s saw moderate growth with the shfit of government policies from center-right to center-left, but the government of Chancellor Brandt reoriented itself towards the center in a bid to revitalize the German automobile industry. |
| With the enthusiastic support of the Free Democratic Party and its leader, ERICH MENDE, the Social Democrats successfully passed a major package providing historic investments and subsidies for the German automobile industry, along with historically low taxes and commitments by Brandt's foreign ministry to promote German automobile companies. Volkswagen had the strongest international presence having secured foreign production agreements through diplomatic efforts by the German government, and it was the company best positioned to utilize these new measures to continue growing. Other companies like BMW and Daimler, the latter of whom was seeking a parallel expansion into the aerospace sector, were also poised to receive significant subsidies. Chancellor Brandt touted these efforts as the "spark" for a new automobile boom. With the German economy on the mend and income growth rates stabilizing somewhat, consumers were going out and purchasing more, and that included cars. Production rates for German automobiles had lagged in the early part of the 1960s but were now also on the rise again, but not at the rate countries like Japan were going. |
[list]| [sub]WILLY BRANDT, Federal Chancellor[/sub] | "A concentrated approach needs to be taken to keep the German automobile industry highly competitive and innovative when it comes to new products."[/list]
| In rare cross-party negotiations, Brandt crafted an economic package that would include loosening of some lower-level regulations and the streamlining of the business permit securing process to allow for the growth of small businesses in Germany in coordination with the fiscally conservative Christian Democratic Union party. Ludwig Erhard, opposition leader and former Economy Minister, played a big role in these negotiations and secured some of his policy proposals from the Brandt government. Progressives called it a sign of weakness by Chancellor Brandt, who barely escaped a defeat in the 1965 elections, while centrists and moderates viewed the change as a shift by the SPD towards the center rather than towards the left, which was a change visible in parties like the Democratic Party in the United States at this time. Nonetheless, these negotiations procured economic legislation that were passed in May and June, with the Chancellor aiming for another blitz in economic legislation in July and August. |
| Germany's top automobile producers, VOLKSWAGEN, BMW, DAIMLER, and AUDI, convened for a special conference of automobile manufacturers in Munich, in Bavaria, to discuss the future of the German automobile industry. They were top economic players who held major influence in shaping the industry. DR. KURT LOTZ, the nominee to lead the Volkswagen Group, led discussions and called for "good competition and positive growth". Separately, the companies unveiled ambitious plans for 1968 and onwards, spurred on by commitments from investors whose confidence was renewed by strong government support for the industry. BMW and Audi were aiming for the higher-end markets which were growing thanks to parallel rises in income in Germany and abroad, while Volkswagen and Daimler sought to open new opportunities in industrial sectors and in the affordable vehicle industry, which Volkswagen dominated. In concert with the federal government, plans to increase production by the opening of new plants sponsored by state governments to also allow for the creation of new jobs would be made for 1968 and onward, with plans for as much as a 30% increase in production by 1970. |
[spoiler=[sub]Written for the RMB Screen of the[/sub]
COMMONWEALTH OF LIBERTY
]
Socialist Democratic Republic Romania
The Confederate Prussian Empire
[/spoiler]
Paramountica, Arcanda, Amsterwald, Socialist Democratic Republic Romania, Nippon-Nihon, Nileia, Metropolitan Francais, Kewtpuff, Tallahan, Maziya, Spain-, Slipway, Mutawakkiliti, Zingium
5 , APRIL , 1967
Kota Melaka,Malaysia
Trust The Process: Pen To Paper
| After a series of non-stop negotiations. As president Hadif spends months in Malaysia, to get Tunku Abdul Rahman to sign the paper to officialise Brunei entry into the federation. With deputy president, Azim Hani having to govern over Brunei in Hadif's absence. But with enough time, a lot of talking, and a lot promises some of which most likely will never be fulfilled by both sides of the table. Tunku and Hadif would put pen to paper, signing their signature onto a document that guarantees Brunei entry into the Malaysian Federation. |
| Brunei's entry into the Malaysian Federation, became public news a week after the official signing. At least in Brunei. In Malaysia the news became official public knowledge two weeks after Brunei gave their public announcement. Either way with the news becoming public knowledge, comes the thoughts and opinions of political organisations within both Brunei and Malaysia, on the entry of Brunei into the federation. |
| Of the voices of major political organisations in peninsular Malaysia. Coming from Tunku Abdul Rahman's own party, Alliance. Deputy prime minister of Malaysia, Abdul Razak Hussein made his opinion public on the entry of Brunei into the federation:
[List][I]" While I should stay neutral on this dealing. But I feel like the entry of a nation led by a coup leader, should spark worry among the people of Malaysia. Not only because he doesn't run on a model that we all wanted upon the freedom of the land we call, but do we even know what he believes in? [B]No! I fear that he might grow too powerful among the armed forces, and if not kept in check he could perform another coup and seize control over Malaysia, I fear that the military will heed to his cries of "revolution against democracy" and that his motives will not have the intentions of people at heart. "[/I][/list]
Shortly after the deputy prime minister, made his opinions known. A city away from the deputy PM. [B]Burhanuddin al-Helmy leader of the Pan-Malaysian Islamic Party or PAS for short. Was also telling the public about his thoughts on Brunei entry into the federation:
[List][I]" From what I've read about his actions during his tenure. I can only fear for the future of Malaysian religious identity. Within just his tenure, he tore down the previous administrations religious policy's, instead replacing them with policy's that go with a more neutral angle. Which I'm against, as he turns his back on the faith of Islam, which brought the Malay world to its one and only golden age. As far as I can see, he cannot be left alone to devices. As if he isn't kept a close eye on, we would see the cultural identity that the Malay people have developed around the religion of Islam be torn down. I could go as far as say, that perhaps Hadif is actually a secret Christian but still claiming he is a Muslim, to retain public approval. The best thing he can do for his state and the nation as a whole, is to just retire while he still has the chance. "[/I][/list]
Once the opinions of Abdul Razak Hussein and Burhanuddin al-Helmy were published in news outlets, the leader of the Democratic Action Party [I](DAP)[/I]; Goh Hock Guan with the intentions of resonating with the public, since the topic has become one of much debate in the political environment of Malaysia. He would make his opinions well known as well:
[List][I]" With the Federal Republic of Brunei entry into the Malaysian Federation, I might as well follow my peers in this debate. From what I've seen and heard, Hadif Rayyan is someone who is ideologically anonymous as he formed his government out of a coup rather then out of the democratic process, and he has never used his ideology as a platform, so there are no writings from the man himself or his followers about what he believes in. But after reading some newspapers from Brunei, about Hadif's policies that he had enacted in the past. It seems that he might be in a similar situation to us the DAP, and the PAP (People's Action Party). Where we run not on a model of ethno-nationalism, but on a model of civic-nationalism. But like Malaysia, his country had multiple different ethno-nationalist political organisations, which is a very attractive ideology but a very harmful ideology. As it uses the us against them mentality which isn't good for a nation like the Malaysian Federation, were none of the major ethnic groups in this nation share any mutual traits outside of location of birth. With Brunei admission into the federation, we would expect to see new ideas in the air as we will get to see the Malay point of view on trying to create a state of civic-nationalism rather then a ethno-nationalist state. "[/I] |[/list]
| Meanwhile the Malaysian states on Borneo, would too. Make their opinions public on the entry of Brunei. The first of which being Ong Kee Hui, leader/founder of the Sarawak United People's Party [I](SUPP)[/I]:
[List][I]" I hope that Brunei entry into the union won't end like Singapore's. If it does happen, I will try my hardest to convince parliament to retain Brunei in the union, I won't let the mistakes of my past happen again. If what Goh Hock Guan said is to be believed and that he is very factual about what he said, Brunei entry into the union would cause an effect of political factionalism. One faction would be those who think ethno-nationalism is the future, and those who think civic-nationalism is the future. At least that's what I speculate. Personally I would join the civic-nationalist faction, I saw a future in Lee Kuan Yew's model when he ran in the last general elections, and if Brunei entry would spark a similar proposed model I would back their cause. We in the SUPP do not wish to see the federation pick a ideology that would leave it dead and be left high and dry. "[/I][/list]
Another response made is by Datu Mustapha bin Datu Harun, the "father of independent Sabah" and the leader of the United Sabah National Organisation [I](USNO)[/I]:
[List][I]" Brunei entry into the union is like turning the world upside down. They are a nation led by a military coup leader, they remove policies which strengthened the Muslim population in the nation and as a result strengthened a common Malay identity. Hadif's actions during his administration has radically changed the way his people live, I'm afraid to say that unless something is done soon in Brunei we might as well consider them an entirely different ethnic group. Clearly Hadif has no interest in a common Malay identity, and instead pursues his own interests. I'm more in favour of having Brunei run a full state election so that a true Malay nationalist party could take lead of Brunei and bring it more inline with the rest of the federation. We don't need another majority Christian state, we already have Sarawak and that's enough. "[/I][/list]
The last person to make their opinions known is Jugah Barieng the leader of
Parti Pesaka Sarawak or [I]Pesaka[/I] for short:
[List][I]" Brunei entry into the federation is one of excitement. As if all of my peers claims are to be believed, he might be against the further Malayification of Borneo. Which if spread further could see Borneo be effective a colonial puppet of Malaysia, and subsequently the Malay people. If he is against the further Malayification I would be in support for him through and through, but if he isn't then he is another political enemy of the Iban people, the culture and identity of the other bumiputeras (aboriginals) of the island of Borneo. I hope that he is a smart man who's mind will be able to calculate the opinions of the other political groups, and that he will be true to the new world of politics he is entering. "[/I] |[/list]
| When Hadif got back to Brunei, he would decide to form the new Parti Federalis Brunei [I](Brunei Federalist Party)[/I] so that he would have his own political group to participate in the '69 general elections. He would meet with Azim Hani, to talk to him and they discussed how they should handle all of the opinions that risen up after the news about Brunei came out. Hadif would say to Azim Hani:
[List][I]" Despite these groups opinions on the entry of Brunei into the union, one day. Maybe even during our lifetime, they'll tell the story of tonight. The day when Brunei entered the federation, and ushering in a age of a united Malay world. "[/I] |[/list]
[B]| [URL=https://www.nationstates.net/page=rmb/postid=54110684]Part 1[/URL] |
| [URL=https://www.nationstates.net/page=rmb/postid=54167573]Part 2[/URL] |
| [URL=https://www.nationstates.net/page=rmb/postid=54198556]Part 3[/URL] |
| [URL=https://www.nationstates.net/page=rmb/postid=54249215]Part 4[/URL] |
______________________________________________
[spoiler=[sub]Written for the RMB Screen of the[/sub]
COMMONWEALTH OF LIBERTY
]
Socialist Democratic Republic Romania
The Confederate Prussian Empire
[/spoiler]
Paramountica, Amsterwald, Nippon-Nihon, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Kewtpuff, Tallahan, Spain-, Slipway, Mutawakkiliti, Zingium, Two-Virginias
[list]June 1967
[sub]Defense of Our Nation[/sub][/list]
[pre]T H E M A R C O S D O C T R I N E[/pre]
[list][pre]A strong interventionist and hardline anti-communist,
President Ferdinand Marcos's administration unveils new policies to combat "socialistic" elements
to criticism from the Liberal opposition.[/pre][/list]
| One of the centerpieces of the Marcos election campaign was the effort to keep "communists and socialists" out of government. Thanks to earnest negotiations led by prominent Liberal Senator and opposition leader Ninoy Aquino, many communist groups, including the New People's Army of the Philippines, had already largely laid down their arms and were at extremely low numbers when it came to new recruitment. Former president Ramon Magsaysay had deployed the armed forces into provinces with insurgent presences and dispatched of them quickly, so by 1966, when Marcos took office, insurgency was not the issue - their potential for political influence was. The Communist Party of the Philippines evolved from an armed insurgent group into a fully-fledged political party in the 1966 elections, where they contested a surprisingly strong amount of seats. They touted a merger of Marxist and Maoist philosophy and were built around disengaging the Philippines from the United States and establishing "strategic independence" through partnership with the People's Republic of China. The party officially registered with the Commission on Elections and went on to win no House or Senate seats, nor did they field a presidential candidate, though they did win numerous council seats and barangay captaincies across the country, especially in rural areas that used to be their former strongholds. |
| Nominally, the CPP no longer called for revolution and the deposing of the Philippine national government under the terms of previous peace agreements, but President Marcos and his administration still viewed them as a threat nonetheless - and many voters did, as evident by polling that showed national security and combating communism as top priorities for Filipino voters heading into the '66 presidential race that narrowly delivered Marcos and the Nacionalista Party to another temr in power. On the campaign trail and upon entering office, Marcos' loudest critics were the Communists. While they did not hold public office they held a big share of the voices of opinion in Philippine society, thanks to the interest by the media in their affairs. Marcos and Communist Party leaders regularly sparred over agricultural and foreign policy. Their latest disagreement this summer of '67 was over defense policy. |
| Marcos was a strong supporter of the US-Philippine relationship, like practically all Filipino politicians. There was little sense in opposing the partnership that helped liberate the Philippines from torturous Japanese occupation during the war, and many Filipinos viewed the Americans as brothers and comrades across the Pacific who provided a strong security umbrella. President Marcos made regular overtures to the U.S. government and consistently committed to supporting the "special relationship" and the strong ties between the Armed Forces of the Philippines and the U.S. military. Philippine and American naval forces regularly conducted exercises and drills like they had done for decades. Marcos was in contact with many American-linked groups and officials, and was a proponent of inviting American investment into the country. The Communist Party expressed their deep and vocal dissatisfaction at this policy when Marcos reiterated his intention to expand the Visiting Forces Agreement, which guided the U.S. military presence in the Philippines. Marcos in a major policy speech at Clark Air Base called for Congress to approve the strengthening of the U.S. air and naval presence in the country and for Congress to allow the U.S. to support Philippine internal security operations. Communist leaders called the plan "weak and idiotic" and bashed Marcos as a "crony and a puppet of the West". They reiterated their calls for "strategic independence" from the United States. |
| What was instigated next was a rapid unveiling by the Marcos administration of new policies to combat "socialistic" influences in Philippine society and governance. A bill was introduced by Nacionalista lawmakers to ban the Communist Party of the Philippines, alleging a breaking of the agreements made with the Magsaysay administration that allowed them to resettle and reintegrate. Former communist guerilla fighters reintegrated into society under the NARRA program could also be barred from running for public office by the Philippine government if they were "believed to be under communist or foreign influence" under the bill. Marcos described the legislation as a "national security imperative", while the opposition, led by Liberal Sen. Ninoy Aquino, called it "undemocratic". While there were great concerns surrounding the legality of the banning of a political party by political forces, the public opinion was largely on the side of Marcos in the affair. The House of Representatives swiftly passed the bill despite demonstrations by the CPP against it. Liberal Party officials condemned it as "grossly undemocratic", opening them to accusations of communist tendencies. |
| The affair was a quick victory for the Marcos administration, which had already established itself as significantly more outspoken and vocal about its policy positions compared to the preceding Osias administration. Liberal senators were decimated by the media, who questioned their remarks against the legislation, while the Communist Party suffered the consequences of failing to stop the bill. The Senate carried the legislation with ease and President Marcos signed it into law within weeks, having established a precedent of having Congress "accelerate" the bill debating process for "priority bills" marked by Malacanang Palace. |
[spoiler=[sub]Written for the RMB Screen of the[/sub]
COMMONWEALTH OF LIBERTY
]
Socialist Democratic Republic Romania
The Confederate Prussian Empire
[/spoiler]
Amsterwald, Nippon-Nihon, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Kewtpuff, Tallahan, Maziya, Spain-, Slipway, Mutawakkiliti, Zingium
DISPATCH
Reino de España | MADRID.
https://www.nationstates.net/page=dispatch/id=1972507
[spoiler=[sub]Our hope is in Christ;
this little mountain will be
the salvation of Spain
and of the people of the Goths;
the mercy of Christ will free us
from that multitude.
Pelayo de Asturias, King of Asturias[/sub]
COMMONWEALTH OF LIBERTY
]
Socialist Democratic Republic Romania
The Confederate Prussian Empire
[/spoiler]
Amsterwald, Socialist Democratic Republic Romania, Nippon-Nihon, Nileia, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Kewtpuff, Maziya, Slipway, Zingium
La Auditoría - Part II
In a letter addressed to his elder son, Arturo Frondizi once described General Alfredo Stroessner Matiuda as: A b*stard with no comparison, a parasite, a snake that would make even Satan himself squirm at the sight of the manner in which he conducts himself. He is not a man but perhaps the incarnation of evil itself. The work of some sort of demon that was released from hell, Frondizi continued, writing to his son living in the United States that, I intend to exorcize him from the government soon. Because if I dont, I fear God may never forgive me. He has outlived his usefulness to the nation. I held back my morals and my own thoughts on the man, and now I cannot do so any longer because if I do I feel I may spend the rest of my days in a confessional attempting to cleanse myself of sins and for enabling sins.
Frondizi wasnt exactly a spiritual man. He was a devout Catholic, sure and attended Mass every Sunday as every good Catholic would. He had married in the Catholic traditions and prayed every night for health, for his family and for his country. But he was also a man of science and intellect, and had sought a way to reconcile both in his lifetime. But after meeting Stroessner on the first day of presidency, he became convinced he had encountered the Devil or at least the closest thing to it. Stroessner had nothing approaching human empathy. He was cold and emotionless, like some other force were speaking through him. And when he engaged in his duties of supposedly defending the country, he did them with such glee and delight that Frondizi couldnt help but squirm in disgust at the mere thought of the elder general enjoying the suffering and pain of people labeled criminals or enemies of the state.
The last straw came at the hands of a verified letter issued to him by an aide of Stroessner. He had written the letter anonymously, fearing reprisal (and rightfully so). What he had written in paper was some of the most repulsive behavior Frondizi had ever read. What was described kept him up at night, and somehow Stroessners enjoyment of torture and death paled in comparison to the words and images contained within. The aide went into detail on how Stroessner had seduced young girls, some as young as 12 with money, toys, work and other gifts in order to engage in acts that Frondizi couldnt stop thinking about even weeks after seeing the letters. Even worse, Stroessner had threatened their families if they spoke ill of him, and had even gone out of his way to take pictures of these young, innocent girls to keep as mementos of all these women he had used and abused at will.
It was that letter, and those picture that finally convinced Frondizi that he had not only made a grave mistake, but that the only way to correct it was through measures that would seem abhorrent even to him. Frondizi had not informed his wife or children, only those closest to him of what he intended to do. Stroessner would be assassinated. Not only as part of his Auditoría, but also as some form of justice for all the pain he had inflicted and the innocence he had taken away. Nothing would be able to bring that back to them, but at the very least those girls and their families could rest easy, knowing the monster was dead.
On a Monday morning as Stroessner was driven to his offices at the SI, he was followed by agents loyal to Frondizi. Stroessner was a proud and confident man, and lacked the paranoia of many men such as him. He trusted all those around him, convinced they were too fearful or simply so loyal to him that he had nothing to fear. After weeks of planning, Frondizi was able to exploit that weakness. Gaining access to his schedule, they knew exactly when Stroessner would arrive at the office and when he would begin working. His secretary, his aide (including the whistleblower who had been safely flown to the other side of the country as compensation for his cooperation), and other assistants were either removed from the premises or sequestered elsewhere. The rest, would be too far to be harmed by what was about to happen.
As Stroessner sat behind his desk, sighing in exhaustion after walking only a few feet from the elevator, to his office door and then his desk he went to open his special drawer. A drawer which he kept under lock and key and was filled with his Little Black Book, a list of his enemies along with other incriminating paperwork. The night before, the drawer had been emptied by a lockpicker in service of the Auditoría. As Stroessner turned the key to open the drawer, he activated a device hidden within. All he heard was a faint click, then a tick, and another tick, followed by another in a strange sequence. As the drawer opened, he saw the source of the noise. A packet, wrapped neatly in brown paper. Inside was enough C4 to destroy a car and Stroessner had just set off the devices detonator. By the time he had gotten up in an attempt to get away, the device exploded.
The workers below his office, several floors down, heard a low rumbling as the explosion destroyed his office, shattered his windows and killed the old General almost instantly. He was burned by the heat of the explosion and finished off by shrapnel, largely composed of bits of metal and wood chips that had survived the explosion from his own desk. By the time anyone had found out, Stroessned was beyond saving, his corpse mere charred remains upon burnt rugs, wooden floors a desk that had been utterly shattered in the explosion.
When Frondizi was given the signal that the mission had been a success, he didnt really celebrate. Stroessner was dead, sure and many other girls and others wouldnt fall victim to his monstrous behavior. Yet, he knew he bore responsability. He had allowed Stroessner a free hand to deal with the enemies of the state. Communists, fascists, Peronists and other extremists were efficiently removed by the old General, but eventually even that wasnt enough to justify the mans presence. Yet Frondizi had allowed him to stay. Allowed him to continue his monstrous actions without consequence. This was merely correcting one mistake. There probably wouldnt be any other chances to correct the rest. In fact, they would likely be impossible to correct.
Regardless, even when Frondizis mind weighed heavily upon him he knew one thing. Stroessner was deas, the SI was leaderless and someone who was not only capable but also loyaly to the country would have to replace him. He would also need to do everything in his power to control the fallout rhat his death would no doubt cause. Stroessner had allies, and they would either run or attempt to avenge his death one way or another. For now though, things were calm, though they were merely a precursor to a larger storm. One caused by Frondizis own efforts to cleanse the nation of its worst.
Arcanda, Amsterwald, Socialist Democratic Republic Romania, Nippon-Nihon, Nileia, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Kewtpuff, Maziya, Spain-, Slipway, Zingium
[pre]١٩٦٧, Ibril April, 1967
Locality Council Building, Mecca Road, Port Sudan, Red Sea Province (Mukataet Al-Bahr Al-Ahmer)[/pre]
[list][pre]The Republic Of Sudan جمهورية السودان[/pre][/list]
[list][list]CENTRAL GOVERNMENT FUNDS RED SEAS PORT EXPANSION PROJECT[/list][/list]
Since the industrialization of the cotton industry, Sudan has brought forth an era of locally produced items that have become a vital sector of Sudans emerging economy. Long before the independence of the Sudanese State from her colonial masters, the cotton industry had been transformed from simply raw harvest and export to the industries of Great Britain to being largely exported to the local textile and clothing factories dotting Sudans regions of urban economic and industrial development. Soon after the economy had expanded into the revitalization of the cattle and meat industries, bringing with it a new age of agricultural development that had returned powerful economic growth to the fertile farmlands of the Sudanese countryside. In recent decades alone following the birth of the Republic, Sudans recent advancements in locally manufactured locomotive engines and increase in the countrys effective railroad and hydroelectric infrastructure projects, coupled with the recent Gold Rush of the mid-60s in Sudans eastern regions, it had become ever increasingly evident that Sudans gateway to the international economy was struggling to keep up with the massive influx and outflow of trade going through this coastal harbor.
The City of Port Sudan, popularly known as Bor Sudan, is the countrys only vital gateway for the imports and exports, that keep Sudan connected to international trade and the global economy. While industry, commercialism, and residential infrastructure had been booming in the city with little to no restrictions or regulations from local administrations, it was apparent that the citys private growth was not met by an upkeep in the public infrastructure, that would go to ensure the city stayed afloat and capable in handling the increased volume of maritime and economic activities and traffic. It had only taken the chaotic events of the New Years celebrations, for the local authorities to finally do something about the horrible urban planning and congestion facing the city, launching what the Locality Council calls the Port Expansion Project. This project would garner the attention and support of the national government in Khartoum, which saw the project as a necessary step to expand Sudans economic capabilities and infrastructure, allowing it to maintain Sudans position as a key player in international trade routes of the Red Sea. Port Sudan was on its way to become the shining center of the sea of colorful corals, a central hub of trade and exchanges that sits right at the crossroads of the African and Arab world.
The bulk of the Project would go towards two main phases, the first phase is more of a city-wide development plan, that seeks to expand the size of the Osman Digna Road, which is the citys main arterial road that also serves as part of the coastal roadway network, stretching from Eritreas new port city of Hasmet, all the way up the UARs Egyptian border and beyond. This phase to expand the size of the road to allow higher volume and faster movement of traffic through the city is also meant to be the nations first demonstration of the highway road network system, which has been inspired by the interstate system and expansion carried out by the Eisenhower Administration in the United States. Plans for Sudans highway system had already been drawn up, with the coastal roadway currently serving Sudans Red Sea Province and northwestern Eritrea would eventually become part of an upgraded road system to be labeled as National Road 18 or NR 18, which ends in an even number in recognition of the highways direction going Eastbound and Westbound. Northbound and Southbound highways would end in odd numbers, such as NR 1, which shall serve as the countrys most vital highway route stretching from Port Sudan, through Khartoum, and ending in Malakal. Currently, groundwork is being laid to begin the Khartoum to Kosti stretch of this highway.
The second phase of the project would be more focused on Port Sudan, with the majority of the funding going to the second phase with the expansion of the Port Sudan main harbor on the eastern side of the highway. This expansion project brings with it additional docking spaces to allow for more cargo ships to deposit their goods at any given time, expansion of the storage and distribution infrastructure in the port, as well as increased security in the handling and movement of imported and exported goods. This massive construction effort in the Province is set to ensure an influx of job opportunities in the construction industries, with foreseen job growths in the region as a result of the revitalized industrial economy, which hopes to also attract international shipping companies and foreign investors to this modernizing coastal city, with proper infrastructure allowing the transfer of goods and products into the Sudanese and African interior and out of it to the international sea routes.
AL-NASRU LENA!
AL-NASRU LE SUDAN!
[spoiler=[sub]Written for the RMB Screen of the[/sub]
COMMONWEALTH OF LIBERTY
]
Socialist Democratic Republic Romania
The Confederate Prussian Empire
[/spoiler]
Amsterwald, Socialist Democratic Republic Romania, Nippon-Nihon, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Kewtpuff, Tallahan, Maziya, Spain-, Slipway, Mutawakkiliti, Zingium
[list][pre]APRIL of 1967[/pre][/list]
[pre]THE UNION OF SOVIET SOCIALIST REPUBLICS
Союз Советских Социалистических Республик[/pre]
[pre]THE SOVIET UNION's MARCH TO REFORM CONTINUES WITH THE INSTITUTION OF NEW RULES ON SOCIALIST EXPRESSION IN ARCHITECTURE[/pre]
[pre]МАРШ СОВЕТСКОГО СОЮЗА К РЕФОРМАМ ПРОДОЛЖАЕТСЯ С УЧРЕЖДЕНИЕМ НОВЫХ ПРАВИЛ СОЦИАЛИСТИЧЕСКОГО ВЫРАЖЕНИЯ В АРХИТЕКТУРЕ[/pre]
| [sub]Nikita Khrushchev's 1955 decree "On the Limitation of Excesses" dominated and regulated Soviet architectural expression and bound it to uniformity and common design. For over a decade, this policy made most Soviet architecture linear, uniform, identical, and extremely brutalist, with imposing designs becoming the norm of copy-and-paste apartment buildings and residential complexes. As General Secretary, Khrushchev denounced creativity and more modern forms of expression in Soviet architecture, even those that sought to promote and paint Soviet socialism and Marxist elements in a good light. When he left office, and his reformist successor, Alexei Kosygin, took power, this 1955 decree was targeted as the big 'first step' Kosygin's government aimed to take in beginning the domino effect of instituting political, societal and economic reforms to bring the Soviet Union into the next stage of its existence. Kosygin regularly called for changes to be made to the USSR's architectural guidelines, and he particularly called for the repealing of the 1955 decree and the institution of new rules that would allow Soviet architects and visionaries to implement creative designs that promoted the good nature of socialism and state beliefs.[/sub] |
| [sub]This policy was formally implemented in April, when the Supreme Soviet ratified a resolution that endorsed Kosygin's decision to repeal Khrushchev's 1955 decree, and establish a new set of rules that promoted "creativity in the promotion and expression of socialism in a positive manner". Naturally, the largest rule was that there would be no negative portrayals of state ideology or state beliefs, it was the Soviet Union, after all. But the promotion of socialistic ideals, of the workers' revolution, and of Marxist-Leninist beliefs through creative architecture that did not align with the brutalist uniformity promoted during the Khrushchev era would finally be allowed under relaxed rules. Kosygin naturally still mandated strong regulation and proper oversight, but there would be leeway for more creative freedom.[/sub] |
| [sub]It was essentially a nationalization of a similar policy that had been implemented in the Uzbek SSR's capital of Tashkent, which suffered a devastating earthquake. The capital began rebuilding itself with new designs and a modern outlook, something supported by the Kosygin government in Moscow. The aim was to build up the quality of life and the overall design of Soviet cities, to turn them into the true paradise for workers that Lenin had initially intended. The mass construction of apartment complexes and public housing would still continue, but there would be variations in design. Murals towards the ideals of socialism, such as the "New Soviet Man" and the "New Soviet Woman", would be promoted and encouraged. Through architecture, a sense of patriotism could be instilled, Kosygin believed, and this was the driving force behind the policy change and the 1955 decree repeal. Promotion of Soviet industry, Soviet capabilities, Soviet supremacy and Soviet products would become prevalent during Kosygin's early tenure, which would be accompanied by economic reforms that would see changes to allow for increased productivity, competitive quotas, and a redirection of efforts to allow the USSR to grow economically and compete with its Western counterparts.[/sub] |
| [sub]With these reforms to architectural design implemented, the next stage would also be formulated by the Kremlin. Kosygin had been a big player in the Soviet Thaw under Khrushchev, which lasted around a year before it was shut down by Khrushchev over worries of bringing such political reforms too fast. Kosygin believed the same, but believed that a "slow and steady" approach could be undertaken in the future. There would be no big policy speech like Khrushchev's "Secret Speech" or a decree lifting censorship laws, but Kosygin began maneuvering quietly in the background to secure the political capital needed to begin a years-long process of changing the way the Soviet Union governed information and its society. It would be a major change, and one that would need to take place over years or perhaps decades, but Kosygin had already established himself as a man of reform, and he was committed to delivering on that even if it took many years to fully realize it.[/sub] |
____
[spoiler=[sub]Written for the RMB Screen of the[/sub]
COMMONWEALTH OF LIBERTY
]
Socialist Democratic Republic Romania
The Confederate Prussian Empire
[/spoiler]
Amsterwald, Socialist Democratic Republic Romania, Nippon-Nihon, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Kewtpuff, Tallahan, Maziya, Spain-, Slipway, Mutawakkiliti, Zingium
Major Mining Development Overshadowed by Cultural Revolution
1967
Unlike in the Peoples Republic of China, the Tanzanian Cultural Revolution took careful steps to protect free enterprise from roaming bands of angry Green Guard members. This has allowed the economy to continue to grow, and expand especially as new discoveries in the mining sector have been made public. Despite this, these developments are largely overshadowed by the tyranny of the cultural revolution, and have done little to save Nyereres popularity from the damage of the revolution.
The Fields of Gold:
The Gold fields of Tanzania were largely underdeveloped under the rule of the Germans, and then afterwards the British, during a period of gold rush after World War 2, by the time of independence gold had once again been neglected for agrarianism, and failed groundnut schemes. The Acacia Mining Company, a British owned company, would uncover an estimated 44 Million Ounces, all located just south of Lake Victoria, these reserves at moderate production could keep being mined for nearly 125 years. These reserves would attract numerous other British, and American companies. Three new mines, mainly the Bulyanhulu Gold Mine, Buzwagi Gold Mine, North Mara Gold Mines would be established.
Diamonds of the Serengeti:
The Williamson Diamond Mine was unique in Africa. Located in Northern Tanzania near the gold fields, the mine became renowned for producing the famed Williamson Pink Diamonds that were presented to Queen Elizabeth II, the mine itself was known across the world. The mine itself was nationalized when independence came to Africa, but now its believed Tanzania may now wish to sell ownership once again. With an estimated 56.8Million carats found so far, at an production capacity of 300,000 carats per year, the Williamson Mine could continue without new discoveries for 150-200 years.
The Crown Jewel of Tanzania - Tanzanite:
Called Blue Suicide Tanzanite is a mineral found exclusively in Tanzania. Known for its shimmering blue and violet color, Tanzanite is a type of Zoisite(pronounced zoo-i-cite hence the name) found in the hills of Simanjiro, in north eastern Tanzania. Simanjiro is also known as the first location tsavolite was found, making the region known for rare gemstones. As Tanzanite is an exclusive product from Tanzania, the Tanzanite Mining Company, a State-Owned Enterprise, maintains exclusive access.
Copper, Cobalt, and Nickel:
Located in the far northwest, straddling the Rwandan border. The Kabanga Deposit is a massive deposit of 2 Million Tons of Nickel, 250,000 Tons of Copper, and 150,000 Tons of Cobalt. This would make the Kabanga deposit the single largest deposit of battery grade nickel in the world, and could easily elevate Tanzanias status among investors, especially if it remains non nationalized.
King Coal:
Despite oil having overtaken much of the globe's main energy source, coal still remains an important resource. In Tanzania where most coal produced is then consumed domestically, there is room for growth. Currently, estimates in southern Tanzania place total reserves at 5 billion metric tons.
Iron Ore:
Important for societal development, iron ore has been the backbone in modernization, next to coal. Tanzania contains one of the largest single vein iron ore deposits, estimated at 1.22 billion metric tons, with other deposits in the north of Tanzania estimated at around 100 million metric tons. Currently the Lianga Mine is unowned, and unused, leaving this massive deposit untouched, at least for now.
Uranium Fever:
The Mkuju River Mine represented the center of uranium production in Tanzania. Containing an estimated 1.8 Million metric tons of ore, with 45,000 of that being uranium. Tanzania itself ranks modestly with around 58,000-60,000 tons of Uranium estimated, most of which is unexplored, and unmined, as post colonialism, the Mkuju River Mine stopped production.
Natural Gas Pipe Dreams:
Off the coast of Tanzania sits another potential gold mine to fuel development. Containing 57 trillion cubic feet comparable to the amount found in Norway. Unfortunately up to this point, the Tanzanian government has shown a relative disinterest in exploiting these reserves. This may soon change as the government puts out feelers internationally, to foreign businesses.
Titanium and Titanium
In an area marked the Kwale Operation, there is an estimated 17.9 million tonnes of titanium ore. While once again the project was soon abandoned by Australian developers, if exploited Tanzania could jump to the 10th largest Titanium reserves nation. But, only time will tell if the government is accepting new developments and the free market, or if a State-Owned Enterprise will take over the area.
Platinum too, is estimated in somewhat notable quantities near the Kwale operation. Once again, these deposits are unowned, unutilized, and left to rot.
Amsterwald, Socialist Democratic Republic Romania, Nippon-Nihon, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Kewtpuff, Tallahan, Maziya, Spain-, Slipway, Mutawakkiliti
The Phantom Governor
[Zossen, Deutsche Demokratische Republik]
April 1967
There may have been a power struggle going on amongst the East German hierarchy, but when the real leaders came to town, all personal feuds had to be put aside.
East Berlin was the seat of power when the world asked questions, but the place that struck more fear into an East German politician than any other was Zossen, where Soviet troops had been based since the end of the Second World War. This wasnt to say all East German politicians lived in fear of the Soviets, but like a small child walking in front of their father, they knew the guiding hand would move firmly and swiftly if it was deemed necessary.
There was no pre-planned state visit from the Soviets on this occasion, but East German political delegations would gaze towards the Soviet areas within Zossen when they came through the Teltow-Fläming district.
Erich Honecker and Walter Ulbricht were an unusual pair. Honecker went about his business with quiet competence, meanwhile Ulbricht was still as sickly and faux-pas prone as he always had been. The truth was, whispers were growing louder about who should be leading East Germany as the new decade creeped ever closer.
They dared not to step foot into the Soviet base, but their trips to local factories and the occasional piece of Soviet iconography on an old brick wall certainly reminded them off the presence.
Ulbrichts shrill did little to ingratiate himself with the locals, he ended every sentence with a confirmatory ja? and often had to repeat himself to ensure he was understood. Meanwhile Honecker said little but held himself professionally.
East Germanys ailing leader was becoming increasingly isolated and more distrustful of those around him. However, he was foolish if he thought the likes of Honecker were planning to get rid of him.
These men walked around with the idea of power in their hands, but not actual power. Every East German politician was haunted by the same ghost. The ghost of a phantom governor who spoke Russian and was draped in a red flag.
Whatever happened, this ghost would watch and if something happened that this phantom disapproved of, it was likely that there would be a reaction. To lead East Germany, you had to believe in ghost stories and you had to respect them.
However, whilst this tale was protecting Ulbricht for now, if he wasnt able to keep his affairs in order and turn around a collapsing economy he was likely to find himself at the mercy of the phantom himself.
"Proletarier aller Länder, vereinigt Euch!"
[spoiler=[sub]Written for the RMB Screen of the[/sub]
COMMONWEALTH OF LIBERTY
]
Socialist Democratic Republic Romania
The Confederate Prussian Empire
[/spoiler]
Amsterwald, Socialist Democratic Republic Romania, Nippon-Nihon, Metropolitan Francais, Tallahan, Maziya, Spain-, Mutawakkiliti, Zingium
THE LION OF AFRICA III
______________
[sub]April 1967[/sub]
The highly successful offensive to the North gave not only a sense of confidence to Balewa and his goal of "Democratic Liberation", but also to the fall of the NRF, something which has slowly come to a swift reality for many of the NDF's senior members. Moving northwards towards the capital of the NRF and their sole economic hub, Abuja, needed two things to occur, which they did. Firstly, the NDF needed to strengthen in numbers and the NRF needed to be caught out of surprise. Both occurred and allowed the NDF, bolstered via an effort of drafting another 250,000 men to the frontline, allowed the offensive to move quicker and at pace. The success of the 1967 Northern Offensive was however partly due to the internal instability which had been facing the NRF for some time.
Even with a more united leadership, the NRF still faced internal disagreements on ideology, military operations and economic policy. These ideological clashes made decisions longer to get through and weakened the hand of the NRF's top leadership, preventing the much-needed military organisation from going through when needed. These disruptions not only allowed the NDF to power through the weak lines of the NRF's frontlines, which had faced months of mutiny from generals and commanders refusing to cooperate with the newly installed leadership. But a newly influential and powerful group of moderates, named the "Group of Five" - a neat coalition of 5 moderate political groupings which hope that if the NDF manage to defeat the NRF and bring democracy and peace to Nigeria, a political gamble of establishing a secular, democratic socialist, catch-all party, could keep The Left in Nigeria safe within a returning system.
Furthermore, NDF's success over the 4-month offensive came mostly through their attempts to attack the rural centre instead of aiming at major cities. Still after the 1966 November Coup and saw the instalment and later new ULMN, major cities remained de-facto controlled by local warlords and still embroiled in the scene of anarchy. Small militia groups remained separate from the central force. They meant that the ULMN would need to gain full control of the major cities, including the capital of Abuja if they were to prevent the offensive from being a success. Gaining miles of stretches of rural land, they allowed further autonomy in the form of 100-man groups, known as "Village Armies" - who would report to a much larger command of 15,000 men. This not only allowed more localised attention to see a constant movement of 350,000 men. While supply continued to drain, it was the lack of supply, military control and a divided leadership which has cost the NRF almost a 1/3 of its territory, and perhaps its chance of a utopian socialist Nigeria.
But the dreams of democracy in Nigeria are now up and running. Even with the likely continued months of war taxes, widespread food shortages and a weak political structure across the nation, the NDF, and its senior figures (and rivals) can begin to draw up plans for a new, reformed Nigeria. Years of fighting will likely continue, but the future of Nigeria looks more and more certain by the day, as the NRF begins to fracture and divide between the infighting factions.
Amsterwald, Socialist Democratic Republic Romania, Nippon-Nihon, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Kewtpuff, Tallahan, Maziya, Spain-, Slipway, Mutawakkiliti, Zingium
Party Reshuffle, Changes Follow Jiu Valley Incidents
[sub]July 1967, Central Committee of The Communist Party of Romania, Bucharest, Socialist Republic of Romania[/sub]
| The Jiu Valley Miner Strikes of 1966, while initially resolved through negotiations led by Minister Comrade Vasile Luca and multiple arrests of strike members and leaders, raised concerns within the government about potential subversive elements within the Romanian Communist Party. Intelligence reports of the Department of State Security suggested that a faction within the Party may have been involved in activities contrary to the socialist ideals upheld by the Genius of the Carpathians, His Excellency, Comrade Constantin Rotaru.
| In a swift move, the Central Committee of the Romanian Communist Party expelled the 147 members suspected to be implicated in activities contrary to the principles of National-Communism. These individuals were subsequently arrested and detained, their cases handed over to the Ministry of Internal Affairs for further investigation.
The charges against the expelled members include active participation in anti-communist activities, fostering unpatriotic sentiments, being informers to foreign nations and conspiring against the Socialist Republic of Romania and its esteemed leader, His Excellency, Comrade Constantin Rotaru.
Among those placed under house arrest, pro Moscow politician Ion Ilici Iliescu, Minister of Youth and First Secretary of the Union of Communist Youth, stands out as a notable figure. The decision to subject Iliescu to house arrest reflects the delicate balance between maintaining party discipline and addressing potential threats within the ranks of leadership.
| The expulsion of the suspected Party members and their subsequent arrests are viewed as essential measures to safeguard the socialist principles and the leadership of His Excellency Comrade Constantin Rotaru General Secretary of The Communist Party of Romania, President of The Presidium of The Great National Assembly, President of the State Council, President of the Socialist Republic of Romania, Supreme Commander of The People's Army, beloved and esteemed son of all Romanian people, the Genius of the Carpathians. The Department of State Security (Securitate) and The Ministry of Internal Affairs continue their investigations to ensure the identification and neutralization of any further threats to the Socialist Republic of Romania and the Communist Party of Romania, its peace and independence.
[sub]| The events demonstrate the government's commitment to preserving the independence, sovereignty and integrity of the Socialist Republic of Romania and the Communist Party of Romania. The expulsion and arrest of Party members accused of anarchist activities and anti-communist involvement underscore the uncompromising stance against those perceived to be undermining the socialist order. Ongoing investigations will guide future actions as the government remains vigilant in its duty to protect the ideals and leadership of the Genius of the Carpathians, His Excellency, Comrade Constantin Rotaru, the brave Conducător. |[/sub]
[sub]E scris pe Tricolor unire! Pe roșu steag liberator! Prin lupte sub a lor umbrire, spre Comunism urcăm în zbor![/sub]
[sub]Trăiască Partidul Comunist Român în frunte cu al său secretar general, tovarășul Constantin Rotaru![/sub]
[spoiler=[sub]Written for the RMB Screen of the[/sub]
COMMONWEALTH OF LIBERTY
]
Socialist Democratic Republic Romania
[/spoiler]
Amsterwald, Nippon-Nihon, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance, Kewtpuff, Tallahan, Maziya, Hatzburg, Spain-, Slipway, Mutawakkiliti, Zingium
MAY , 1967
Parti Rakyat Semenanjung
| On the same day that the US made Sikorsky S-61 military transport helicopter which was renamed Nuri was used by the Royal Malaysian Air Force for the first time. A new political party would emerge, but at the same time they championed the claim of being a old important party that is making a return to politics. |
| The party in question calling itself Parti Rakyat Semenanjung otherwise known as the Peninsular People's Party or [I]PRS[/I] in abbreviated form. The new party claims to be the successor to a Malay dominated party that precedes UMNO [I](United Malays National Organisation)[/I] with that party in question [URL=https://www.nationstates.net/page=rmb/postid=46983953]PRM [I](Rakyat Malaya/Malayan People's)[/I][/URL] a party that was formed in the late 1930's, during the era of British colonialism. |
| With the emergence of PRS sparked a interest in the history of RM a party that were once important but became lost to history in the political scene. However with that spark of interest in PRS came the potential of a threat to the Alliance coalition party as if another potentially Malay nationalist party emerges, votes that would've been given to UMNO would be taken away by PRS. Digging into RM history was done to see what PRS could be like, as if PRS claims to be the successor to RM then the actions and ideology RM had should be reflected by PRS. |
| [B]RM was founded by Ibrahim Bin Yaacob who was a relatively controversial figurehead as he had wrote a series of articles that were critical of the British administration before being fired and forming his own newspaper company, which he used as a way to spread his political agenda of:
[List][I]" We as the Rakyat Malaya are a group of Malayan nationalist who wished to liberate Malaya from British administration and get the major Chinese and Indian populations within Malaya to recognise themselves as Malayans.We wish to liberate Malaya from the British through democratic means and also to stop the foolish Chinese within Malaya which had form a group called the Malayan Communist Party from destroying our nation with their communist ideology. "
Ibrahim Bin Yaacob, July 1936[/I][/list]
The controversy would continue after the party formation, as their first publicised action beyond the formation of the party. In [URL=https://www.nationstates.net/page=rmb/postid=47387416]1938[/URL] a member of the party would assault a Englishman in Malaya, under the intentions of proving a point to counter the mentality of the Malayans at that time period of:
[List][I]The British being such an invincible force that nobody could even make bleed.[/I][/list]
Although the actions of that member wasn't condone by the rest of the party. Eventually the party would remain dormant for an extensive period of time, which eventually saw the party split into two in 1946. As UMNO would be formed after a group splintered away from RM. [B]RM would stay alive but their relevancy as the Malay political party would be taken by UMNO who were taking a more proactive approach when compared to RM. Eventually in 1957, RM would dissolve and its members would join UMNO. |
| The new PRS would be founded by Ahmad Boestamam who was previously the founder and president of Parti Rakyat Malaysia [I](PRM)[/I] and one of the founding members of the coalition party the Socialist Front. But he was then removed from [B]PRM in just the previous year by a group led by Kassim Ahmad, but the desire for political power and to strengthen the Malaysian leftwing politics against the rightwing UMNO which had deliberately stop the rise of leftist parties in local government by abolishing local council elections. This as his motivation propelled Ahmad to form PRS alongside Ishak Haji Muhammad. |
______________________________________________
[spoiler=[sub]Written for the RMB Screen of the[/sub]
COMMONWEALTH OF LIBERTY
]
Socialist Democratic Republic Romania
The Confederate Prussian Empire
[/spoiler]
Paseo, Amsterwald, Socialist Democratic Republic Romania, Nippon-Nihon, Nileia, Metropolitan Francais, Kewtpuff, Mutawakkiliti, Zingium
-- COLONY OF SOUTHERN RHODESIA --
╾╾╾╾╾╾╾╾╾╾╾╾
June 1967
|-| RACE ELECTORAL ROLL REFERENDUM |-|
Rhodesian Parliament will hold a vote on whether to allow a referendum regarding the implementation of race rolls to further democratise Rhodesia
| Repeated calls from high figures within Rhodesia have led the administration of Ian Smith to hold a vote in parliament on whether a referendum on the forming of race rolls in Rhodesia should go ahead. This marks a large change in Rhodesia's politics, as increasing internal pressure, and the pressure from being surrounded by majority-led states has greatly worried Rhodesia's European population and raised concerns on whether military action will occur as a result. Whilst the government has assured the population that it is unlikely for military conflict to arise, especially as ZAPU's armed wing, ZIPRA, remains highly supervised by elements of the police and military, the average citizen of Rhodesia is not willing to be put at risk, specifically, the landowners, who feel that their farms and families would be put in the middle of a possible war or internal conflict.
| The Rhodesian government has acknowledged the need to democratise, especially to quell concerns any arriving Europeans might have. Additionally, the need for white migration to Rhodesia has been a concern for many in the European community, as some politicians fear a possible retaliation for wealth voting. However, the manpower pool has been steadily increasing for years, with the Rhodesian government making efforts to increase the economic benefit for white Africans and Europeans to migrate to Rhodesia and purchase land or open businesses. The views of the people will reflect the views of many of the country's leaders, possibly forming a scenario in which the vote may not pass due to a general fear of economic, violent, or social reprisals.
| Due to the nature of race rolls, if the referendum vote passes, how many seats, the forming of an actual parliament, the establishment of a lower and upper house, and the seats each roll will occupy in those, will all also have to be voted on. Additionally, if race rolls are to be established, the legislative assembly or newly established legislative bodies will all have to be renovated to suit exactly one hundred (100) seats, something which will likely require a solid investment of cash to be done. Deciding who will be able to run and serve in what ministries will be debated by upper lawmakers.
| If the race rolls are to be established, some parties will need to become legal overnight, and negotiations (mainly over armed wings) will need to occur. The RSF high command, comprised nearly entirely of white individuals, has refused to integrate any party's armed wing into the main military, which leaves the police reserve as the only viable option, the administration for the police reserve will need to document, arm and keep track of thousands of new individuals, and will have to begin moving to secure the arms of those who refuse to join the reserve force, the costs of this will all have to be removed from the budget, as negotiations for injecting cash will, likely as a result of race rolls being established, stall.
Whether the vote will pass is entirely unknown currently. Polling for opinions among the electoral areas of Rhodesia will occur in July by multiple groups, likely in an attempt to show that either decision is the view of the majority. Not to be forgotten, is the millions of black Rhodesians who see the possibility of having their voices heard now in the hands of wealthy people, many of which are, rather awkwardly, their employers.
List of parties that will be legal if RRs are established: ZAPU, UANC, and ZANU (under Ndabaningi S.).
╾╾╾╾╾╾╾╾╾╾╾╾
Amsterwald, Nippon-Nihon, Nileia, Metropolitan Francais, Kewtpuff, Maziya, Spain-, Mutawakkiliti, Le Equatoria, Zingium
Assembled with Dot's Region Saver.
Written by Refuge Isle.